Audio

036: How Ryan Moran Created A 7 Figure Ecommerce Business On Amazon In Just 1 Year

Ryan Moran

Today, I had the pleasure of interviewing Ryan Daniel Moran who runs the blog FreedomFastlane.com. And what’s amazing about Ryan is that he was able to create a 7 figure ecommerce business within just one year by selling his own products on Amazon.com.

In this interview, you will not only learn how he did it but he’ll also share many important tips and philosophies on the best way to make money online with ecommerce. Don’t miss this one.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why you should look at longer time horizons for your business.
  • Why it’s better to source your own branded products
  • How Ryan used reddit to do product research
  • How Ryan picks the products to sell online
  • How Ryan built an audience of people interested in his products
  • The key to getting sales on Amazon
  • How long it took for Ryan’s business to gain traction

Sponsors

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where I bring in successful boot strapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used earlier on to gain traction for their businesses.

Now if you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information.

Now before I begin I just wanted to give a quick shout out to this episodes sponsor 99 designs. Now originally I wasn’t going to take any sponsors at all but 99 designs caught my eye, because I suck at design. And in fact when I first started my online store back in 2007 the design for my website was terrible, and I had absolutely no idea who to turn to. Now fast forward to today 99 designs is a site where you can provide a description of anything that you want designed whether it be a logo, a webpage, a t-shirt, pretty much anything and have dozens of designers compete to deliver you the best design possible. And by best I mean that you get to choose your favorite design among dozens of submissions from a pool of over 315,000 designers.

So if you are design challenged like I am, I highly recommend that you go over to 99designs.com/mywifequit and if you use that link and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, your design listing will be bolded, highlighted, given a prominent background and featured before all regular listings so that your request stands out among all the designers. And in fact this special offer is worth 99 dollars. So if you need a logo, website, t-shirt, business card or anything designed go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today we are going to be talking to Ryan Daniel Moran. Now Ryan initially caught my eye when I saw on his blog the FreedomFastlane.com that he recently started making over 200k per month with his ecommerce business. And what’s cool is that he achieved this fete in just a single year. Now he also runs a couple of other ecommerce businesses that each make around five figures per month as well. One of these businesses is called Zen Active Sports and it sells products for yoga enthusiast, and he also runs a nutrition and supplement company as well. And so given that this guy has actually three successful ecommerce based businesses, I’m actually very eager to hear about his story and how he managed to grow his businesses so successfully in such a short amount of time. So welcome to the show, Ryan how are you doing today man?

Ryan: Hey Steve I’m doing great, thanks so much for having me on.

Steve: Yeah so if you can just give us a brief intro. I don’t know if the audience is actually familiar with you, what do you do? What do you sell? And how exactly do you sell your items?

Ryan: Okay great. So I started as an entrepreneur about eight years ago in 2006 and I was fresh out of high school. I was 18 years old, I had to pay for college somehow, so I was in affiliate marketing for a long time. I started a blog, I started capturing an audience and I really saw that I make good money from that, but I really saw that that wasn’t going to be– it wasn’t wealth generating activity– that was cash flow activity. So I switched over to ecommerce about a year and a half ago because I wanted to build a real business that ran whether I was there or not. I wanted to have something that was real wealth and real cash flow whether I was working at a computer, if I was off Thailand riding scooters around the islands.

Steve: Mm-huh.

Ryan: And so I looked at the opportunities that were available and I saw that ecommerce was that. So a year and a half ago I made a big pivit [phonetic] and I decided to change my existing model over to an ecommerce model and I saw that and– I really believe in business. The fastest way to success is just to look at what channels already exist where buyers are hanging out. So you can cut the profit curve by a tremendous amount if you just go where the buyers are already hanging out and in the 90s and early 2000 that was eBay, if you’re in information products that’s Click bank.

For me who is just starting a new ecommerce business that was Amazon and right now that’s the hot channel and in five years that might be different, but that’s what it was at that time. And so we put our products on Amazon and got really good at that channel and just maximizing that as a channel has been the difference maker between somebody who starts a business and somebody who goes to 200k in a month and 200k a month in a year, because we got really good at that channel, and so that’s where we are now.

My businesses together do about 200k in revenue a month, that doesn’t all go in my pocket– I have partners and employees just like everybody else. But in a year I have a bigger business than I ever had in the six years that I was doing things the previous way that I was doing it. So it was a fantastic switch and you can tell I get really energetic talking about it, and I love this business model.

Steve: So I was just curious, why did you actually transition away from affiliate marketing because that actually caries the same business model, right? You can be anywhere and still be making money.

Ryan: Yeah that’s correct and I believe there’s a really good place for affiliate marketing in anybody’s business. For me you know I never set out to be one of those make money online guys Steve…

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: I didn’t see myself as one of those people, it’s not why I started in the business, that’s not why I was staying in the business and everyone that was in that industry with me, I saw– I had a crystal ball and that was the people that I was around and we all have that. We all can see where you are headed if you just look at the people that you are hanging out with. And the people that I was hanging out with in that world that were not of– they didn’t have the same commitment to making the world a better place that I wanted to have. So the products they were selling weren’t always the best, they were takers rather than givers. They just consumed money rather than created value and I believe in order to be happy and to create wealth, you create value rather than take value, and I just didn’t want to go down that same path and so I decided to make a change.

Steve: Okay and the ecommerce stores have been a lot more lucrative than your affiliate marketing efforts were.

Ryan: Much more lucrative and I’ll tell you I think part of the reason for that success Steve has been, I really believe that the longer vision of success that you can have, the more successful you will be. If you can look ten years into the future, you’ll be more successful than if you look one year into the future. If you look three months into the future I believe that you’ll sabotage your own success because you’ll be coming at it from such a sense of urgency.

So I had already made a decent amount of money, and I was able to look two years into the future, which is about my maximum threshold at that time and see where did I want this business to be in two years. And I think that made the biggest difference as far as planning that business, because I was okay waiting six months for something magical to happen. I was okay putting off taking a paycheck for a year and being able to look that far into the future I think made a big difference. So I really believe that the longer view of success you can have, the more successful you’ll eventually be.

Steve: Okay and that’s a good point a lot of people who read my blog kind of ask me about affiliate marketing verses ecommerce, and what I kind of tell them is exactly what you said. With an ecommerce store you’re kind of establishing yourself as a real company that will grow over time. Affiliate marketing you can do that too but you’re not really selling your own products, so it’s kind of hard to put your name on that exactly.

Ryan: Yeah that’s right and if I could add one more thing, you can do ecommerce without owning your own product. You can sell other people’s products and that’s just fine. I really believe that to build a wealth building business however you should be having your own unique products in the market place that you’re selling through your own channel. Ecommerce stores are great as a channel and you can sell other people’s products through that and I know people who do that and do just fine. I think if you really want to build a wealthy company then you need to be sourcing your own products and selling those through your channels.

Steve: I completely agree– that path is a little bit more difficult, but it’s totally worth it in the end because no one can take that product away from you.

Ryan: Why do you think it’s more difficult?

Steve: Well you’ve got to get the best prices sometimes that involves importing from Asia. A lot of people are afraid of that process, but it’s something that once you go through it once it’s actually not that intimidating, but initially it’s very intimidating to a lot of people.

Ryan: May I offer you a slightly different perspective?

Steve: Sure.

Ryan: Okay so the way that you mentioned my yoga products company Zen Active Sports.

Steve: Yes.

Ryan: And we looked at getting started with this business. Now the reason I started this company actually is I believe in surrounding yourself with people who complement your skills, and I’m a starter and a big picture guy. I’m not a completer or a detail guy.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: I had a friend and an old friend who had been in touch with me for a long time and he was the opposite of me, and we always wanted to start a business together. And when I decided to pit it and make a change, I called him up and I was like Sean I’m looking to make a change are you interested in a new direction and he was. And we looked at the opportunities that were available and we just saw this wide open market in yoga. Because a lot of people were going to retail route but not a lot of people were going the online route. Now the opportunity was there for us to do the route that we talked about previously which is selling other people’s products on an ecommerce store. We actually thought that it would be easier to just create our own and to sell it through our own channels.

Now I believe from a work perspective it was easier. From the amount of work that it took to sell it, it was easier for us but from a profit perspective at the start it was more of a challenge. So from a cash flow perspective you don’t come out of the gate making money, whereas if you take somebody else’s product you just sell it as an affiliate or an with a markup you keep that 20 bucks or whatever and it goes into your pocket right away. So the cash flow can be higher but from a ease of work perspective we thought it was way easier to create our own product and this is how the process worked. We simply pulled an audience.

We went to Reddit.com, put up a poll about what you wanted to see in your yoga products. And people said they wanted them to be about three quarters– actually a little less than three quarters of an inch thick, they wanted them to be 72 inches, long and they really liked the idea of them being reversible, meaning there was a different pattern on each side. So depending on the type of yoga you are doing, you could flip it over and have a different experience. And we thought that’s interesting. We got all that information just by polling an audience on Reddit, and then we went over to alibaba.com, which just has thousands and thousands of manufacturers and we said okay who can make this? And we just put it out there and somebody bid on it and it was a good fit. We got samples and then we ordered it, and that was all the work that it came down to.

We didn’t have a website, we didn’t have a social media presence, we didn’t have a large budget, although we had one– we had some budget. We had enough to buy some inventory and that was it. The only difficult process that I would agree was “harder” and I’m using quotations with my hands I know you can’t see them, but what was harder was putting them on a boat that’s in the Pacific Ocean and waiting six weeks for it to arrive in Amazon.

Steve: So I guess you haven’t had any horror stories because we import a lot of our goods from Asia as well and we had quality control issues early on. So we’re importing lots of containers of stuff over to the States, and a lot of times you know initially when you approach your vendor, and this is just kind of a personal story we got good samples, right? But when it came time to order in bulk, we had a very bad mix of good and bad stuff and we had to kind of go back and forth with the vendor in order to clear this up. And it was only after establishing a great relationship with our vendor that we finally got quality stuff sent to us, and I was just wondering if you have those quality control issues with your…

Ryan: We’ve had it on a small basis. So we’ve had the shipment arrive and a few of them have tears in them or a few of them are peeling, and that happens. And to be honest with you, we haven’t found a good solution yet except good communication with our supplier, and making sure that they have all their systems in place and…

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: That’s about all we’ve been able to do.

Steve: Okay, so it sounds like you’ve had a pretty smooth experience with importing so far which is great.

Ryan: On the whole yes.

Steve: Okay, and have you actually visited your vendors at all or is it just strictly…

Ryan: We have a– I’ve actually never been to China which kind of disappoints me because I love to travel and I’ve never been to China and what’s wrong with me?

Steve: Actually let’s talk about the yoga mats since you kind of are willing to talk about that in great detail. So how did you actually come up with the idea of even polling someone about yoga?

Ryan: We were looking at opportunities in– well let me back up a bit because I have a supplement company as well and I had started that company first, and I had seen supplements are great from the perspective of the profit margins are high, they’re really easy to white label, and get out there really quickly, and we can talk about that process if you want as well. They’re really easy to get out quickly, but I had a strange suspicion the market was bigger outside of supplements. Because it sounded like there’s a bit of a catch to how much wealth a supplement company could be worth. The cash flow was good, but I wondered about the total wealth potential and I had a suspicion that the market was a lot bigger in something that wasn’t a consumable product.

And I live in Austin Texas and yoga is huge here, and it was just one of those spidey senses where I said I think the market is bigger here, it’s a growing trend, let’s see if we can find some opportunities where we can create profit margins based on what people are ordering. And if you’re doing a business like I just look at what is on a volume perspective, what are people consuming the most and for us that was yoga mats because…

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: People buy when they’re starting. So a lot of people say go after where there’s little competition, I said no I want to go after like the biggest volume. And I’ve stuck with that perspective in my career and it’s treated me well. Where is the most volume, and it’s a lot easier to get the small piece of a big pie and grow from there, than to try and get a big pie or a big piece of a little pie.

Steve: Right.

Ryan: It’s a lot easier, so we decided to just go after the volume and that was yoga mats, and that’s when we just decided okay I have no idea what people will want or what will differentiate us from everyone else. So let’s just ask people who do yoga and that was the idea for the poll.

Steve: So did you actually pre-sell any of these yoga mats before you placed the large order?

Ryan: Yeah that was– well not before we placed the large order no.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: We did pre-sell it when they were on a boat somewhere, so that we could come out of the gate with sales and we can talk about that if you like because we– I did not want them to arrive at our warehouse and not have sales ready to go.

Steve: Yes.

Ryan: So we did a cool process for that but it was not before we ordered inventory.

Steve: I was just curious– what was the minimum order quality for your first shipment?

Ryan: The minimum order was 100– I think we ordered 250, 200-250.

Steve: Okay, so that’s not a whole lot actually?

Ryan: No it’s not; it was like $4000 worth of inventory.

Steve: So you did that by sea, that’s interesting.

Ryan: Correct, yeah. I envy the people who were able to airlift their product over to the States but the economies of scale just weren’t there for us.

Steve: Okay, okay so let’s talk about this plan where you pre-sold your product…

Ryan: Sure.

Steve: What was the process involved?

Ryan: I believe very strongly in having an audience that you can launch something to. I learned this in my information marketing days where if you have an audience, if you have a channel and I keep using that word, if you have a way to distribute your product out you’ll be way ahead of the competition. So we decided to build up an audience in the easiest and fastest way possible and that was just putting up some– a page on Facebook called I love yoga. We thought let’s get all the yoga people concentrated in one place and we’ll launch to that audience. So we just put up ads to people who listed yoga as one of their interests, sent them to a page called I love yoga, where we had images of people doing yoga, we had memes and videos and inspirational videos that were all about yoga that we knew people would love, and we just got people engaged in this one place.

Now there’s no special magic to Facebook, it was just we wanted to have an audience. You can do that with an email list, you could do that with affiliates, you could do that with any group of people. We just decided to do it on Facebook because we knew it would be really easy to target yoga people on Facebook. So we kept them all in one page called I love yoga, and when it came time for the the mats to be on a boat somewhere, we started just leaking information about what we were so excited about regarding the mats. So we talked about its double side, we talked about how it’s a little bit thicker than the average yoga mat because people complained about mats being too thin. We talked about why we took the extra step to make them environmentally friendly, and we just started leaking them out so the people started to get excited about this.

So when they came ready to go, when they arrived at Amazon we had a list of people who were ready to buy and that made a huge difference as far as momentum, because we came out of the gates with sales and it’s a lot easier to steer something that’s moving and making some cash flow, than it is to get something pushed. It’s like rolling a bolder– its harder to start it than it is to keep it rolling. So when we had those sales come in, and we did a big contest to give away product, to get people excited about it, people were sharing the contest and we got a lot of attention around this yoga mat being released, and it was a very successful way to get that product of the ground.

Steve: So just curious how soon did you start this page before you even decided to place an order for the product?

Ryan: It was about a month– before we placed the order for the product they were almost simultaneous.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: So we ordered the inventory and then we started building the audience, but it was about four weeks before the product went live that we started the page.

Steve: Okay and so you started this page and you bought Facebook ads that actually drove it to that page for likes– is that how?

Ryan: That’s exactly it. So we sent Facebook traffic to the Facebook page and kept the conversation there because again we didn’t have a website, we were– I was treating this company as though it needed to be boot strapped even though my former businesses have done just fine. I was treating it like a boot strapped business.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: I was working with a new partner, we had never done business together. So we were kind of still getting to know how each one worked. And so we decided to keep it really simple and do a Facebook campaign to a Facebook page, and build the audience there and launch directly on Facebook with– again with no existing list, no website, no nothing. We just said “what’s the fastest route to get some of these sales,” and we went straight towards that.

Steve: Okay, were you collecting emails on your Facebook page by any chance?

Ryan: We weren’t, if I were to go back and do it again, I would definitely make that change though.

Steve: Okay, and so when it came time for after you– your goods were on its way over with a boat, right? Then you just started posting just on this page, right? Which was distributed to all the people that had liked the page– is that accurate?

Ryan: I didn’t follow that say that again Steve.

Steve: So once it came time for you to start mentioning your product, you just started posting on this page right?

Ryan: That’s correct, yeah.

Steve: Okay, so you started gathering interest in your product but at that time they couldn’t buy, right?

Ryan: Right.

Steve: You know by the time the product came some people might have forgotten about it, right?

Ryan: Well we did it– so we made a first announcement of the product weeks before it was ready.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And we could kind of tell when it was going to arrive on our warehouse. So we knew when to time the real push for the product. So we started leaking content about the product, meaning we were still doing inspirational videos and images and all those stuff that people love to share and consume about yoga, while we would mix in the fact that we were about to release and launch a yoga mat. And if you go to Facebook.com/zenactivesports although it’s an old post, they are still up, you can scroll through and find them.

Steve: Okay, cool.

Ryan: But…

Steve: I’ll put that in the show notes.

Ryan: But if you– what we did is we just leaked certain features about the product that we liked leading up to it, and then we announced the contest. Once the product hit the shelves– once it hit our ware house, then we just decided to do a contest of win a free yoga mat. We had a bunch that we could give away and we held this contest in order to get that audience really engaged so they were interested and now they’re really engaged with this contest, and that’s when we started taking sales.

Steve: Okay and how many fans did you have at the time right at launch?

Ryan: When we launched I think it was 5 or 6000, so not many at all.

Steve: Wow! So okay that’s actually a decent amount of investment from a Facebook ad perspective, right? And how many how much did you pay per fan do you remember?

Ryan: It was maybe 13, 14 cents.

Steve: Okay, that’s not bad at all actually.

Ryan: Yeah, a few hundred bucks– maybe less than a thousand dollars to get that audience.

Steve: Okay, and once you got– you mentioned you shipped things to your ware house. Were you stocking these goods or were you using Amazon fulfill buy program?

Ryan: We now use a combination, but when we started it was completely Amazon fulfillment program.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: So, again I– we were looking right at the profit, where is the fastest route to profit and if you’re starting an ecommerce business or any kind of business I would advise you to ask yourself that question, what is the quickest way to start cash flow coming in and then we’ll adjust later? And for us that was just utilizing the channel of Amazon and the fulfillment of Amazon, because then we could focus on nothing but sales. So what was the simplest route we could take for us to be able to focus only on sales, and from a mental clarity perspective that was a huge plus for us was using Amazon fulfillment, and we could focus completely on building the audience and getting things ready for sale. And so I would always recommend that anyone starting a business ask themselves, what is the simplest and the quickest way to profit because no one ever went broke making a profit.

Steve: So just curious you mentioned that you do a hybrid model; can you explain why you do that?

Ryan: Yeah, so we have– Amazon has those little pain in the rear, which is that if you have an oversized item then you can only hold a certain amount in their inventory and as a result we can only hold that limited supply at our inventory, because our yoga mat is a little bit larger than the average yoga mat. So we’ve qualified for being an oversized item. So we now have our product shipped to a US based warehouse and then we take them in chunks over to the Amazon warehouse. So when we need 500 mats, we order up from our existing warehouse, zip them over to Amazon.

Steve: Okay and can you mention which service you use for this US warehouse?

Ryan: I have no idea– did I mention before that I’m not a detail guy.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: People laugh at me because they’ll often ask me details about how we did a certain thing and I go let me call Sean and I’ll tell you. So what I’m really good at is setting a strategic direction and my partner would admit that he’s miserable at that. And what I’m– what he’s really good at is figuring out the detail of where inventory is and what the estimated time for its delivery date is, and if you ask me to do that I would rather rip off my pinky toe. So one thing that I’ve learned through this process where I made a change about a year and a half ago is if you’re thinking about starting a business and you’re thinking, maybe I should get a partner the worst partners in the world are people who are just like you. The best partners in the world are people who complement your skills perfectly. We took a Kolbe test Kolbe.com and actually looked at our profile– how do we get things done to see if there was a good fit and it was a perfect fit and it’s been a perfect relationship. But never partner with people who are just like you, if you’re doing the same things and have the same responsibilities, one of you is unnecessary.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s great advice. I work with my wife and we kind of have complementing skill sets for our business.

Ryan: That’s great.

Steve: So let’s talk about Amazon– the process of getting an arm there now…

Ryan: Sure

Steve: And actually getting some buzz. You mentioned that you drove Facebook traffic to your Amazon listing. How else– were there any other things that you did to improve sales of your Amazon listing?

Ryan: Well we treated Amazon like a channel and I mentioned that word before channel and what I mean by that is where do buyers already hang out, where they already spending money on whatever product or service that you are delivering. And every channel is a little bit different in the sense of how do you get maximum exposure in that channel. And so we just looked at Amazon what is the differentiating factor between people who are lost in obscurity and people who do really-really well, and we discovered it was two things; one it was what you showed up for certain keywords, and number two was reviews.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And we did a bunch of research in the Amazon’s algorithm and broke it down as detailed as we possibly could be which drove me crazy, and what me big thinker came in and focused on one thing– came in and realized was that if we focused on one specific thing that we drove home, it would pull up everything else and that one thing was reviews.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: That’s actually what kicked off the idea to do this launch and this giveaway and this contest was I realized that there was a chicken egg issue, that Amazon’s algorithm needs reviews, it needs sales, but it’s hard to get sales about reviews, but it’s also hard to get– shoot which one did I say first. It’s hard to get one before the other– there’s was chicken egg issue here.

Steve: Right.

Ryan: So I said okay let’s be really aggressive with our review getting process, let’s go in the red if we have to in order to give product away in order to collect a certain amount of reviews, and let’s get really good at that one thing and that will pull up everything else. So we just got really laser focused on collecting reviews which we did by treating our customers amazingly well, by managing negative reviews like they were the life blood of our business, because they are– negative reviews can kill you, and we just– that gave us the idea for the contest of giving away our product in order to collect reviews because we figured that would elevate sales, that would pull sales with it, and that theory turned out to be correct, because once we had 30-50 positive reviews about our product, then other people started buying it and it was a snowball. And when you’re starting out that snowball is hugely important, because every sale is an opportunity for a review and every review brings in two more sales. So you collect those reviews as aggressively as possible because that is what is going to drive your sales. So we just looked at the algorithm, we looked at what drives sales and we got laser focused on reviews because we saw that was the driver behind those two things, and we focused in on that and that gave us the idea for the contest.

Steve: Okay, so does that imply that you gave away between 30 and 50 mats in the beginning?

Ryan: We gave away at least 50 because we knew not 100% of them are going to leave reviews, some of them are going to be jerks and take a free product and not leave a review. I think we gave away about 70 mats– I’m totally estimating but it was 70-80 mats.

Steve: Cool, so and then you kind of just asked them to leave a review but it definitely wasn’t mandatory, right?

Ryan: Well, we can’t show up at their house with a baseball bat and break their windows if they don’t leave a review…

Steve: Sure.

Ryan: And Steve if I could I would, but no we called them– we had a customer service call person call them, we put an auto responder sequence which you can do with Amazon some plug ins that’ll attach to your Amazon account, we just got aggressive with our follow up process.

Steve: Okay and then how did you kind of manage the negative reviews– you mentioned that earlier?

Ryan: Yeah so negative reviews on Amazon will kill you, I don’t know what it’s like on other channels because Amazon I’m mostly focused on, but they’ll just destroy you on Amazon. Just for example last night I was buying a gift for my girlfriend, she has cats that wake her up in the middle of the night when they’re hungry and I was like “sweetie we should get you some automatic cat feeders.” Last night I’m on Amazon and I’m reading– what I’m I doing? I’m a buyer and I’m reading reviews of every cat feeder on the market, and I looked at four and I decided not to buy three of them, because of the negative reviews that were on there and I think we all do that on Amazon, we look for what we are going to buy, we hit the one star reviews and we read those first. So we decided let’s get as few of those as possible by just having amazing customer service. If one of our customer service reps calls them and says “hey how has your experience been– is everything all right?” And they’re like “eh it’s okay.” If it’s less than really good, they’re refunded on the spot. If they leave a negative review or anything less than like a three or four star review, they’re refunded on the spot.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: We’ll do whatever– we are very aggressive in the sense of we will do whatever it takes to make sure the customer is insanely happy, because in this world of transparency you have to and that’s a really really good thing, because the people who aren’t putting awesome products out there or doing something to make sure their customers are really happy are going to fail and we know that and so we do everything possible. We are very aggressive in customer happiness and let’s be real if somebody is not happy with your product, they’re probably not a fit for your company anyway, they’re not going to become a raving fan of your company. So let’s make it as clean and safe a parting as possible. So we just got really-really obsessed with customer happiness and that’s how we manage our reviews.

Steve: Yeah you know what’s hilarious is that we manage customer service the same way. Anytime someone complains about anything, we just let them keep the product and we also give them a full refund. And that immediately disarms them, especially when they call us really angry, as soon as we mention that you just keep the product we’ll give you a full refund, they instantly become nice and sometimes they become raving fans and…

Ryan: Yeah.

Steve: Start telling their friends about this customer service so…

Ryan: Yeah we’ve had, we had one star reviews turn into five star reviews, because we’ve gone as far as somebody who complains because their mat has a rip in it, okay refunded and a new one is sent to them for free and that’s a one star review that turns into a “Holy Moses, you just knocked my socks off with amazing service,” and that person will defend us to their grave as an awesome company. And that’s actually one of the fastest ways to get really good fans is turn upset people into really happy people.

Steve: Yeah absolutely, so just curious so when you’re selling on Amazon you don’t really have a very strong brand presence, right? You’re essentially competing for this buy box, so in terms of reputation you’re just kind of depending on the reviews that you’re getting, right?

Ryan: Okay, so there’s a little bit of confusion about the buy box.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And the buy box is just for products that have multiple people selling the same product.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: If you’re selling your own product and you’re not selling it as a wholesale supplier to a bunch of different stores, then you own that buy box. Nobody can come in and steal that buy box from you unless they’re poaching your listing, which means that they’re– you’re selling your product for 30 bucks and they’re trying to sell it for 50, and they’re going to buy it from you and dropship to somebody else. But the buy box is only for people who have multiple sellers for the same product. If you have you own unique product then you have no competition from a buy box, you own the buy box because you own the product, you’re the only distributor for that product. Does that make sense Steve?

Steve: It does yeah, so the reason why I asked is maybe there is a little bit of confusion. I thought you imported existing yoga mats from overseas, but these are uniquely designed ones from scratch– is that what you’re saying?

Ryan: So, so what I– what we do– sorry I got to back up here a bit Steve. Our yoga mats were indeed unique that’s true, but originally our plan was to just white label something that was existing. So when we went out to that process and were looking at sources like Alibaba, and we were looking at what suppliers already had in stock, we weren’t all that excited about what they had in stock. So then we decided to make our own unique version, but the process was exactly the same. My supplement business– when I started we looked at a market and we- we looked at what is the market buying? Where is their volume? And we went out and found a supplier and just white labeled something exactly how it is. The only difference was it was a different company selling the exact same product, but since it has a different brand on it, it’s not a buy box competition. It’s our specific product and that is what’s ranking on Amazon and there’s no one else selling that brand, so it has its own buy box.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: Then we went back and we created our own formula and we have by far the best supplements in the market, that’s hands down the best, and so yes we have our own unique formulas now. But when we started, we were just white labeling something, putting our own label on it and now was its own unique product even though there’s other products that are exactly the same like it. Again that’s not the case now, but when we started the fastest way to cash flow was white labeling something that was existing getting it to Amazon, it has its own unique label…

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And now it’s unique and you get your own buy box.

Steve: Okay that clears things up because I actually looked on yoga mats on Amazon before this interview and there’s a ton of people selling yoga mats and they all look the same. And so that’s kind of why I was kind of asking you the question of how you make your products stand out. And it sounds like based on gathering a high number of reviews, it makes your product more visible and then people are more likely to see it, click on it, read the reviews and then buy from you.

Ryan: That’s exactly the case, it really comes down to where you rank on Amazon for certain keywords. And Amazon is kind of like Google in the sense of nobody quite knows their mysterious algorithm, but you have some good guesses and the biggest one is conversion rate.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: Is when somebody sees your listing do they buy, do they see you in the listing, click on you and buy. What’s the biggest determining fact for that? Reviews. What makes people interested in clicking on a product? Reviews. What is the biggest thing that converts them into buyers? Reviews. So that’s why we focus so heavily on reviews because we knew that conversions played a factor in that listing process in the Amazon SEO if you want to call it that. And that exposure really comes from where you rank for those key words, and reviews drive that.

Steve: Okay. So how long did it take before your business actually started gaining some traction because it sounds like you gave away almost a third of your initial inventory, right?

Ryan: Yeah, yeah wow I didn’t even realize that, thank you wow.

Steve: And I know from experience that it can take months and months for something to come over from overseas, right?

Ryan: That’s correct and I can say I’m envious of the people who can airlift things over, I am envious of people who have US based manufacturers. Our economies of scale weren’t there for either of those things, they were all shipped by sea and as a result there are certain setbacks that can happen. Again this is one of those thing why you have to have a long term view of success in order to really be successful, and I would say that it took us– we took our first order on black Friday of 2013. It probably took– its only been probably until this past month that we feel like we have all our systems really dialed in or in the clear as far as what we owe verses what’s on a boat somewhere. I’d say it took at least six months with all our setbacks in order to get everything really dialed in, and feel like we are in the clear now, we are now producing profit on a regular basis.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: Yeah in other businesses, it’s been a little bit shorter because if you have– like in supplements you have to have a US base supplier because if you order from China you’ll end up with supplements to ground a baby in it.

Steve: Yes.

Ryan: And that’s happened before by the way that’s not just a funny story, it happened.

Steve: Yeah I’ve heard the stories especially in baby formula with some harmful chemical– I can’t remember, but yeah I know what you are saying.

Ryan: Yeah, so I mean actual ground up baby. There was an article that came up that they were– anyway it’s disgusting, but our supplements are– you have to have a US based and since we have a US based supplier and we were just white labeling, the process is a lot faster. You can just ship something in three days, Amazon processes it, everyone’s happy. With ordering from China, it’s a longer process, you can have six weeks of a down time where things are just sitting in the Pacific Ocean. So our process is a little bit longer– we were okay with that because we had a long term vision of success.

Steve: Yeah that’s actually really short, six weeks is short.

Ryan: Really?

Steve: Our lead times are in order of three to four months and then there is transit time.

Ryan: Oh my.

Steve: So every time we order something, we order a crapload and then it just comes and I’m just– I was a little surprised that your minimum order quantity for a custom made product was only in the order of 200 units.

Ryan: You know, do you use Alibaba.com?

Steve: We have yes in the past.

Ryan: We just found that it was– we got people competing against each other, so we– and the biggest thing for us was communication, who’s going to be honest with us? And who’s going to communicate with us regularly? And that was a big determining factor of who we went with was a person who was very quick in their response time, and just keeping that communication line open has been very helpful as far as cutting down lead time, getting things shipped quickly, and getting things to our warehouse.

Steve: Okay. And I heard you mentioned mistakes in that first six months. Would you care to talk about any of the mistakes that you experienced?

Ryan: There’s things that I would do differently, you know I believe– sorry you are conflicting with my language here, because I like to say that there’s not mistakes, there’s just actions that didn’t work.

Steve: Yeah, actually I mean the same thing. We’re talking about the same thing, what is your…

Ryan: I know you do, it’s conflicting with my personal development beliefs here Steve. So I’d say if we had gone back and built a list from the beginning, we’d probably be a lot better off.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: Meaning a list that we really controlled wasn’t just on Facebook we’d be a lot better off, but again we were just looking towards what is the fastest route to making sales and profit. So I don’t know that I would do it all that differently in that time period, but if we had a list now that we could email, would we be better off today, yeah probably. If we could have started with a product that wasn’t oversized, if I could’ve tweaked the product a bit so we had the same benefits but it wasn’t oversized, that would’ve saved a whole lot of headaches for us as far as inventory management. But at the same time people loved that it’s a bigger yoga mat than what’s average, so was that a mistake, I don’t know.

I think the biggest thing has just been learning how to manage our inventory flow, and we’ve made lots of mistakes as far as when do we order? How much do we order? How quickly do we order? Do we create a second product? These are all things that I would do differently if I would go back, but at the same time it would be hard for me to advice somebody to do it differently because it’s going to be different for every business, and we had no idea what the lead time was going to be in that time period. So one thing that I wish I had done differently that I do advice people to do is, I suggest ordering as much inventory as a one time as you are comfortable doing. The more that you are able to do I think the better off, because inventory for us importing from China has always been something that held us back, always something that delayed our experience. So the more that you can order at one time, I think the better.

Steve: Yes absolutely I would completely agree with that and often times you get a better cut on price too when you order more.

Ryan: That’s absolutely true, yeah.

Steve: So just curious, do you ever plan on creating your own stand alone website for this or are you going to use Amazon for now?

Ryan: We have it now ZenActiveSports.com, we don’t do a whole lot of activity there, we sell some things through a funnel but almost everything comes on Amazon. We really keep the websites for our branding perspective, so when somebody goes and Google’s our company they can see that we are real people.

Steve: I see, because I would imagine that Amazon takes away almost a third of your revenues, right?

Ryan: Well they do, but they match that by sending all of the buyers.

Steve: Right.

Ryan: So…

Steve: Sure.

Ryan: I mean if we were to pay an affiliate, we pay them 50%, right? On a digital product anyway or even if it was just 20% that would eat into our profits a decent amount. So we actually end up paying Amazon less than we pay an affiliate or less than we pay in paper clip traffic to drive into our website to make the sale. So it ends up– I mean the fees look high, but the same time if we were to compare it to any other customer acquisition strategy, it’s very favorable to go with Amazon.

Steve: Okay. Yeah where I was going with it you kind of touched on I was wondering if you actually tried to drive paper clip traffic over to your existing website to see kind of how the profits align compared to Amazon.

Ryan: Yeah that we have not tried just because again we focus really hard on maximizing a channel, and that was Amazon and playing that game so that we have that cash flow to invest in other places.

Steve: Okay, yeah fair enough. So I know a lot of my listeners out there would probably like to try your model, so what advice would you give this people. And you’ve already given a lot of great pieces of advice already, but for someone just starting out what sort of advice would you give if they want to follow your yoga mat model?

Ryan: I would say look at where there is the most volume because that is where the most opportunity is.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And then I would– if you’re going overseas, go to Alibaba, put up a job and look at the bids that you get and then order as much inventory as you feel comfortable doing, where there are still profit margins available, and focus really heavily on reviews and customer happiness. If you do those things, and you have a product that people actually want, you can’t do anything but succeed.

Steve: Great advice Ryan. Just curious looking back, what inventory number would you have been comfortable with with your yoga mats in the initial order?

Ryan: I would’ve been comfortable with 500 was the most that we could do with an oversized item. So I would’ve gone right for 500.

Steve: And how did you determine that number. Was it just based on feedback from the Facebook fan page, how do you determine this number?

Ryan: For us that was just a process of analyzing how long do we think it’s going to take to sell these and are we okay waiting to get that money back. And since I wasn’t in any hurry to make a profit, I wanted to build the business, I would’ve just gone for the maximum that Amazon will let me do and with an oversized item that was 500 units.

Steve: Okay, but you knew that these were going to sell right? At the back of your mind based on the research that you had done.

Ryan: Yeah totally especially with us focusing on reviews, we knew that eventually they would sell. I mean worst case scenario is that they would sell slowly.

Steve: Okay yeah. So Ryan you’ve actually given out a lot of good personal development tid bits as well, and so I’m just curious what has influenced you, have there been any books or people or speakers that have kind of really influenced your way of thinking?

Ryan: Yeah I mean what got me on the self development train was going through a really really hard time. So a couple of years ago I went through a really really difficult painful time in my life but I love Jim Rhone, I love Tony Robins, I would recommend– if you’re at home and you’re cooking or cleaning, put on Jim Rhone. Just the idea of continually growing yourself is something that really attracts me. I don’t how people succeed without focusing on developing themselves, I’m not sure how they do that, I’m not sure if that’s possible. So, yeah I’m definitely a Jim Rhone, Tony Robins nerd.

Steve: Okay, sounds good and are there any online services that you use to help your business with selling on Amazon or running your own sites that you can’t live without?

Ryan: Yeah, I get them confused– its either stitch labs or cellar labs. I always get them confused because those two companies, but there’s a service we use that integrates with our Amazon store to grab all of our customer data so that we can follow up with them.

Steve: Okay.

Ryan: And also we are able to make notes. It’s basically a CRM for our Amazon purchases…

Steve: Right.

Ryan: Our Amazon customers and I think that’s cellar labs.

Steve: Cellar labs okay, I’ll put that in the show notes.

Ryan: Cool.

Steve: So Ryan, we’ve been talking for quite a while. Where can people find you online if they have questions?

Ryan: I don’t have an– I have a podcast called freedom fast lane. It’s really-really quickly running up the iTunes store. I don’t have like any– I’ve taken a break from having any products or anything, so I have literally nothing to sell you, I wish I did. My website is FreedomFastlane.com. I keep a really awesome newsletter there and I have a podcast over on iTunes, it’s called freedom fast lane.

Steve: Awesome, hey Ryan thanks a lot for coming on, you shared a lot of great tips and I wish you all the best of success, and I will definitely go and leave your podcast a review as soon as I’m done here.

Ryan: All right, thanks so much Steve.

Steve: All right man thanks a lot Ryan.

I hope you enjoyed that episode. I think it’s pretty darn amazing to be able to generate seven figure revenue in just one year. It just goes to show that Amazon is a pretty amazing market place if you have your own branded products and we’re actually in the process of getting our products listed on Amazon as well, and I’ll keep you posted on our progress. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode36 and once again I just want to thank 99 designs for sponsoring this episode. I know a lot of you listening are waiting on the sidelines trying to get the courage to start your own online business, and I also know a lot you out there run your own business already and know that your designs could be better. Designing a website is not that intimidating anymore thanks to 99 designs, where you can get over 300,000 designers to compete for you design.

All you got to do is to list your design on their site and within 48 hours you will get dozens of deigns submissions to choose from and from there you can ask for slight tweaks and changes until you are 100% satisfied with the results. And the best part is that the price is very reasonable and there is 100% satisfaction guarantee. So go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit and get your logo, website, t-shirt, business cards or basically anything you need designed right now. And by using the 99designs.com/mywifequit link, and telling them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, your design listing will be bolded, highlighted, given a prominent background, and featured before all regular listing so that your request stands out among all of the other designers. So if you need a logo, website, t-shirt or anything designed, go to 99designs.com/mywifequit.

And then finally, if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review it not only make me proud, but it also helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so that other people can use this information, find the show and get awesome business advice. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m always giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information about this contest, go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest.

And if you are interested in starting you own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the my wife quit her job podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

035: How To Sell Amazon Kindle Ebooks And Make 30K In Under 7 Days With Jonny Andrews

Jonny Andrews

Are you interested in selling your own ebooks on the Amazon Kindle platform? Do you want to make some passive income being an author?

Today, I have Jonny Andrews on the show to teach us how to make money selling ebooks on the Amazon platform. Jonny runs the popular website and podcast AudienceHacker.com and he’s got a ton of experience with launching successful ebooks. In fact in one of his launches, he was able to make over 30K in under 7 days which is crazy!

He reveals all of his tactics and secrets in this episode so check it out!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why you should consider using a pen name when writing an ebook
  • The 3 major things involved in selling a lot of books
  • Is there real money to be made selling ebooks?
  • What does it take to be a successful seller on Kindle if you only have a small audience
  • How to create a reinforcement strategy for your ebooks.
  • The key strategy for selling ebooks when you have nothing
  • What’s a good launch strategy for your ebook
  • How to get visibility on Amazon
  • How to get reviews for your book
  • How to get on the bestseller list
  • Where to get your book cover designed

Sponsors

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to the my wife quit her job podcast, where I bring in successful boot strapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses.

Now if you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information.

Now before I begin I just wanted to give a quick shout out to this episode’s sponsor 99designs. Now, originally I wasn’t going to take any sponsors at all but 99designs caught my eye, because I suck at design. And in fact when I first started my online store back in 2007 the design for my website was terrible and I had absolutely no idea who to turn to. Now fast forward to today 99designs is a site where you can provide a description of anything that you want designed whether it be a logo, a webpage, a t-shirt, pretty much anything and have dozens of designers compete to deliver you the best design possible. And by best I mean you get to choose your favorite design among dozens of submissions from a pool of over 315,000 designers.

So, if you are design challenged like I am, I highly recommend that you go over to 99designs.com/mywifequit and if you use that link and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, your design listing will be bolded, highlighted given a prominent background and featured before all regular listings so that your request stands out among all the designers. And in fact this special offer is worth 99 dollars. So if you need a logo, website, t-shirt, business card or anything designed go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. In this episode I’m going to be talking to Jonny Andrews. Now the reason why I decided to bring Jonny on the show is because many of my readers have been asking me about selling their own e-books. Now over the years Jonny has been known as the go-to guy for people who want to become authors and when it comes to wanting to launch a successful e-book. Now he’s written several books and managed to land his own personal book on the kindle home page and lots of sales and suite after that and he’s also helped clients go to over 15,000 books in sales in their first week.

Now hopefully Jonny will be willing to reveal some of his book promotion strategies with us today. I’m thinking about writing a few e-books on the kindle myself just for the exposure. So without further ado welcome Jonny, what’s up man?

Jonny: Hey, how are you doing? Thanks for having me

Steve: I’m doing well man, how are you doing?

Jonny: You know it’s very ,very interesting, long evening, lots of fun and yeah it’s morning dude we are talking and it’s in the morning, so this is great.

Steve: Yeah well, it’s good for you you’ve been up for a couple of hours; I just rolled out of bed myself but…

Jonny: Nice.

Steve: So hey just give us a quick background story, I’m sure a couple of people in my audience probably don’t know who you are. Tell us about your business, how you got started with this whole e-book thing.

Jonny: All right well I mean I will give you– I’ll kind of give you the birds eye version and that kind of stuff. So I have been just absolutely in love with the publishing business and books and literature and literally since I was basically a zygote. And it was like one of those things where you know as I was coming up sort of in this internet marketing industry and doing all sorts of fun things with that, you know after I got married, had my first kid, I was like you know what I think because my business was based all around travel. It was based around– I had to basically blast all over the world going handshaking, baby kissing kind of stuff to meet all these partners to you know go and grow my business like that. It was a very relationship based business and I suddenly realized if I want to be like a husband and a father and be there for the kid when she is growing up. I need to completely re-think everything that I am absolutely doing and I’d shut down my entire business like I’d been doing multiple seven figures and it’s pretty cool, but I was like this business no longer serves me.

And so I kind of you know– I was taking stock really of what I wanted to do I’m like you know I have always loved publishing. I’m like I should be doing this and I mean this is obviously like sort of a paraphrased version just you know to give you kind of an overview, but I decided to apply what I learned inside of internet marketing, you know. So the past couple of years I put in my time to learn how to do things like you know Facebook, Twitter all sorts of different– learn how to work with platforms, social media properties and you know how to buy traffic and how to do all these different kinds of things. I am like what if that will work with books and sure enough it did. So I put out my first book personally like I’d been testing this under scads of pen names because I didn’t peg you know it’s like one of those things you kind of want to make sure you’ve got it before you know hey here I am and everyone goes boohoo and it like okay—

Steve: Is that why you used a pen name? I was just curious.

Jonny: Actually I use pen names for a whole host of reasons but testing is absolutely one of them. I actually recommend that people do that because there are you know there is a fear and this is something that I think a lot of people can get over. There is a distinct and very pulpable fear that a lot of people have about looking foolish when they do stuff. And I’m not going to lie and say that I’m any different, like I’ve had tons of ups and downs, lots of successes, lots of failures and you know I’ve developed myself into the kind the of person that I don’t really worry about that anymore because I just assume that it’s going to happen and then it’s totally cool we can all laugh about it.

Steve: Uh-huh!

Jonny: But that comes with like– it’s one of those things, it’s like I can’t remember the boxes that was always saying the psychotic you know how [inaudible] [00:06:32] something like that where it’s like why did you wait it it’s like I can take more hits or something like that.

Steve: Uh-huh!

Jonny: Sometimes people have to evolve into that kind of human but if they are not there yet, which there is a journey to get there, it sometimes works to put up a mask, to become a different person out there even though it’s really you. And I actually got the idea of doing this many many many years ago when I read a biography on Bono the lead singer of U2 talking about when they put out their Joshua tree album, the people they loved it, they loved it, they loved it. Then they put out “Zooropa” which was totally different, very electronic very experimental for the time and people just ripped them a new one you know and then they took that very personally. And so they put out “Pop” which was I believe the next album. They created caricatures of themselves and they put forth those caricatures, and so they actually had a buffer between themselves who they were at their core and the real world and they were able to kind of like actually turn that into a huge thing that they now do, so it’s a very viable technique.

Steve: Okay sorry I interviewed– I mean I interrupted your entire story, okay so you started writing your books and then what came after that?

Jonny: Basic- I just did I mean it was all about really creating the books but it’s all about finding the market, creating the book and then growing your audience. And I mean those are really if I had to boil it down they could be the three major things and obviously there are little cool tricks and tips and fun little things you can do to be able to get the book in front of more people. I mean Amazon really gets it when it comes to that so they’ve given authors tons of tools for this and it’s funny, I like to hear– it sounds like my grandfather “back in my day we didn’t have those tools.” But literally the first books I ever put out, I had no tricks or tools, I had to just leverage you know existing platforms, so I have internal platform and external. Basically the internal will be like a mailing list that you build.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Your external will people that you meet like J.D. Paks and stuff . That’s all I had at the time so I was like let’s just do this, so I went out and we promoted the book and it really did very, very well. So it was cool, I ended up outselling like Dave Ramsey, Suze Orman, Robert Kiyosaki– like all these guys.

Steve: Nice.

Jonny: Yeah it was pretty cool, so I definitely had some fun you know some fun after effects of that but that was— that’s kind of the basic idea.

Steve: So one question I had actually is you know a lot of this kindle books sell for really cheap, so is there real money to be made selling kindle e-books?

Jonny: Well the– to give you an idea, the first book that I– I was with a partner at the time. We put out– he would bring in the people and I would make sure that the launch worked. But what happened was we ended up selling like 15,000 books in the first week and it did, I think we did it I’m going to say 2.99 and upped the price to 3.99 after that first week, but it ended up doing like 50,000 dollars in the– it was like 45-50,000 dollars in the first month. So that was with one book.

Steve: Wow. Nice, okay. So a lot of the listeners in my audience who want to start their own e-books probably don’t have a huge audience. I don’t know if that particular example that you just gave was someone who is already pretty big. But let’s take a step back and let’s talk about it from the perspective of someone who might have a small audience, maybe a small list of like 1-5000 or something like that. What does it take to become a successful author on the kindle?

Jonny: Really that’s a perfect place to start if you can– what it really takes is and this is an important fact I think is decide what market you want to go into because here is one of the big problems that used to exist…

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Actually it still does all the time. In fact I just had a conversation with somebody the other day who was asking about kindle– a friend of mine you know we hadn’t talked for a couple of years and then he pops up and like hey I’m doing these books. If you go like shotgun style and say like you publish a book on like dog training and then you publish another one on something else, then another thing on something else, it takes the same amount of time to create each one of those books, but they are never going to reinforce each other you know.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And that’s a huge thing with the kindle platform is people are looking to get behind an author, they are looking to– like George R.R. Martin I mean for example. I mean come on like people buy his stuff because that’s his stuff like if he put out another kind of book they would probably buy that book too you know. So it’s like you want to build your brand, you want to build yourself as an author and so I call it the umbrella concept and what that is is what’s the big idea? What’s the market and what’s the major pain play?

And then – it’s kind of a funny analogy but if you think about it like an udder with some nipples hanging off of it, it’s like here is your big udder book and then let’s say you are going to go with– what I did you went into personal finance and decided I absolutely did not want to be in that space but like you know I had this book called “How to Finally Live Debt Free and Wealthy” and then that was like the big overall udder concept and then the little nipple concepts were like different ways of like making and saving money and so you can write like a whole series of books around that, and you can feed your audience based on what they are looking for, because that’s what it takes to really do it.

I interviewed a lady– USA today best seller self published author named Quinn Loftis you know. She is just an amazing woman– very, very smart when it came to doing what she was doing, and she literally woke up one day, rolled over the bed, turned to her husband and said, “I think I’m going to start writing books” he’s like “okay,” you know and the next thing you know her – by book five she was building that audience and building that following and by book five I believe it was either five or six– I can’t remember exactly, but she ended up hitting USA today best seller list which is huge especially for a bestselling author who that was not her intention. So it’s like you can definitely make money with it, you can absolutely have this be whatever you want to be. My only advice when it comes to that though is pick who you want to be, so it’s like you know I believe Shakespeare or somebody before him said this above all to thy known self be true. Who are you? Who do you want to be? And then just go act like that person.

Steve: So based on what you said it kind of implies you need to kind of write multiple books in order to gradually build up your author strength so to speak.

Jonny: Yeah pretty much that’s one of the big realities and secrets I guess, you can say. You can absolutely succeed with one book, but this is how I look at it– I’ve seen so many other authors do it. If you’re coming out of nowhere with nothing, you have two options. You can either buy your way in, or you can take a really– you can take time to go promote that one book. Both strategies work you know. You can drive a lot of traffic, build a big list, grow a following and then launch your book , or you can launch your book and use that to make your following. It’s kind of like a podcast you know, you can use a podcast to build a following or if you have a following, you can use that to reinforce your fan base and get a bigger one.

Steve: Okay, so let’s go with the latter for example– let’s say I have nothing. How do I use my book to build an audience?

Jonny: Well what you want to do like I said is first of all you have to identify– this is like the biggest thing ever.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Identify who the heck the audience is.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: You know who do you want to write this book for because if and I see this time and time and time and I’ve talked to people like ridiculously successful people in business who absolutely fall over sideways and start like you know [inaudible] [00:13:41] and rocking back and forth and just crying in the darkness kind of thing, when it’s like who is your person– it’s not hard like just figure out who you are talking to you know is it men women what age? You know what are their wants, needs and desires, hopes, their dreams, their fears? And you create I mean you’ve probably heard this a lot of times you create that avatar, and you write that book just for that person.

So it’s literally the art of excluding other people that you end up becoming– you stack the deck in your favor becoming successful with this. So define your avatar that’s– sit down and write it down and give them a name like I believe Aven Peggy [phonetic] talks about that. You give this person a name, maybe even get your stock photography that looks just like this person, and let’s say you are going to do something like adventure series or something like that and fiction and your ideal reader you decide to call him Rick. Rick is going to be 35 office worker making about 45000 a year, doesn’t get out too much but loves to escape into a good book, really big into video games and e-books and stuff like that where the character has this crazy action sort of sequence. And you literally write this out, know who your audience is and where they are and then you create your book just for this person.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: What ends like– I’ll give you another example is that there is a website out there by Maryellen Tribby called “Working Moms Only.” That pretty much defines who the audience is, right? Well guess who’s on their list, me and I am not a working mother. So it’s like that’s something to keep in mind is when you basically hone in and target on that one person, you end up attracting people on the periphery also. And that’s what’s really cool about this– you could end up growing your list really well. So if you can do sci-fi, absolutely do sci-fi, you want to do paranormal do paranormal.

Steve: So, okay so let’s assume that we can write a really awesome book that’s very targeted– let’s just assume that. So if I launch on the kindle platform or you know just Amazon in general there is probably going to be a whole lot of other books competing against me, and if I don’t have a built in audience how do I get that book seen by other people?

Jonny: There is a couple of factors; the first one is recognizing that everybody will judge your book by its cover that’s just…

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: That’s just going to happen you know and it’s really kind of hilarious that it’s like oh no no the cover yes it does. The cover is like the most important thing and this is a huge tip to keep in mind is you have to remember the majority of kindle devices out there are not kindle fires, because obviously there are all kinds of funky stuff in the economy right now. The grayscale kindle was way cheaper and so what was it 2011 and 2012 they were moving like 5,000,000 kindles around. This time the majority of these since they weren’t kindle fires because those were like 150 bucks they were the 75 dollar ad supported, grayscales kindles and stuff like that. So it’s like you have to remember your cover has to look amazing in color and in grayscale and it’s real easy to do, you just flip a setting in like whatever preview thing that you are looking at. Make sure you can still see– you get the gist of it because I see this all the time, covers that just don’t look good…

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: On grayscale so you are going to lose a lot of sales by doing that. So if you keep that in mind from the beginning, that’s important. So have an awesome cover– next thing is your title. If you are doing non-fiction, your title should just basically state the outcome either avoid pain or go towards pleasure you know like mine was “How to finally live debt free and wealthy” kind of thing, yeah. And then the next piece is you just have a subtitle. I’m a big fan of this long winded rambling subtitles, I don’t know why. It’s really funny, it’s like wow that’s gigantic and then the last piece and it’s kind of unfortunate this is the last piece, but it is the last piece is then you need a good book, because you can sell– a book will sell based off of its visual merit you know–

Steve: Really? Okay.

Jonny: Oh, absolutely but it’s like if you think about the consumption process you know for a reader; first they see it, then they are going to flip to the back, so you need a good blurb obviously, then they are going to look at the social proof– I mean how many reviews do you have? And then they’re going to look you know and what’s the star ranking? And then they’ll buy it and then they’ll read it. So like having a good book actually doesn’t help you until someone’s already bought it. So the marketing in that regards does in fact come first.

Steve: So let’s talk about getting reviews and then kind of like the launch strategy for example. So do you recommend– I see a lot of books that are just given away for free and then later they start charging for it. What is kind of like a strategy that has worked for you?

Jonny: I’ve done a bunch of different strategies, I’m out there kind of testing stuff constantly. So, one thing that you can do is there is something called KDP select, Kindle Digital Publishing select, and that’s a program where if you are exclusive to Amazon. They will let you go free for 5 days and there is also– every, so it’s every 90 days you get a 5 days of freebies.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And that works, so I came up with a technique called pulsing and this was actually something we give you an idea of how well this worked. When this first started happening there was a mother daughter team that was doing cookbooks and they had never produced a book before, they had no platform, they actually had no idea what they were doing, they just literally followed the steps. And what ended up happening was they did this pulse and they– it was like maybe 20,000 downloads or something like that the first day, and so then they showed me the screen shot– there was “Hunger games” on the bestseller list on all of kindle it was “Hunger Games 1”, “Hunger Games 2”, “Hunger Games 3” and then the fourth book was “Special Dinners for Two” which was…

Steve: Wow.

Jonny: They literally blew up, it was crazy and that absolutely can work. What’s happened recently in Amazon is they’ve hidden the free stuff, so don’t expect to get like 20 or 30,000 downloads anymore. But you can achieve really healthy results with like 2000 downloads, and what’s awesome is that there’s like a place called book pub, and you can buy an email blast from them, and they can promote your book. It’s one of those things where they make it kind of difficult to do it, but I would definitely– if someone is going to do something and they are not going to be like– I for example owned ilovevampirenovels.com. It’s similar to book pub but it’s for paranormal stuff.

Steve: Right.

Jonny: And so it’s a fun little site if you are into paranormal, but if you are not then book pub is absolutely where you need to be.

Steve: Well I’ve been forced to watch a twilight movie or two.

Jonny: There you go, there you go. Yeah it’s cool because these book discovery places like– well I’m trying to think of a couple of them. There’s digital book world and different kinds of things like that where you can get the word out about your stuff that way.

Steve: Okay, so these are just third party sites that have large email lists that basically help you promote your book for a fee– is that how it works?

Jonny: Pretty much yeah there is also…

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: [inaudible] [00:20:20] is one of the first ones.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And they are fantastic so if you can get mentioned in those things that you are doing a free book, they’ll definitely push you up there you’ll definitely feel the heat from that blast.

Steve: So once you get a couple thousand downloads let’s say– assuming the reviews will start trickling in, will that make your book just naturally rank higher in the Amazon search engine?

Jonny: That’s what funny about this is I’ve railed against so many people about like worrying about the search engine. The reason why is when it comes to books, the kinds of keywords people looking for are not like “how to train your dog” people don’t go to Amazon for that. They go in and they type in Caesar Chavez because by the time you get to Amazon you usually know what you want to buy, you’ve done some research, you go and– the people make selections based off of “also bought” like people who bought this also bought that, you know that strip of similar products underneath every product.

Steve: Yeah.

Jonny: And so that’s really how it works more so than keywords. Keywords can help but it’s the same thing with like Google you never know what keywords are going to help you. So it’s like if you are in the supplement business yeah then you know like superfastawesomeweightlosspill.net, yeah if you can rank for that people are searching for you’ll probably lose some super awesome weight loss pills, but if you’re doing e-book and nobody knows who you are, and also unless you are Steven King I mean at this point if Steven King is listing then absolutely please optimize under your name dude because everyone is looking for you.

Steve: Sure.

Jonny: But if nobody knows who you are it won’t really help you, and so you’ll it’s like you know small businesses and what not who like I hear from them sometimes like “Eh! I’m number one on Google” I’m like great what under what? They are like ” our business name” I’m like wow, I didn’t know you were Coke or Pepsi because that’s what people are looking for you know, they are not looking for you know waltz ABC home repair or something, they are looking for home repair, but anyway hopefully that’s making sense is that…

Steve: So let’s say– you know that cook book example. I would presumably search for like most popular cook book in Amazon, right? And so how did they show up in the search results? Or how did people like find their book in the first place?

Jonny: It’s really through the best seller list and showing up on different kinds of like popular list and stuff like that because that’s– Amazon is all about making money, and so if your book is selling they’re absolutely going to do whatever they can really to help you sell more. And what’s cool is and a lot of the folks that I’ve worked with, they’ve sent these emails of like screenshots of Amazon emails that Amazon is literally like they have the biggest email list on the planet and they’ll email your book, so like people get promoted all the time with that kind of stuff.

Steve: Sounds like a chick in an egg problem though, right?

Jonny: Not necessarily because if you do that thing I was recommending that I said called pulsing, you can actually fire your book up there. It’s a way of like circumventing the glitch in getting started. The other thing I mean you could buy Facebook traffic, you could– the big one to do is to go out there and get reviewed on blogs, especially if you’re fiction. There is two places if you are fiction; GoodReads, absolutely master the heck out of GoodReads and then get a ton of reviews through– GoodReads will get you the reviews and it will get the bloggers to review your book.

Steve: Okay, so let’s talk about that process. How do you approach bloggers to get reviews?

Jonny: The first thing to do is obviously you have to go back to the very first thing I said which is know who your audience is, and then you go and find blogs that are already catering to that audience.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And what you then do is you show up and simply see if they have a policy for it, like so if it’s an actual book review blog and this is something that happens more so in fiction like you don’t typically see our book review blogs talking about like the latest weight loss product or something like that, or latest like you know how my wife quit her job podcast kind of thing you know. You don’t typically see a review site just for those things, but if you can’t find a review site that’s also just find out what their policy is and then just reach out and say “hey what’s up I have– you review these books, I have this book, this is awesome”.

One thing that I do a lot of and I have my assistant do this constantly is we go through and we find similar really popular books and we find out whose given those books a really good review on Amazon, and then we just contact them directly and say “hey can we give you a free copy you know you reviewed this, this was awesome really good review, would you mind if we gave you a free copy of our book if you would review it,” and there is people called vine reviewers inside of Amazon and a lot of these people because they got that way because their reviews have been voted as being particularly helpful you know by a lot of people.

Steve: I see.

Jonny: And so these get– a lot of these folks have a following and if they give you a favorable review, then that following is going to see it and wow if this person liked this book then maybe I should buy it you know, and so people do follow them that’s a great way of doing it. The next thing to do like let’s say if you’re a non-fiction– get on podcasts you know and get to out there and just start talking like for example like if I’m– obviously I don’t have a book currently that I’m promoting, I just like to get out there and you know say hey, but no really I’m weird like that it’s just like yeah just do a thing man it’s cool yeah, but like get on podcast that cater to your audience and stuff like that, that is a huge way of driving traffic.

Steve: Now I was going to say I actually get sent maybe a book every couple of weeks to review and sometimes people just send them randomly, sometimes people reach out but I almost never do it, and that’s why I was kind of asking what your technique was for doing it. It sounds like you go out and actually look for people who actually do reviews on a regular basis which is a very good tactic because clearly the pitches that come to me don’t quite work that well, because I have no idea who the person is and it takes me a long time to read a book, I mean I’ve got limited time so–

Jonny: Yeah I mean there is just a whole host of issues with people who do that because I am a fan of stacking the deck in my favor. So I figure all right if someone is a vine reviewer that means that’s what they do, they review things. So the likelihood that they would say yes is dramatically increased. Then the second thing is I don’t just send them the book, I ask them– I reference something that I read of theirs meaning another review. So it’s like “yeah I read your review on this book” whatever that book happened to be– I actually do read the review to make sure that they are not you know weird. Because that’s the one thing you don’t want to approach like everybody that gave it a one star you know out of just four star.

Steve: Sure.

Jonny: Just to let everybody know avoid those people who carry that rage and fury in their heart, you don’t need that in the thing. But like go to four and five star vine reviewers and just say “hey you read this I really liked what you had to say you know it’s very honest and you know definitely had a cool opinion. I was wondering you know, I have a similar book if you have time if you wouldn’t mind taking a look at it, can I send you a free copy?” Don’t just send them the book, that won’t get you anywhere that’s sort of like what they call the assumptive clause– would you like that in red or blue today? Like no don’t do that, it makes everyone feel really smarmy and gross. So just be cool about it, be nice and I have a very strong rule. I call it the 95-5 rule and it is – because I think the 80-20 rule is very true in some circles, but I think it’s been sort of like perverted into this universal thing.

The reality of the 80-20 rule is when you apply it to a situation like this, it just falls apart, it completely collapses. It’s either 95-5 or 99-1 and so this is why you want to know who your audience is and know who is already catering to them, because if you can build a list of say 300 reviewers and 1% of them say yes, you can leverage that so that’s like 3 reviewers out of 300 that are going to say yes. And you know so that’s going to be– you have to accept the fact that if you don’t have a name already you are going to have to put in a little bit of that footwork to get that [inaudible] [00:28:15] but once you do, you can leverage that like crazy you know. And literally all it takes sometimes is one review and you can just say hey this person reviewed, this person reviewed.

Like for example my podcast like that’s how I did it you know to start getting more and more and more guests and stuff like that was I just started talking to people then all of a sudden like there was a day one pretty popular dude came on, it’s like great I can put that in the retailer, yeah we interviewed this person, and this person, and this person. And just like just accept the fact that it’s going to you know one foot in front of the other, you probably won’t– I legitimately can tell, you there is no real such thing as an overnight success. I really prefer the whole seven or ten year overnight success thing, but with the online stuff you can do it very very quickly in comparison to what it used to be, you just have to accept the fact that if you publish a book and you wake up tomorrow you probably not going to be rich you know.

Steve: Sure.

Jonny: You just have to be just put forward the effort in a consistent direction and you’ll be all good.

Steve: So in regards to just getting reviews one of the questions I had was you know how many reviews– so first of all you know a couple of things that you said kind of confused me a little bit but you said search doesn’t really matter, right? So how do reviews actually help? If someone actually lands on your listing, sees the review and wants to buy the book, right? But do reviews contribute to the visibility in those other columns that you mentioned on Amazon?

Jonny: Not like how on iTunes or stuff like where the reviews actually will lean- will help elevate your status like with podcast and stuff it’s not just raw downloads, it’s also people who come in and leave you favor or leave you reviews that is not the case in Amazon that I’ve seen at least.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Because one book– the first book we did I actually created sort of a system– we got 2300 reviews in a month, it was crazy.

Steve: Wow. That’s crazy. Okay.

Jonny: It was actually really fun, then we lost them all because I’d failed to notice a small change in their terms of service and I was like “Oh!man” oh well let’s say it worked.

Steve: Just curious what was that change just…?

Jonny: Exactly what you want to make sure that you do is you can bribe someone to leave a review as long as you only bribe them with your book and what we did was we bribed them with free cooking videos. We said you could leave a review even if it was a negative one we were still going to give you the videos and so just thank you for helping us get the word out. And unfortunately that– they changed their terms of service after the book had launched and I had nothing to do with it so it was just one of those Oh! Man, but now we have like 400 reviews or something like that. And so it’s definitely coming back, but yeah one point in time we had like 2300 reviews, it was insane but now all you can do is like after people buy your book, you always want to building a list of those buyers and so you always want to give them, offer them something for free to click on your link and go to your list and once they are on your list you can say “hey if you love my book please leave me a review” you know and you can’t really go past that, I don’t recommend you do that.

Steve: Okay, So I was just curious so how do reviews help exactly? Outside of the actual you know click to buy once they’ve actually seen your listing already, does it affect visibility is what am asking?

Jonny: It does in the fact that if you have a bunch of really positive reviews people are going to naturally grab and take more toward that they kind of – once somebody is on your listing, they make all the difference, but in terms of getting people to your listing that’s kind of all up to you.

Steve: Okay, okay that’s what I was getting at. So basically you don’t want to depend on Amazon for that service. You need to do your own leg work, develop your own audience outside or use some of this services that you’ve just recommended to get your book instant exposure.

Jonny: Right, I would definitely say it’s an end, not at all like you want to have a strategic marketing plan that you implement every day, because you want to think about this you don’t have any control over what Amazon is going to do. And so this is why I say don’t rely on that publishing platform to be the thing for your success, like you always want to take the action that you control like you can control if you set your book to free and then go and tell all of these discovery sites about it. You can absolutely do that, but what you cannot control is if they are going to pick up your book or not you know just take the actions that you have power over and do it consistently, and what ends up happening then is that you know you’ll start seeing your book moving up the charts and that’s what you want to do is really get on the bestseller list because that’s where the eyeballs live. And so some of those bestsellers lists– and this might come as a shock to some folks, you only need maybe five sales. So like call up your mom and dad.

Steve: Really?

Jonny: Oh. Yeah. Like if you I call it leveling down– like if you go like you click on the bestseller list for just the over the kindle store and you are going to see some huge names like thousands of sales a day are happening with that, but then as you look at those lists you can start clicking down. Like, I mean getting to the Amazon top 100 takes about 2500 sales on a single day to get in there.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: So the top 100 is definitely awesome, but that should not be your first goal if you’re brand new and just starting out. Your first goal should be get onto like a tiny little best seller list like way down at the bottom there where it only takes maybe five sales to kind of like get you know inch you up. And then what starts happening is that you start getting a low level visibility from the natural traffic that exists there, and if you’ve done a good job on your cover, you’ve done a good job you know writing that book for your audience, people who want your book are probably going to start seeing “Oh! That looks nice,” and click and buy.

Next thing you know you get another sale, then another sale, then another sale and the way that it works is basically you are selling a lot of books– you are a bestseller because you are selling a lot of books and you are selling a lot of books because you are a best seller. And it’s just sort of is there is this awesome self fulfilling thing. And that’s what happens with “Special dinners for two” is they– I was teaching this you know even then I was just find a list that you can get on that doesn’t take that many sales to get there, and then you’ll start seeing more stuff. So once you are on there, you can start leveraging and you can legitimately call yourself a bestselling author at that point.

Steve: I see so it’s like a little snowball. You pick a category that’s easy to rank for, you get sales that way and just gradually build up, pick larger categories and just kind of go from there over time.

Jonny: Yeah because Amazon it’s– then I call it leveling up where it’s like you know you are going to eventually in the small category you’ll hit number one and that means you’ve already crusted into the category above it so that it comes from. So I mean I want everybody listening, I would encourage you just to sort of watch this phenomenon happening is if you go into the kindle store– not on the actual device, that’s a total different ball game, but just on Amazon in general and if you look from a bestseller list not just– you actually have to click the link that says bestseller list, and you see that you know all these things that you have kindle stores and fiction, non-fiction they’ve all those sub categories and all those other categories lead to more categories. And so the keyword to that regard in a lot of ways will help you get ranked in those sub categories you can’t just choose on the back end of your dashboard, that’s what the keywords are for.

Steve: So how do you find these categories that are easy to rank for?

Jonny: Look at this- you want to look at the Amazon sales ranking of a book, and so the numbers that I like to tell people to shoot for is if you can rank in the top 20 of a low hanging category and be roughly better than 50– it’s like golf, so the smaller the number the better and if you can rank say between 10,000 and 50,000 you’re good to go that’s a good place to start and what that means is, if you can sell 5 books you are probably going to hit 50,000 especially if you do it in one day.

Steve: Okay, so basically the strategy is I go into these categories, look for the bestsellers that are already on this list in the ball park of 10-50,000 and then choose that category.

Jonny: Yeah, that would be I mean…

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Provided that category is relevant to your book.

Steve: Yeah, yeah of course the common sense always applies.

Jonny: Absolutely. Exactly like you know you could get something– you could write a personal finance book and find out that you know expecting mothers have a wide opening in their best seller category [Laughter] that’s not going to help you very much unless your personal finance book is for expecting mothers. So that’s another way to do it is you could actually cross categorize like there is one technique that we did with that [inaudible] [00:36:23] book. We had– we took a like a paleo diet book, but we crossed it with a cook book and so it was how to Paleo thing with all the cool research and stuff like that. But then also we had a ton of recipes in there, and so we were able to then get two extremely hot categories like that way and it made perfect sense to then put them in there.

Steve: So how many categories are you allowed to target?

Jonny: You can pick two in Amazon but the cool thing is if you use the right keywords they’ll give you more, and so let me give you an example like I have a couple of pen names I do in the paranormal romance genre and so I would do– oh dude I love it, it’s…

Steve: Paranormal romance okay, sorry go on.

Jonny: Yeah so like there’s like a bunch of different vampire genres you can’t really– you can’t just click that thing and say “put me here” and so what you do instead is you put the keywords in there and so Amazon will see that and go “oh then this person must belong here.” So it’s like I do like vampire romance, paranormal romance, new adult, that kind of thing, that sort of the new young adult kind of genres and you put them in there and all of a sudden you are going to be even find yourself ranking in there. It used to be you had to email support and say hey please give me these categories– now they just need the keywords. So, that’s where the keywords become very helpful.

Steve: Can you comment on just like paper books verses e-books these days?

Jonny: Yeah totally my take on this is be in as many formats as possible because you don’t know how people want to consume you. And it’s– one thing that we saw was you know we went live with the e-book and here where we talk about the crazy uphill battle like “back when I was a kid” you know it’s you back away back to 2012 before people– they were millions and millions of that knew they had a kindle app on their android phone, we actually had to teach people how to consume the product which is a huge pain in the butt, you don’t want to be in there. Where you are like here’s how you download the book, you want people who already know how to do it. Paper gives that– the ability to do that to use a service called create space which Amazon bought and so that’s a print on demand service. So this costs you like 30 bucks.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: To do this and I always– I have this weird ritual where it’s like when I put out a new book and its awesome because I have my paranormal vampire stuff sitting on a stack on the desk next to me, and I’ll literally order them and I’ll walk around and just hold this because I– I don’t know maybe this means something to everyone listening or not but like it’s kind of cool to see something that you created show up in real life you know it’s like this is the thing that used to be a thought in my mind and now its sitting here in front of me.

Steve: No I can totally relate and if there is still book stores around that’d be even cooler.

Jonny: Absolutely because then you could then do something with that totally, but that’s the thing it’s like if you read the industry news which I do because that’s kind of important to be at least slightly informed to what’s going on– the print still dominates. It really does, it’s rapidly losing ground but at this moment in time and it doesn’t hurt you at all to have that print book, it’s only going to increase your sales, you know and same thing with an audio. I mean I would pay the ten grand to get like Samuel Jackson to read my book or something that would be hilarious. I won’t but I mean you could for like two hundred bucks get someone with an extremely good speaking voice to read your book for you, and get it in audio too because then you have a whole new audience that listens to audio books, and its cool. I would absolutely do print in fact I do, I insist that all of the books I do are going to be in print.

Steve: What about the audio format?

Jonny: That is not as much- it is a nice perk, I have not and this is just my experience and I have not done my fiction in audio yet so I can’t speak to this.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: But I work with a bunch of authors who have and they say that it is worth it but, the audio books you know let’s say for example I think we are still in the top five on some sub category somewhere, so we sell a lot of books every month for that [Inaudible] [00:40:33] fuel because that has a good buoyancy point liquid floats on the best seller list, and so a lot of people are still seeing it so it sells really well than it does in paperback as well as digital. The audio book really is only like an extra $100, $140 a month may be.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: It’s not– so it’s not like astronomically huge but the other thing it does lend, it lends kind of a credibility if you will to it “oh wow this person went so far as to do the digital, the physical and the audio” and then also we have lots of reviews, it’s like okay cool this is a legit book. There’s so many people that are self published now, that you want to do whatever you can to just look better than them, you don’t necessarily need to be better just look better.

Steve: That makes sense. So where can you find services that will do one, the book cover for you and then two the audio portion for you?

Jonny: You know what’s funny I don’t recommend going to typical like cover designers like if somebody advertises themselves as a book cover designer just add a zero on to whatever you think you are going to pay like it’s crazy. So what I do is I’ll go to a place like the warrior forum, in fact like…

Steve: Really?

Jonny: Oh yeah, I met a guy in the warrior forum who has done all of my covers and they are really cool and here is something I like to have that sort of get your expectation in line with reality sort of thing. You are not going to see these people as immediately being like the greatest people to do your covers, but if you can see in their art and in web like typically in the warrior forum they are designing websites and like these really cheesy e-book covers .You want to have a good e-book cover you don’t want a three dimensional e-book cover because that looks ridiculous. But you want that flat two D thing.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And so what you want to do is expect to have to train them and you want to give them good examples. Like I want my cover to look like this and give them examples of stuff that you like that you are inspired by, and see who can get closest. So like kind of maybe get a couple of people pin them together, but I don’t spend on a– so I always get the physical cover you know. Because you can chop off the front cover and there’s your digital, it’s no big deal but do the physical cover and I won’t pay more than say like 50 bucks.

Steve: Really, Okay?

Jonny: And I mean my covers look awesome like it’s ridiculous I was at a traffic and conversion summit a couple of years ago when I first started to get into the paranormal romance under my female pet name– is quite hilarious. I know it’s funny I love doing this stuff it’s just like let’s sit and find out what happens, but I was showing everybody the cover they were like blown away by this stuff and I literally had spent 35 dollars.

Steve: Wow. Okay.

Jonny: It looked better than most things you see on the shelf.

Steve: So you have never used a service like 99designs or…

Jonny: Oh no I have. I just spent so much money I just decided it wasn’t worth it for me, but I do the foot work first and this I think it’s a big one because you want to develop a relationship with somebody who can do this stuff consistently. Like if somebody just needs like nine fixes is not that tough, and I spent I want to say like almost 500 dollars when I was thinking about re-doing my how to live debt free and wealthy book, because I was actually having an editor look at it because I did not by the way– oh everybody listening, dude get an editor.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: I will just tell you right now I wrote this book a couple of days, and I cannot splice together a sentence with a comma to save my life. And so everyone like that read it was like “Wow that’s really great info, holy crap man could you please learn sentence structure.” And I probably should have done that, but I just hurled it into being because I wanted to see what would happen. So yes please get an editor because like all– the majority in negative reviews like this guy needs comma help, like end the sentence not a paragraph like that kind of thing.
So yeah please have an editor because that will ding you significantly out there because people are looking for that, they want to have a good well formatted book which and it’s easy to do now. You can take a word document and do it– it’s real simple, but get an editor. You can expect to pay may be like on the low end a penny a word and you can Google these folks, just find a good– you typically want a line editor that’s the kind of person who is going to go through. He’s probably going to make a lot of the changes for you, but will also leave comments as to why they made those changes. You can kind of go back and fix them if you need to.

Steve: And what is your policy on like ghost writing versus writing your own books– you have any tips there?

Jonny: Yeah totally the biggest tip I can tell you is never– like I use oDesk for almost everything now.

Steve: Really?

Jonny: oDesk is freaking amazing.

Steve: For writing now?

Jonny: Yeah, sometimes like if I have a genre I want to try out and I don’t have time to do it, I’m going to absolutely go get someone to write that for me. And what I recommend with ghost writers when you are posting your job, do not ask them to write a book because let me tell you why. When you say the word book, it automatically triggers this visualization in people’s heads of like some way fish clove smoking dude sitting outside of a coffee shop like hammering away on his freaking novel you know that kind of thing. So, it’s like this epic amount of work that you just don’t need to do, where as if you call it a report then what happens is most of these people are college educated and they all wrote reports and the way that they did it was they waited until the day before it was due and then they wrote it. You know it, it’s like it conjures up a completely differently thing and I promise you, you’ll pay so much less if you have to get it ghost written.

The other reason to do ghost writing is stuff like there is there is nothing– for most people there is nothing worse than the bushing cursor of death on a blank white page– like that is soul murder for so many people that I just recommend hiring someone to get you over the hump. And what I’ve done before in nonfiction and fiction is that I have had someone ghost write the stuff and I just go through and literally re-write the entire thing completely myself.
And so like I work with them on the outline and so I know exactly what this book is supposed to be, and then may be the first draft comes out and it’s kind of crappy, which is to be expected it’s the first draft. And then I will just go through and overhaul the thing myself then the relationship switches where they become more of like sort of a second set of eyes and an editor on it in a lot of ways rather than the initial writer. But it does absolutely get– it helps me get over the hump and that might be a technique that helps you and your listeners.

Steve: I see, so that is like a psychological tactic so you have them kind of fill in the outline like the meat then you just go and you edit the meat so to speak.

Jonny: Absolutely, yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: I have done that like I said with fiction and nonfiction.

Steve: Okay. All right, yeah those are good tips, I actually have this book this 400 page book that I wrote a long time ago as part of this course I saw on e-commerce and I’ve just been giving it away. I’ve been considering just putting it on the Amazon platform and see how it goes, what is the typical length of a book you would expect to see on the kindle platform?

Jonny: That is the craziest question ever because the answer is as long as it needs to be. I had the first book that I put out was probably under 50 pages and I sold it for $3 everyone seemed almost no returns. Like people were very happy with it– other books are you know these huge works of literature so it’s like a George R.R Martin book that’s going to be like 85 gazillion pages, but that’s what the audience wants. You write it for what the audience wants, so if you are doing a business book, I would highly recommend keeping it 200 pages maybe.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: Because if you think about the audience that’s reading that, they don’t have time to sit there and digest.

Steve: That’s what I was kind of getting at.

Jonny: Exactly, so it’s like you write for your audience. So if you are doing fiction you need to be longer because I have done stuff before in fiction as an experiment where I was like okay let’s see what happens if I put these shorts. And they are not well received because they are shorts and so if you are going to use shorts use them– those can be like they call it in a grocery store the low slider. And this is a conversation I have constantly with a lot of fiction writers because that first book because of most fiction writers write their own stuff– that first book can take like 10 years to create for them. It’s like this huge like life achievement and the current advice is to give that book away for free and its sort of crushing. They are like I took like a third of my life to create this thing at least I would like to see enough money to maybe buy a sandwich, you know is that okay you know asking the universe is this okay? So what I recommend is yes sell that book, but maybe do a couple of short stories that like walk you up to that book, you know and give those shorts away for free.

Steve: That is good advice.

Jonny: And I mean like I said that’s just my particular twelve sense on the subject at that, but you know 200 pages is a great length. Some of my fiction is pushing like 360, but that’s because its fiction. But the majority of the nonfiction we do is going to be 225 to 250 may be capping out around 275, if you wanted to look good in like standard paperback size.

Steve: Sure.

Jonny: If it gets too small you can’t put like your title on the spine and that just looks amateur.

Steve: And so in terms of pricing you have any tips there?

Jonny: Yeah don’t get sucked into the race to the bottom. That was a– oh men, it just killed me, it’s like all these poor fiction authors who– actually it wasn’t just the fiction, it’s kind of everybody was sort of in this race to the bottom of the pricing heap, and it just was ridiculous you know. That was the old and it kind of felt like that was the only thing they had going for them against the major publishers which was not true. Just have a good book and sell it for what you want. I honestly do not recommend pricing in a digital copy above 499.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: That’s an opinion, that’s not like a fact but I do know that there is like a small group of people that if they see a digital book at 10$ they are going to leave like a one star review.

Steve: Is that true in nonfiction as well?

Jonny: Yeah, absolutely.

Steve: Okay.

Jonny: And I– you know it’s not that I am a big fan of trolling, but I do agree with their philosophy. That, that is a digital book, there is absolutely no reason to price it at that, there’s no– it’s not like you are warehousing ones and zeros really. It’s like you don’t have a pallet of air. It’s a digital book like five bucks is fine but I think that is an even value exchange. For whatever your doing because if you are doing nonfiction usually that book is the gate way drug to the rest of your echo system, like hey read my book now get my $50,000 coaching program or something like that. Which is great if I had a $50,000 coaching program, you could buy it but I. So you can use that, you definitely want to sell it for what it’s worth. The other thing remember I was saying publishing a series. I usually recommend low barrier to entry on the first book, and so I usually enough call it the crack dealer model where you give the first one like 99 cents, and then the next one is going to be like 399 or 299 and then the rest in the series are going to be between 399 and 499.

Steve: And then you can leave cliff hangers at the end of each one?

Jonny: Exactly, yes. Psychologically drag their beaten bodies to the next one. Buy it because you know you do it faster– totally it works beautifully and especially if you have really awesome books, then everyone like gleefully consumes it and that’s the other reason you want to like build a brand around you, or your pet name, or your book series or whatever it is you are doing because, people want to– they want to buy more of your stuff .That’s the coolest thing about like selling on Amazon that’s not a place where people are going to not buy things. They are there because that’s store, it’s not like it’s masquerading as something else. So if they are looking at your stuff ,they are like 80% sold on buying it already. So give them more options, give them as many options as you can.

Steve: That’s great advice. Hey Jonny I don’t want to take up too much more of your time. I know you do have a course right, we kind of like talked about it before the interview started. Did you want to talk about that and tell the audience where they can reach you if they have questions?

Jonny: Yeah, totally if you guys are all cool and down with this stuff I have a podcast called audience hacker and its literally for the group I called author entrepreneurs which are basically folks who have businesses and understand the value of using a book to build their authority, their credibility to be able to build their list and get more eyeballs on their products– same thing with the fiction stuff too. But I interview lots of folks on that and we kind of get to like how to grow your platform because that’s what makes– that’s what is ultimately going to make yourself blow up out there is to build a platform, to have that audience that you can go to and say “hey what do you want to hear from me” and they tell you and then you give it to them and they love you for it.

So I have a training course, it’s a free webinar actually probably by the time this thing goes live it might just be a video, but it’s training called “How to sell 10,000 books in seven days even if you don’t have a book written.” And so you can go to audiencehacker.com/free to get that, so that’s some free training and if you like that obviously then feel free to buy my stuff. But I’m a big fan of like let me give you a bunch of cool things first, use them and then make some money and then you can buy more of my stuff, like I think that’s a wonderfully symbiotic relationship, like use my stuff, totally blow yourself up with it and then maybe you will come back and buy more, and that seems to really work out really well.

Steve: That’s the model I use with my stuff too and it works very well.

Jonny: Absolutely, it’s a good time.

Steve: Hey Jonny, well thanks a lot for coming on the show. I know I learnt a lot and that– this interview might have actually pushed me over the edge and I might try the whole e-book publishing myself.

Jonny: You should, its fun.

Steve: Nice man, well hey thanks a lot for coming on.

Jonny: Indeed thanks for having me.

Steve: All right man Take care.

I hope you enjoyed that episode based on the e-mails that I’ve been receiving, I know a lot of you are interested in selling your own e-books and Jonny is clearly the expert in this area and e-books are a great way to build an audience, or reinforce an existing one and talking with Jonny has made me want to give it a shot. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode35 and once again I want to thank 99designs for sponsoring this episode. I know a lot of you listening are waiting on the sidelines and trying to get the courage to start your own online business, and I also know a lot you out there run your own business already and know your website design could be better. Designing a website is not that intimidating anymore thanks to 99designs where you can get over 300,000 designers to compete for you design.

All you got to do is to list your design on their site and within 48 hours you will get dozens of design submissions to choose from and from there you can ask for slight tweaks and changes until you are 100% satisfied with the results. And the best part is that the price is very reasonable and there is 100% satisfaction guarantee. So if you need a logo, a website or in this case an e-book cover, go to 99designs.com/mywifequit and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com sent you.

And finally if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review it not only make me proud, but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show very easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consults to one lucky winner every single month. For more information on this contest, go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest.
And if you are interested in starting you own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I manage to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business .Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the my wife quit her job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

034: How To Run A Chinese Factory And Import Products From China With Hoe Lui

Hoe Lui

Hoe Lui is someone I have known for a very long time. In fact, he was one of the guys that helped me out early on by guiding me through my first Canton Fair. What’s super cool about Hoe is that he owns and runs his own Chinese factory, Kloanz.com, which makes bobble heads for professional sports teams.

Now you’ve probably read a lot of articles on how to deal with Chinese vendors and how to navigate the cultural differences in China but as far as I know, no one has ever interviewed an actual Chinese factory owner.

So I’m thrilled to have Hoe on the show today and he’s going to teach us how importing from China works as an insider. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Hoe decided to start a factory
  • How to vet a Chinese factory
  • How to ensure quality from factory to factory
  • How Hoe got his first customers
  • Why Hoe doesn’t list his business on Alibaba
  • What the payment terms are for Hoe’s company
  • What he sets his minimum order quantity at
  • How to get your products tested and how much does it cost
  • How to go about finding Chinese factories to source your products
  • The best way to find quality vendors when you don’t live in Asia
  • What’s the best way to approach a vendor to make sure you get what you want
  • How to perform quality control with your products

Sponsors

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where I bring in successful boot strapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. Now if you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest, where I’m giving away free one on one-business consultations every single month.

For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a hundred thousand in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information.

Now before I begin, I just want to give a quick shout out to this episode’s sponsor 99designs. Now originally, I wasn’t going to take any sponsors at all, but 99designs caught my eye because, well I suck at design. And in fact, when I first started my online store back in 2007, the design for my website was terrible, and I had absolutely no idea who to turn to. Now first forward to the day 99designs is a site where you can provide a description of anything that you want designed whether it be a logo, web page, a t-shirt– pretty much anything and have dozens of designers compete to deliver you the best design possible. And by best I mean that you get to choose your favorite design among dozens of submissions from a pool of over 315,000 designers.

So, if you are design challenged like I am, I highly recommend that you go over to 99designs.com/mywifequit, and if you use that link and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, your design listing will be bolded, highlighted, given a prominent background and featured before all regular listings so that your request stands out among all of the designers. And in fact this special offer is worth $99, so if you need a logo, website, t-shirt, business card, or anything designed, go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit. Now on to the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today, I have my friend Hoe Lui on the show. Now Hoe is actually the cousin of my best friend, and what’s cool about Hoe is that he runs his own factory in China. Now if you read e-commerce blogs, you’ve probably seen a bunch of articles on how to import goods from Asia or how to interact with Chinese vendors, but as far as a I know I’ve never seen an interview from an actual Chinese factory or himself. So that’s why I’m really excited to have Hoe on the show today.

Now Hoe runs the business Kloanz.com, where he makes bobble heads for sports teams among other items. Now chances are if you’ve seen a high quality bobble head of a baseball star or a sports star, it was made by his company. And before we begin, I thought I just throw out some random facts about Hoe since I do know the guy personally. The guy loves baseball and back when he was younger, he once played every single position in a single game. He used to star in commercials and his favorite teenage band was Color Me Badd, and his favorite song was “All for love”. And with that welcome to the show hoe.

Hoe: [Laughter] That’s nice, okay, oh that’s good, I recalled my [Inaudible] [00:03:54]

Steve: Well I and Eddy met up by the way, let’s go on live to everyone. So man hey, give us the background story, what you do and how you started Kloanz.com.

Hoe: So I was in LA and then I had an opportunity to go to Hong Kong back in the 90s, and then basically– so I started my company out there. And we decided– well first we didn’t have the factory, so we started to do different figurines and things like that [Inaudible] [00:04:19] recent type items. And then we kind of stumbled on one of the factories and we started investing a little bit more, and then and so we basically controlled all the production. And so then we started you know when the bobble heads came about– that was the really maze bobble head back in the day when the [Inaudible] [00:04:39] were giants. That was the first one that came out, and then everyone started you know jumping on the button [Inaudible] [00:04:45]. So we started making them.

Steve: So how does that work, so let’s say I wanted– when you first started out you had nothing. How did you get your first business, or how did you get anything made in the first place?

Hoe: Oh I mean I worked for a buying office so I mean you’re asking how I learned the business, so you know when you make something I mean like say for a bobble head I mean a lot of it is– I mean when you’re ordering from China you need to have quantity.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: So you can’t have them– you can’t be ordering– you know some people will take 500 pieces or you know a few hundred pieces but it is just as much wrapped into 500 pieces as they do to 10, 000. So a lot of smaller factories do take smaller orders but the problem is when you do it, you still have the same cost for shipping. I mean when you have– there is minimum charges for shipping and everything and the ship that’s less than the container load, it’s not packed in a full container from the factory and delivered to the US or whatever your destination is there is a lot of breakage and everything. So, there’s lot of those different factors, so for us for example like on our bubble we try to have a minimum of about 3000 pieces.

Steve: Okay, so what’s involved in making one of these– you have to have a mold, is that correct?

Hoe: So, we take photos I mean normally the teams will give us some photos, we try to get the front and then the two profiles or whatever expression that they want to have. And we basically sculpt it out of clay. And so it’s just– a lot of people are doing it with about 3D imaging and everything, but we find that doing it by hand– it takes a little longer but you can get the nuts and little crannies and all the little details and the kind of the character I think of each piece. So for us we’ve doing this so long that it makes a lot of difference, I mean we don’t do caricatures, we do more I mean really how the player looks. So, it’s kind of I think ours has an element of being very realistic.

Steve: So, does that mean you have actually sculptists and artists on your staff to create these things?

Hoe: Yeah, we have sculptors and then we have a full art department, and the art department basically gives the sculptors all the information and gives them comments. They basically you know plot out lines on the face and then just kind of they can see if the eyes are uneven and so it’s quite– it’s pretty intensive. It takes about three weeks to a month just sculpt the piece.

Steve: Okay, wow.

Hoe: once you sculpt that piece and basically it looks like you know mud that’s been sculpted and then you just send it out to the buyers and you show that sculpt next to the photo of the player and then you just– so then they can see at least the proportions and everything are correct. And then once they approve that, then we go into sampling and that takes a few days. So we make the mold from we pour some silicon over the mud and then make a soft mold from it and then we pour this ,ester poly resin material into it, then we make this kind of– it’s almost like a clay material that is white and then you paint it, then you put all the colors on it.

Steve: Everything is hand painted then?

Hoe: Yeah, I mean the first one we get , we do a paint master– we paint it up and then we send it to the buyer and let them approve it or make changes, and then once that’s done, then we do– then they approve it then we do production molds on it and then you just basically– yeah you are left with all these heads and bodies and then you have a roll of– it could be– you know 20 people could be could be filling. We have about 350 people at our factory.

Steve: Crazy, okay. So, people in the US who are just listening to this, they are probably going to be really shocked. So how do you actually start a factory? Do you just rent out a place and just start hiring people and– I mean where do you find the people that work in your factory?

Hoe: Well, I mean it’s definitely a lot more difficult now than I mean the people would say well China has got– it’s the most populous nation in the world. But it’s still– a lot of people have lots of different options now in China, and so they are making a lot more money. So it’s hard to get factory workers, but eventually I mean it’s kind of like the US– you put out ads in the newspaper and you get workers, but how do you start a factory? Most of the time because how are you are a US citizen, so you want to have– you need to have a Chinese partner someone who’s local.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: So [Inaudible] [00:09:24] because there a lot of things that they have to do that’s may be not how we normally do it in the States, or you know…

Steve: Give me an example that of that actually.

Hoe: Well, just things that would be kind of on the edge of legality maybe.

Steve: [Laughter] Okay.

Hoe: So, those things that happen so those things happen and then you can’t refuse it, you have to do it otherwise you have lots of problems with exporting out of China. I mean with customs– customs can take stuff out of China and not let it go, and we’ve had that situation for like a month ago.

Steve: So how do you find this partner in China?

Hoe: For me it was– we had some business with them before, so when– then we had some opportunities from our business we just felt like okay we would like to invest in the factory and try to build it. They were at that point I mean it was a small factory so felt like we had a chance to grow it.

Steve: Okay, and why did you decide that you needed a factory, why not just take orders and then contract it out and find people to make it for you? Why did you want to own the factory?

Hoe: Well at that time I mean you know things change if you ask me whether or not I would have done that, I probably would not you know what I mean.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: And I mean I would be very honest, it’s not something that is for the faint of heart. It’s not– I think right now I would probably not do the same thing again but what it does provide us is some credibility. The eyes of buyers I mean people basically they think that– people would still think “oh! You are the factory, you are cheapest” that is not the case I mean I think you are in this business you know, it’s not always cheapest when you are going directly to a factory. Some other people can have other relationships; they could be a different quality level.

So like at this point I would probably say that I wouldn’t recommend it because there are so many things that you know the learning curve is so great, and it’s not like oh I did it once, it’s the same thing again if I started another. It would be a whole different set of circumstances and the things that I would probably concentrate more on the sales part of it and developing side, I think that’s where we are headed at to because we can’t manufacture everything say for example a team that we work with, they’re not just ordering bobble heads they want backpacks, they want caps, jerseys, plush items like their mascot. So you can’t possibly make everything at your own factory.

Steve: So what do you guys do about that, you just manufacture the bobble heads yourself and then find other people to make the other stuff?

Hoe: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: And then for us our biggest competitive advantage is having an art department, a full art department that understands what’s your taste and my artist– my staff have been with me for over ten years. So it allows us to– when we go into our teams for example go into say the Gold State Warriors, I can come up with ideas that– and drawings that will look pretty close to the final sample. Like it’s not going to be– it’ll be designed from a manufacturing point of view so it’s something that can be, that really looks like how it will look you know when they give it up to the clients.

Steve: That probably gives you a big advantage over some of the other Chinese factories, right? Because you have this western– because you are from the US essentially right?

Hoe: Obviously, I mean that’s– so people are– we are not the only bobble head makers out there, so there are other people out there. They get photos from the importer who is selling to the team, they get photos from them– their factory and then they just give it to their sculptor who doesn’t know baseball, who doesn’t know basketball, who doesn’t know any of their sports.

So they just sculpt from– we have their pictures, they are just– so they are not like 3D images that we get. So they don’t know the player, so at least for us when we are doing a baseball pose or something like that, we can suggest poses and everything that are really– that look like the player, like it’s a basketball pose or it’s a baseball swing you know. So those little details I think just because of our sports background I think that helps out a lot. And you see other people when they do like the warriors [Inaudible] [00:14:06] and they look like it is really a stick figure. So it’s kind of like you know something that people do that based on price and everything, but for us keep to our standards and make sure it’s you know I play basketball, I play baseball, so I want to make sure it looks right.

Steve: So you mentioned like in any given factory the prices could be completely different even if they are getting manufactured, but given that the quality is the same what would be some of the different factors involved in the prices that you might get from a factory in China?

Hoe: Oh no the quality will probably not be the same.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: There is the different like say if it’s a backpack it could be the thickness, it could be the sowing, it could be how they are manufacturing it, whether or not they are doing it under the one roof or they are contracting it all out. And so sometimes those things– it works out but sometimes it’s like oh when you have a problem then that’s when you know whether or not that factory is going to be you know satisfying their product, because a lot of them– I mean for us in our business, once we get an order I mean that state that it’s given like they say December 16 they are going to give this out you know and so we work around that to make sure that it’s delivered on time.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: We can’t basically a week before tell the team “oh! Sorry can you cancel that order?” Factories do that you know some factories, so for me it’s all about when you pick other factories you want to be able to do your diligence, make sure that they’ve done stuff and that you can sleep at night. I mean it’s a sleep factor for me it’s like I don’t want to give an order to someone and be constantly micromanaging it you know.

Steve: Right. Incidentally that knockoff North face jacket I bought when I visited you guys last fell apart as soon as I came home but that’s a different story. Okay, so how do you vet a factory like let’s say I want to get something made, let’s say I want a bobble head made and I’m like first of all are you guys on Alibaba at all?

Hoe: No we aren’t.

Steve: You aren’t, okay so how do you get business in the first place?

Hoe: For us we are dealing directly with the teams.

Steve: How did you get that first team?

Hoe: When I came back in ’06, started the US side of the business because I already had my Hong Kong China site. So I started the business over here, I mean we’re over in Northern California and so I just kind of called the Sacramento kings and they wanted to see me okay, cool.

Steve: You just called the Sacramento kings?

Hoe: Yeah, I mean you just physically I mean some people you can’t get a hold of them you know but you kind of its old school and you hopefully if you get– for me it’s all about if I can sit down with the team– the client and I explain if they give a fair shake for anybody who does– for their vendors then I think I can explain to them our competitive advantage and once they realize that then they can go like “oh! Why do I want to buy from someone else who is buying from me you know what I mean? So I do have clients who sell to the same teams who I make their stuff but it’s through that client.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: So it’s a little bit of a sticky situation but it is what it is you try that.

Steve: So everything that you’ve got so it started out by you cold calling teams to get the initial business and then after that it became a game of referrals. Is that accurate?

Hoe: Yeah. At first I mean still I tried to do some cold calls you know I don’t want– you don’t want to rest on– I feel like we have some momentum, I want to keep on calling people. So now we have some teams that will vouch for us which is very rare in this business. You know the buyers will go out on a limb to actually recommend you to someone because that’s still on their reputation online.

Steve: So I’m just curious how come you don’t list yourself on places like Alibaba?

Hoe: Because you know there is a lot of…

Steve: Noise or.

Hoe: Pardon me?

Steve: Is it– would you get a lot of riff raff contacting you? Is that one of the reasons or…

Hoe: Yeah, there is a lot of just general inquiries and we are just trying to you know work lean and lean right? So we can’t be replying to everyone, it’s just really difficult. We can’t hire enough people to handle that amount of inquiry.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: And so everyone basically when you are on Alibaba, everyone is just talking about price. We’ve never been about that I mean we– I tell everyone we are not the cheapest I mean in whatever we do because we have a lot of people managing this stuff and people who speak English as a first language not just myself. I have people on my staff who are from the States you know who kind of get our business so that when I’m out here in the states meeting with teams, I can just kind of forward their e-mails back to my staff back in Hong Kong and China and they can kind of follow up on everything.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: Why I mean Alibaba because I think it’s more effective for me to go and you know– this next week I’ll be going to three teams in four days.

Steve: Wow! Okay.

Hoe: It’s more effective, I just kind of hold up an NBA team that I have been wanting to contact for a while and they said okay lets meet up since I’m going to be in that area, I mean wanting to see the baseball team, so and then I had a couple of people call those teams up for me to kind of say why don’t you try working with them– working with us. So that’s when it helps to have a fairly unique name that’s Hoe.

Steve: That’s true.

Hoe: I mean they go all right we’re going contact Hoe, you know it’s like… [Laughter]

Steve: So you mentioned that you guys are pretty lean, so what are kind of some of your policies in terms of like the minimum order quantities, the turnaround times the payment terms and that sort of thing?

Hoe: We try to keep it around 3,000 pieces.

Steve: 3,000 pieces, okay.

Hoe: And it depends if it’s like a plastic item when you have a stainless steel mold that you are going to have to invest 8,000 to 10,000 dollars on, then the minimum is going to be 20,000 pieces because you can’t advertise it over a small amount of pieces, it’s just not going to make sense, right? So if it is some things like plastic maybe 20,000 pieces and some other so– some poly resin items like our bobble heads maybe 3,000 pieces and it really depends sometimes on the imprint like so if we are doing the like a jersey or something you have to imprint something maybe that needs 5,000 pieces. So it really depends case by case, we don’t have anything in stock everything is custom.

Steve: Made to order.

Hoe: Yeah, so…

Steve: Okay. And so if someone asks for samples I guess in the case of bobble heads you would always give them a sample anyways based on the prototype?

Hoe: Yeah, I mean we basically like if it’s a customer or I mean we have a sample charge and everything so…

Steve: Okay, and typically that sample is delivered– it’s a custom sample right?

Hoe: Yeah. Or sometimes people don’t want to pay a few hundred bucks or 500 dollars to make something, so then they get something okay here is a seven inch bobble head, here is the type of quality that we make. So it’s like when they see a professional sports team they are like “Oh, okay”. So these people buy from us, so then they kind of there is some kind of credibility right there built in.

Steve: Okay, and what are the typical payment terms? Do people pay you in full or is there an upfront payment and then you get the rest later? How is the payment terms work?

Hoe: First its 50% deposit.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: And 50% before it ships out of China.

Steve: Okay. And how does it work, so let’s say it ships and it gets damaged is just everything insured? How does the quality control work?

Hoe: It depends, if we are doing the importing on it we have insurance for it, some of the stuff when it gets– how do we quality control it. We normally we will put together quality speck sheet and work out with the client like okay what’s good and what’s bad and then you go by established– it’s called AQL acceptable quality level standards. And so they have numbers basically out of the 10,000 you pick out 300 pieces out of that, here is your majors, minus. What are the majors and the minors, you figure that out with your client. So it’s kind of it’s all pretty standard.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: We can get testing I mean we’ll do all the testing for the lead, some of the CPSIA, the consumer product safety…

Steve: Yes, Yes okay.

Hoe: We do that basically if it’s a toy you do the toy test and depending on the age grading, that’s how you develop stuff as well. Okay, does this have to be all age grade you know it depends on the client like if it’s an import that we’re selling to Kraft foods, well we did before a few million pieces of an item, so you work with a testing lab and so all of our stuff is tested.

Steve: Are you guys in charge of that or the end customer in charge of that?

Hoe: We normally help them do it I mean we’re using pretty well known testing labs.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: So sometimes if the client is big enough they have their own rates with a particular testing lab, then we use that.

Steve: So let’s say you are making some sort of kid’s toy, how much does the testing and certification actually cost?

Hoe: Well that stuff can cost anywhere from 800 to 1500 to 2000 dollars.

Steve: Per item?

Hoe: Yeah.

Steve: Wow. Okay.

Hoe: Because, the toy tests are a little bit, I mean it’s more intense as you can imagine right?

Steve: Sure.

Hoe: So some of the other stuff like our backpacks is lead testing I would say you know or they test it phthalate, right? So they test the zippers and things like that. So it varies, toy testing is pretty much the most expensive as it is the most intense right?

Steve: So let me ask you this, let’s say the team wants bobble heads but they want something else that you don’t make, right? So what’s the process that you go for to find someone to make that item? So let’s say it was for like blankets or something and that’s something that you don’t do and you actually don’t know anyone off hand that makes that, how would you go about finding someone to do that?

Hoe: There are trade shows in China; I mean the Canton fair I think you’ve been over there as well.

Steve: Yep.

Hoe: So you go over there and check it out, I mean we do that just for our own market research just to see what people are putting out there. And so that’s something– you can go on Alibaba but it’s just a reference point more or less okay. When you go to the Canton fair it’s just a reference point and once we start talking with them then we have– I have people from my China office go to the factory and check them out, because a lot of times they are not the factory themselves, it’s an export company that reps those factories. Sometimes those factories don’t have proper licenses to export. And so you kind of want to deal with some of the exporters who know the ins and outs about taking goods out of China because you don’t want suddenly oh all the goods are done oh well it’s got stuck because they can’t– they didn’t know how to fill out the forms.

Steve: All right.

Hoe: So they filled it out wrong and people do that, oh they filled up the weight a few tons more than it should have been or something already less you know and that really if the China government– if the customs, if they had a bad day that day and they wanted to mess with you they can mess with you.

Steve: So, What happens if let’s say you are in the US and you couldn’t make the canton fair, how would you actually find companies and kind of vet them? What would you do?

Hoe: More difficult, I mean that’s bas– well that’s kind of what our competitors, they have advantages I mean even when we are still in Hong Kong and China, even for us when we are here on the ground trying to go visit people, bad things do happen. So you can imagine if you did it from the States, it is you are at a big disadvantage. And what you want to do, is you want to ask around in the states, you probably want to go through like say Hong Kong trade development council.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: People that are you know so they are out of Hong Kong and maybe they have a list of vendors. You can do that. You know you can work with importers in the states.

Steve: Do they have a website saying this is the Hong Kong trade development council. Is that what you’ve just said?

Hoe: Yes.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: Yeah. You can look that up TDC it’s called. So and then I think on small orders, what you should always probably do is, you buy from people in the States first I mean the ASIS suppliers. So once you start getting some of the orders, getting a list of business first I mean you don’t want– people a lot of times they just go on Alibaba and they look at these prices and are like “wow look at how much we can save”, well then they order a bunch more than they wouldn’t have if they did it from the States at half the price because they felt oh I have– it’s so much cheaper, I can buy so much more and then they end up with a lot of inventory that they have to close out.

People always you know they have– when they first see pricing from overseas they are like “wow it’s so much cheaper than in the States” but sometimes there is a reason for that, you know. So what you probably want to do is you know try and have less margin at first and try to buy less quantities so you don’t have that much inventory and once you get to a certain level where you go okay, well 5,000, 10,000 pieces you can sell, let’s try and start you know talking with some people you know because a lot of these companies out of the States, they will help you do direct import orders as well.

Steve: Are there any companies that you work with that you can recommend?

Hoe: No, but I think you can I mean because there are some of them are our clients right?

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: But I mean you can go online a lot and then they have you know they are pretty big, you know some of the big importers they basically they buy you know 20,000, 50,000 of t-shirts, hats, blanks and then they have the ability to imprint them right? So I mean those are I think the safer options you may not make as much but at least you can find out whether or not you have a business.

Steve: So your recommendation would be to just try and do stuff in the US first until you get sufficient quantity and then you go overseas to you know once you know for sure that’s stuff is going to sell?

Hoe: Yeah because I think that you know I mean you know I always think that people should just sell, you’ve got to stay here and just sell you know and like if– because then you’ll spend so much time you know on Skype, on the phone at three in the morning you know talking with overseas you know talking with factories and the other thing is the language barrier right? And Chinese people tend to say “Yes, Okay” you know verses in the states the questions are always like “Yes or No? Can you do this yes or no?”

Well then in China people will be like “well yes we think we can, but you know but there may be some difficulties” then for us we would say “well but you can do it right? Yes we can but there is still a lot of difficulties” you know but [laughter]. They are operating a bit it’s like I told you that there’s lot of difficulties with it but people don’t get it right? People don’t get it, people think oh but you said you did it– you can do it. But the culture is not such worried, they’ll go they’ll refuse an order right?

Steve: So these are the general inclination of an overseas vendor is to just say yes with caveats essentially. So let me ask you this, so what’s the best way to approach an Asian vendor to make sure that you are going to get what you want?

Hoe: You definitely want to find out like who they are and see if they can tell you some of the people they are working with you know. Sometimes they won’t tell you but I mean you know you can still find out. There are also certain websites that if they are shipping stuff to the States, you can find out– you can type in their company name and find out who they are selling to because all the bill of ratings, I don’t know if you know.

Steve: Yeah, it’s all public knowledge.

Hoe: Yeah, it’s all public. So it’s in those websites like pencheva [phonetic], commons mother, import genius or something like that you can find out like where this factory is, if they were the shipper right? If they were the people– if they were the company that was on the documents right? So you can find out that so and then I mean is there any sure far way. Okay we have our offices in Hong Kong and China and there is no sure far way you know there is a reason why things are made in China okay, or in these countries that are– I mean the infrastructure is not great, there are certain things that happen, when it’s all perfect we are going to be moving to…

Steve: Some other country.

Hoe: Kazakhstan.

Steve: Right [Laughter]. So when you send your people out to the factory what are you looking for?

Hoe: We are looking for decent people, we are looking for– I mean really I’ve been in this business for over 20 years and it’s kind of like you get what you pay for, you know and sometimes it’s like wow okay now I know why they made it so cheap. It’s like and it’s pulling teeth so you just kind of see how they are, what’s their standard. Because sometimes you think okay- I mean I had a conversation a few years ago it was like I had to send a piece of white paper to tell them what white was you know what’s white color? I’m like snow white you know snow in China is really kind of yellowish.

[Laughter] I mean like what is white? And it was like this kind of conversation over white obviously and I ended having to send like that piece of paper is like yellow. I mean so when you have these kind of– and that’s just one thing but it’s just kind of– you just have to you know at first I think it’s best to work with other companies, there is a reason why you know there are trading companies out there. Sometimes there are the big trading companies out of Hong Kong, I mean that’s what Reebok and a lot of these companies they work with big trading companies in Hong Kong.
And you can look up you know you can look up biggest trading companies in the world and there are a lot of people– there’s a lot of big companies out there, they have full infrastructure up there. I mean you’ll pay for it, but it’s just at the beginning stages sometimes it’s okay to do that you know. I mean if the order is not that big and you can afford wasting a few thousand dollars like 10,000 dollars, then you can go for it, but it’s like you know it’s okay when I mean sometimes and most of the times it would work out, but then sometimes there are those things that “oh my god I didn’t cross those T’s or dot those I’s” you know it comes back and bites you.

Steve: I mean I got a story there one time we were just kind of haggling over the price because they were raising these prices up on us for some of our handkerchiefs and we ended up haggling down and they conceited a little too easily and when we finally got our shipment the fabric was just paper thin, and we ended up not being able to sell these things. So, how do you kind of mitigate like how do you deal with quality like it’s hard to specify in words right? So when you are going and let’s say a team wants to order backpacks or what not, how do you know the quality that you are going to get? Like how do you make sure that the quality is perfect?

Hoe: What’s the samples made up of? The sample is normally made from fabric that is normally existing there at the factory, okay. So that verses when the material is finally there delivered and then they start cutting it that could be a big difference.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: Because maybe they get the material of that fabric and then it’s thinner but nobody picks up on it. So for us we go in and we check on the fabric when it comes in. So we are there when they are cutting it. When we first get the samples we make sure that once the mass production fabric is there we get some samples made up right away, we want to compare– make sure that its okay you know make sure the gauge is correct, make sure the weight is correct of the material.

Steve: Okay so what you are saying is I just want to retaliate this for the people listening. Your sample is not necessarily going to be representative of the final product right? So it’s important for you to ask the vendor to give you a sample of the final raw materials before they begin, is that…

Hoe: Yeah.

Steve: Wow okay, so back to your business so right now you don’t advertise on Alibaba, you have a website but does the website actually generate a lot of business for you?

Hoe: Not really, we need to redo it I mean it’s some old technology so you know so my Iphone doesn’t really show it up pretty well. So we do need that’s one of our focuses in the coming months to kind of redo it a little bit. It just serves as just a place for people to go to kind of check out the press area simply because we put up some of the press that we’ve gotten and some of the– like I did a segment on the Dodger TV show.

Steve: That’s pretty sweet.

Hoe: It was kind of cool, we went out there and we showed them how to balance on baits and it was where Mani Ramirez was playing and we turned it around very quickly and so they wanted to show the whole production process from beginning to end and so it was kind of cool. So it kind of gives us credibility too, so I’m sitting there on the dodger’s tee network.

Steve: Yeah, that’s awesome.

Hoe: So it was kind of cool you know it was a first experience and I know now that I need to script that next time I kind of went out limp on it. I did a great job editing and so we came out pretty funny I mean, so the website doesn’t do much. It’s just kind of it’s for people to see kind of some of the other work that we do.

Steve: Okay, and so it’s primarily just direct sales you going around visiting these people face to face and then negotiating deals with sports teams.

Hoe: That’s the bulk part of our business I mean what we try to do also is we do two trade shows a year in Hong Kong so kind of works. My belief is that we want to try to keep expanding what we do and stretching ourselves not just doing sports teams or corporate companies, we try to do our own retail products, We’re doing– we have our own sculptures and artists, so we try to use those assets and try to create product lines that– so that when we do these shows, when we exhibit there we show a product that is retail ready. So then we were fortunate enough to kind of create couple of different lines, one of which is I’ve got to get this line which is like 12 inch garden gnomes essentially but a company retailer out of Australia picked it up and we’ve been doing it the past three years and quite a decent quantity I mean they are like out of 30-40 dollar retail so it’s…

Steve: Nice.

Hoe: It’s pretty cool and even though those orders aren’t that big but it’s nice to kind of come up with an idea and then someone buys it. So we have duty shows to try to be proactive about it, do they pay for themselves these shows? Not always, but for me it’s kind of like the proper way of doing the business right? If you are in the business you want to kind of you know be creative, thinker.

Steve: So you make the product ahead of time and then you display it at the show to see if anyone likes it, is that…?

Hoe: It’s pretty old school right?

Steve: Yeah, it is.

Hoe: It’s just sometimes okay we try to do something that we like you know and then it is nice when they order it because it’s just kind of like they order it and we basically…

Steve: They’ve validated your idea essentially.

Hoe: We created and made the boxes so it’s kind of we just put their name distributed by that particular company. So we pick up orders from Australia, the UK, Germany, Italy. So it’s kind of nice I don’t mean in the states it’s still has the largest demographic, you know similar demographic and everything so those are the biggest orders still.

Steve: So what are these two trade shows that you go to?

Hoe: We exhibit in October which is the Canton fair which is in Hong Kong it’s in Wan Chai over the convention centre and then the TDC show which is in April which is a gifts and premium show.

Steve: Okay, I’ll definitely link those up in the show notes, cool. And are these shows open to the public?

Hoe: Not, I mean you have to have a business I guess you can’t just walk in. Because nobody has stock, so it’s not like a show in the States where you can go in there and buy then you can buy individual things people have it you know [Inaudible] [00:40:08].

Steve: Okay and these are much smaller in scale than the Canton fair, right?

Hoe: A little bit smaller.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: But I think it’s more creativity. Canton fair– there’s a lot of I mean it gets overwhelming the first time you go there it is literally you know…

Steve: I didn’t even get through a single building actually.

Hoe: The buildings are not like so popular; I mean it’s like six floors on each one.

Steve: Yeah.

Hoe: It’s just crazy and that’s when you realize okay the prices can go everywhere you know depending on where they are making it and they are really like you go experience something– you thought everything was going to be good and then they come back and it’s like wow you like it.

Steve: Yeah.

Hoe: I mean you have to be– when you are doing importing you have to kind of be willing to spend the money for FedEx for samples even though it seems like okay I got to pay 100 dollars for this package for just a couple of slotches [phonetic] of a material, you should do it, right. You realize now like I should’ve done that, I should have gotten many orders, I should have got you know….

Steve: Oh yeah, we’ve learned our lesson, we actually even use FedEx for some of our shipments like if we need something immediately we just send like a 100 pound package over by air. It’s more expensive but we’ll get it faster.

Hoe: A lot of times you just– you want to make your clients happy right?

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely, so I wanted to kind of give you a hypothetical here. So let’s say I want to make a plastic widget and I’m coming to you, what do you need from like what materials do I need to provide to you in order to make this process smooth? Like if I’m your customer.

Hoe: Oh we’ll just find out where we try to sell it to. So if it’s a kid’s item, it’s a toy item then we figure out like you know how we can get to measure in trongstan [phonetic] here in Hong Kong and China or we can do it a lot of times if you just have a rough idea a lot more say try to get the handmade sample or try to get more information done locally in the States because then its more efficient.

Steve: So get the engineering drawings done like where would I go to get that done?

Hoe: There are companies in the States that do this.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: I mean it costs more money but a lot of the times you want to be close by to those engineers so you can tell them no don’t do it like this, do it like this, I want it like this. So that just makes the process a lot faster. And you can do it in China, I’ve seen it done, but it’s much more frustrating. I mean you give some engineering drawings to someone overseas, then once they draw it all up and they give it back to you, you’re “Oh no I didn’t want it like that” that’s just took three weeks of your life then you have to do it again another three weeks.

Steve: But you guys offer that service right?

Hoe: We do, we do.

Steve: Okay, and that’s just like an upright cost like if I was coming to you and I wanted a Steve Chou bobble head?

Hoe: I mean yeah, for like a bobble head yeah we would just– that wouldn’t be as much I mean when you are talking about plastic then you’re talking about engineering drawings for your bobble head and you would just go ahead and give us the photos, what’s you pose, what do you want to do, what do you want to put on base? Then we’ll draw it up real quick just a rough sketch of how it would look, how you like it cool, okay then we sculpt from the actual photos all your expression, get it all done, it all takes about three weeks to a month, get you the mud sculpt…

Steve: Has money changed hands at this point during the design phase though?

Hoe: Yeah. Basically you’d say I want a thousand pieces of these to send to my– you know 1,000 best friends.

Steve: [laughter] Okay.

Hoe: I think that’s when my cousin finds out Hoe has got 1,000 best friends.

Steve: No, they’d go like hotcakes man, trust me.

Hoe: Yeah, then so we give you a quote and say it’s going to be six dollars and that’s delivered to you and then the sculpt fee is 300 dollars or something like that then you pay for that 300 dollars first and then we start the process. So money does exchange hands and since we are a US company you just send a cheque to My US Company, well we do it like that.

Steve: I see. Okay and in terms of and this is just for the benefit of the listeners here I guess–when you’re doing deals with other companies is it traditional to just wire them the money? Or do some of these factories take credit card or PayPal or what not?

Hoe: Most factories will need a wire.

Steve: A wire transfer, okay.

Hoe: Wire transfer, I mean that’s why and then which is a scary concept when you’re sending money to China.

Steve: Yes.

Hoe: So, which I’ve learned through so we’ve had situations where we wired money to someone and then they said “oh we didn’t get it” and then they end up someone hacked into their e-mail and changed– hacked into their email so that person that hacked into their email just made a new email– there was an M in the email address. He m became an R and then N and so when you looked at it closely you go like “oh! its different” but you could not tell just by glancing at it. So we ended up like– and the problem was that email had our whole conversation on it, previous ones, so it looked like it was real.

Steve: So you are saying someone was pretending to be that vendor and then they gave you their bank account and…

Hoe: Oh you know we need– can you send it to this bank account through a different you know for whatever reason and then it looks the same because you still have the whole history and the conversation is still there right? And M if you type in an R and then N, it looks like an M. Okay even when we went to the police in Hong Kong to report it because it’s clear case of fraud they said they didn’t know what was different. I said “look at it the r and n” so those things definitely do happen and it’s like you know…

Steve: And you can’t get your money back right, once it’s wired its gone right?

Hoe: I mean even so, the Hong Kong police was like “well we’ll report this but our counterparts in China they don’t really answer” [laughter]. And so if it was sent to Hong Kong you could really follow up the police officer will say you could follow up, you just call the bank oh hey look this is a clear case of fraud, you can get your money back. So there is some benefits still of Hong Kong and being out here and that’s why I still have importers that work with us because they trust us even if they know the factory they’d give it to us and say, okay we can afford this and then we’ll tell them oaky this is okay yes, or we need more money because it is far away, we have to fly there, its time. So they’d rather send money to us– Hong Kong, so because there is at least someone that they can trust, right.

Steve: So what’s the recourse in case someone gets shipped a bunch of stuff and they are not happy with it from Asia. Let’s say you shipped a bunch of bobble heads, they got to the US and then they didn’t like it. What– can you describe what happens after that, what’s the process?

Hoe: The process is if I sold– a company in the US bought some say bobble heads from someone in China, or someone in Hong Kong– they shipped over, they don’t like it, it really depends on how the relationship is with that factory.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: Because there is really hardly any recourse on anything I mean you know you can sue people, it’s really difficult to sue people overseas. So that’s why for us when we deal with a team, the team could say we don’t like all this– all this stuff came in and it was– didn’t look good. Then we would have to redo it or do whatever the team tells us that they need to get done.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: Whether it will be a credit I mean– and in the end it’s whether or not is that business worth it for you to do that right? If it’s not then you just say okay but the recourse of getting stuff unless you are with a big factory and you are ordering millions of pieces, then you have some recourse but when you are a small company it’s a free for all, right.

Steve: Okay, yeah so it’s all based on relationship is basically what you are saying.

Hoe: If the factory thinks that they are going to get a lot more business from you, then maybe you have a lot more leverage.

Steve: Okay, cool Hoe. So in terms of your company, so you mainly only deal with kind of larger businesses so I had this feeling that after people listen to this podcast and people might be contacting you if they want something plastic made, I don’t know if that’s going to happen, but what are some ways that people can actually contact you if they have any questions about importing or trade shows or what not or if they want to source anything, is there any way to contact you?

Hoe: Yeah I mean you can go to our website, it’s just kloanz.com and our e-mail address is info@kloanz.com. Speaking of e-mail I mean just ask some questions, I’m always you know depending on time– people call us all the time when they have a product idea. So I kind of give them I mean sometimes it’s through us, sometimes it’s not or if it’s something that I’m interested in then I like to get involved and I’ll tell them and then– or I just kind of show which way to go at least.

Steve: Okay, and what is your specialty?

Hoe: I started with the plastic injection, the poly resin, [Inaudible] [00:49:50] figurines, we do a lot of plush items like stuffed toys.

Steve: Okay, I didn’t know that.

Hoe: And we do I mean because a lot of the teams they do inflatables, so we do a lot of stuff for restaurants, fast food restaurants in California so they…

Steve: Inflatables they have, huh interesting, nothing.

Hoe: Yeah, I mean all kinds of inflatables, I mean when star wars came out with their second trilogy, we did a lot of these glow in the dark swords for our local hot dog chain.

Steve: Okay.

Hoe: So pretty much anything that is made in China at least we have some experience in.

Steve: Okay. But mainly you specialize in plastics essentially right?

Hoe: Yeah. Plastics, poly resin.

Steve: Cool, anyway Hoe I want to be respectful of your time so thanks a lot for coming on the show, really appreciate it. I learned a lot and a lot of the stuff you said was kind of eye opening for me too even though I’ve been importing from China for like the last seven years. So, thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Hoe: Thanks for having me.

Steve: All right man, take care.

Hoe: All right.

Steve: I hope you enjoyed that episode. Hoe is actually one of those guys that was instrumental in showing me the ropes the first time I went to the Canton fair in China. And what I like about him is that he’s a hustler, he is constantly on the road drumming up new business and he runs his Chinese factory with integrity, with an emphasis on quality and customer service.
Now for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode34. And once again I just like to thank 99designs for sponsoring this episode, I know a lot of you listening are waiting on the sidelines and trying to get the courage to start your own online business.

I also know a lot of you out there run your own businesses already and know that your website design could be better. Now designing a website is not intimidating any more thanks to 99designs where you can get over 300,000 designers to compete for your design. All you’ve got to do is list your design on their site and within 48 hours you’ll get dozens of designs submissions to choose from, and from there you can ask for slight tweaks and changes until you are 100% satisfied with the results, and the best part is that the price is very reasonable and there is 100% satisfaction guarantee. So if you need a logo, a website, t-shirt, business card or anything designed whatsoever go to 99designs.com/mywifequit and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com sent you.

And finally if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review it not only makes me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use the information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends, because the greatest compliment that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web and as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month.

For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest, and if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

033: How Josh Dorkin Built A Real Estate Investing Social Network With Over 200,000 Members

Josh Dorkin

I’m very pleased to have my friend Josh Dorkin on the show today. Now Josh runs BiggerPockets.com which is one of the most popular real estate investing sites on the Internet.

The numbers for his site are really crazy. He’s got over 200,000 members with many of them paying a monthly fee. His forum boasts over 850,000 posts. He has 35+ writers on staff, runs a top 25 business podcast on iTunes and a successful publishing company as well.

Needless to say, Josh is easily one of the most successful Internet entrepreneurs that I know and I’m really happy to have him on today to share the secrets to his success. Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Josh created one of the most popular real estate sites on the net
  • How Josh started a successful forum from scratch
  • How Josh got early visitors onto his site
  • The strategy Josh used to build up traffic by engaging in other forums
  • Why Josh modeled his site after Yahoo early on.
  • How Josh started a blog that catapulted the growth of his site
  • Why Josh believes in constantly differentiating his revenue stream
  • How Josh coped with being slapped by Google
  • How BiggerPockets.com makes money
  • Josh’s philosophy on real estate investment

Sponsors

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where I bring in successful boot strapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest, where I’m giving away free one on one-business consultations every single month.

For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a hundred thousand in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information.

Now before I begin, I just want to give a quick shout out to this episode’s sponsor 99designs. Originally, I wasn’t going to take any sponsors at all, but 99designs actually caught my eye because, well I suck at design. In fact, when I first started my online store back in 2007, the design for my website was terrible, and I had no idea who to turn to for help.

So what is 99designs? 99designs is a site where you can provide a description of anything that you want designed whether it be a logo, a web page a t-shirt, pretty much anything, and have dozens of designers compete to deliver you the best design. And by best, I mean that you actually get to choose your favorite among the bunch. When I first started making websites, I was completely clueless and I had no idea how to find a great designer, but thanks to 99designs, you can instantly have access to over 315,000 graphic designers who are competing to help you.

So, if you are design challenged like I am, I highly recommend that you go over to 99designs.com/mywifequit, and if you use that link and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, you will receive a special power pack of additional services for free. In fact, by signing up through 99designs.com/mywifequit, your design listing will be bolded, highlighted, given a prominent background in feature before all regular listings, so your request stands out among all the designers. So if you need a logo, a website, t-shirt, business card, or anything designed at all, go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit, and tell them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com sent you. Now on to the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Josh Dorkin. Now like many of my other guests, Josh is actually also someone who I met at the financial blogging conference the first year that I went, and to be honest, had I known who I was chatting with at the time, I might have been a little bit more sheepish, but here is how we met. Now I randomly strolled into a room and just sat down to chat, and here is Josh kind of sitting back in his chair and bursting on one of my Asian buddies Viet Do.

Josh: [Chuckles]

Steve: Incidentally, Viet is another person I’m going to have on the show later on, but anyway, when I saw Josh, was ragging on Viet big time I decided to sit down and enjoin Josh in the burstage, and after that we actually started talking a bit. And it was only later that I realized that he was the brains behind BiggerPockets.com, perhaps the biggest real estate blog out there period. Now, it’s actually much more than a blog. I would call it a gigantic resource platform for real estate. Bigger pockets boasts over 180,000 members, 550,000 monthly unique visitors, a forum with over 850,000 posts, tens of thousands of articles, the site is just ridiculous. Bigger Pockets is easily the most respected online real estate information platform out there and I’m just really happy to have Josh with me on the show today. And so Josh welcome to the show, really happy to have you man.

Josh: Thanks man, thanks man yeah I’m glad you brought out all the burstage in the introduction that’s awesome.

Steve: Well see I liked you right away because you are bursting on him ironically. He was not doing too good of a job at defending himself either so.

Josh: Yeah, that’s Viet man. That’s how he rolls. For those of you guys who will have the pleasure of listening to him down the line, he is an amazing guy and he is awesome. He is one of my favorite people on the Thinkon group so to speak and we were just having fun, but yeah, I’m glad you walked in so I could burst on you or something.

Steve: I don’t think we are at that level yet but maybe after this interview, perhaps.

Josh: Nice, yeah.

Steve: Give us a quick background story. Tell us about how Bigger Pockets got started. I kind of want to go to the very beginning when you were like a total nobody.

Josh: Okay, I’m still a total nobody, but yeah listen– long story short I was doing all sorts of random stuff for employment and I had built websites for fun. Previously I had a real estate license previously and sold real estate as an agent– didn’t love that very much, but what happened, I was teaching high school at the time in southern California and one day my brother calls me and says hey Josh I just bought some property. I said, oh yeah tell me about it.

And he is like I bought this multi families and it’s doing great and I’m making all this money and I was like, oh okay, money that sounds good, let’s do it. What do I need to do, what are you asking of me? He said well why don’t you come down and pick up some property yourself. I said, yeah, okay cool. So I hoped on a plane, flew out and like yeah, I could figure this out. So I looked at dozens of properties and found one that I liked and bought it. I knew nothing, I literally…

Steve: Just like that, it’s like buying candy from like the supermarket.

Josh: I’m not that loaded. I was looking in an area that was not that expensive. I bought a four family property for, I think it was a hundred, it’s either 90 or 105,000, and I had a fourplex. And I was like all right, cool I got a fourplex, now what? And so I didn’t know what I was doing. I’m a person who thinks of himself as fairly smart and I thought I had it figured out. So I quickly realized that there is more to real estate investing than kind of the basics, you know what I mean. You can analyze numbers; you can crunch numbers and pick up a property but then what?

So kind of cutting to the chase I had hired some management to take care of my property and that was a big pain in the neck and that led to problems and I ended up firing the property manager finding another one, firing, finding another, firing, finding another, get ripped off by them on ward and onward. Ultimately, I found myself in a position where I realized I needed to know a lot more, and I needed somewhere to go to.

So, I had a problem which was I getting screwed left and right, I was making bad decisions left and right, and the solution wasn’t really out there for me at least. So the landscape back then was, to learn about real estate investing you can go to the book store and buy books, you could go online and find some material, or you can go on the television late night TV and buy some get rich quick course. The New Yorker in me doesn’t look highly upon the get rich quick stuff, you know the both domino as we say, hopefully I can say both domino on your show even twice.

Steve: I’m going to edit this afterwards, so you know I’m only going to filter out the good things that you say about me.

Josh: Nice. Yeah so, you know there is the bad guys, not necessarily all bad but they are the guys whose job it is to just sell you until you are broke. And then there is really nothing else at this time. And all the websites that existed were all kind of filters for those same the late night TV guys. So there was really no independent body where you can go and find anything about investing. I said okay, that’s crazy, I’m going to create a site where I can get answers to my own questions. And so I did and I put together a forum and a bunch of resources I found useful and had a website, and there was nobody on it. And that was the beginning. The next steps I had to figure out how to get people.

Steve: So the forum wasn’t the first thing that you added right.

Josh: It was– I created– it was pretty close in time, I mean it’s almost ten years now but I created a bunch of directories of resources that I thought were helpful and then I launched the forum. And the forum at that point was me. It was me and myself and you know again I had to figure out how do build a community? Where do I get answers to these questions that I have?

Steve: Yeah, so I was going to ask you about this later on but since we are talking about forums right now. How do you start a forum right, a lot of people try it and as soon as it’s like a ghost town, it’s not going to attract anyone and they won’t come back, right, how do you seed a forum without traffic?

Josh: If you ask me, hey would you start a forum with me, let’s go create a site on this, I would say no way, not going to happen. I have no interest in it. It takes a long time, it’s a lot of work, and you know, like you said if it’s a ghost town you are in trouble. So the key was, you know first of this was a hobby side at first. This was not a business for a long time.

Steve: Okay.

Josh: I was making money from it because I put on some AdSense on but by no means, it was like you know getting a lot of traffic. So what I did to get people on was like word of mouth. I would talk to other investors that I would run across whether it was just locally or I would go on answer sites. So instead of– I thought it’s kind of shady to go on your competitor site and to talk about your product even ten years ago before people were really concerned about that, I just didn’t want to do it. So I would go on financial sites primarily and I participate and I would always create a signature, and the signature was Bigger Pockets real estate investing community.

And so when I would jump on and I would be able to answer some questions about real estate investing at that time. So I would answer the questions and I would have my signature and low and below people would drizzle in through the link in the signature and come to the site. So that was where the first you know few hundred people that we got on the site came from. It was just me you know I wasn’t pitching it, I was not selling it, I was not promoting it, I was just participating, connecting, engaging on other communities and having that signature at the bottom got people to notice. They saw that I provided value and they wanted to come check it out.

Steve: Interesting. So the forum, were you posting a lot yourself in the beginning?

Josh: Our forum?

Steve: Yeah.

Josh: Well, yeah because I had questions. So I was posting questions.

Steve: Okay.

Josh: Yeah, I wanted answers to my questions. That was why I started the site. I was not creating a place to help other people; this was a place to help me.

Steve: [Laughter] Okay.

Josh: This was 1000% selfish. My goal was help me become better at what I’m doing. And inevitably what happened was over time, I realized that some of the questions that were coming, I could easily answer so I was answering those. And little by little, I was like wait a second, there is more here. It can’t just be me and selfish me, there is other people who are getting value. So let’s keep going at this, let’s see what we can do here. And so again it was a hobby side, it was making me money, I was teaching high school, I was making some side cash, and mostly kind of plowing it back in, ultimately hiring a developer at some point and kind of handing of the dirty work so to speak…

Steve: Okay.

Josh: To somebody else, I mean, this is again this is almost ten years ago, so my space was hot right. I see my space, I’m like, wow social network. We have to do that. So it went from forum to social network, the forum always kind of stated the hub and the blogs were kind of being born right around then so I created a blog. I didn’t know what I was doing. I would like check out this cool article and then I would cite a paragraph from The New York Times or you know I think this is garbage and I would cite an article from Steve Chou, or whatever it was, you know, and yeah you caught that good.

Steve: [Laughter] You got me mixed up with Viet actually. We look alike.

Josh: No, I’m not going there man, don’t try it. So little by little, we just added pieces to the puzzle. We added the profiles and the blog and then we added a property directory and some other stuff and you know, it just got bigger and bigger and you know I hired more folks and little by little, we got to the point where we are today and you know I’m happy to talk about all the interesting parts.

To me I really see the site to day as; we’ve got community as one component. That’s kind of like the forums, the interaction and the blogs, and really the vibe that kind of flows from us the content side where we’ve got again the forums, there is a ton of content I mean 850, 000 posts those are enough to read for a lifetime. The Bigger Pockets blog which went from me just as the blogger, now we have around 35 people who write for us every week. We have the podcast, Bigger Pockets podcast which is a Brad and Tuner my co-host and I weekly interviewing upstart and sophisticated investors in real estate and then we’ve got some tools, we’ve got kind of like a tools division so to speak where we are launching some other cool products down the line.

And then we have a publishing company we launched a publishing company and we have two books right now, we’ve got a third that’s going to come out next month or so. One of those books has been a top ten real estate book on amazon since pretty much launch. We are like the only non-traditional publishing house that’s been on the top ten.

Steve: That’s awesome man. That’s incredible. So you know outside of your forums, your signature, and your email, like how did you get traffic to your site early on? Like I’m more interested in like the very beginning right, because you are well established now, but I kind of want to hear your struggles early on and how it just kind of built up and what the logical progression was and what you did gradually over time to build it to the site that it is today.

Josh: Sure, and don’t be fooled anybody listening, there are struggles every single day. Whether it was day one to today there is always going to be a struggle at least in my mind at least I see it that way right. Because I don’t ever want to feel comfortable, I don’t ever want to feel like we are where we are inevitably going to be, because then I’m comfortable and I’m not pushing myself to improve and build up. And you know ultimately my goal is to build this into something amazing you know and continue. So to your question on how we built it up, so really it started with the forum posting.

The directory started to get traffic. This was before we were talking about SEO. I mean this was pre SEO, SEO. It existed but nobody– there wasn’t– I don’t think there was a language to discuss it, there was no magcuts, there was no communiqués about how do you rank. It was just, you know there were a couple of websites forums, webmaster forums, I remember a site called like webmaster world, I used to frequent that, a digital point forums some of the others. Also I had my signature on those when I participated and again I asked questions, I answered questions, engaged, some people actually seemed to be interested in real estate so they would come over, so we got some traffic from that.

The directories that we built, they weren’t really any like it. So when people would come across them they would say this is great and they would link to them. And we didn’t have the Facebook or twitter shares or all that stuff then, it was just linkage. And so I was doing link building. I was contacting people and saying hey I just built this cool site and this directory, you know check it out, let me know what you think. And if you like, it you know I would love if you would point a link to us. It was just hard work and outrange.

Steve: Okay. And what is it? This is a directory of real estate agents.

Josh: I had a directory of banks that offer these free listings on their site. I offered you know a directory of tools that were calculators or property management. Whatever it was, we had just kind of all these vertical directories that made sense within the niche. Stuff that I would be interested in, hey, I remember I came across that cool site you know instead of just trying to keep track of it, I would just put it on this little hand correlated directory.

Steve: Okay. So you are like a Yahoo kind of, for real estate?

Josh: Well that was exactly what I modeled it off of. I remember Yahoo being the greatest site since sliced bread, it was the biggest and the best in the very beginning, and I was like I got a model of this somehow. So doing the directory thing made sense for me, and it worked. It started to bring us traffic little by little. Some of those people would come to the forums and they participate, and then inevitably because we got all those links, the search algorithms, we started to kind of do better and better. There was some paid stuff I think early on Yahoo directory, I don’t remember if we were paying in the very beginning, but we made it on to their, and I think it was like the, what was it called? The open directory to remember.

Steve: Yeah, yeah DMOZ, yeah.

Josh: DMOZ. You know, some of those– I didn’t really pay for anything else, so I just wanted to focus on the ones I thought were the most credible. But yeah, little by little it was just that plus a lot of time and organic growth.

Steve: Okay. And then when did the blog kind of come into play?

Josh: The blog is probably eight years old as well, eight and a half. The blog has been around. And the blogs started to drive a fair amount of traffic because the blogs you know the word press was fabulous as SEO. And so the content that I was writing was picking up juice so to speak, and there was a core group of real estate bloggers back then. They weren’t thousands and thousands; they were, you know, we all knew each other. They were 20 or 30 maybe. Kind of like the Thinkon kind group, the original one.

It was really small. We all knew each other, we all linked to each other, we all commented on each other’s sites, and we all pointed to each other, and all we all helped each other out. And little by little, we all kind of grew together which was really nice to have that community of folks to kind of help out. And now there a lot, I mean those people high ups at zeros and truly, I mean those guys are running the show at a lot of these big companies.

Steve: Wow, that crazy. I’m just trying to get an idea of how your site actually makes money. I know you have a crap load of traffic right?

Josh: Yeah.

Steve: But how do you actually take that into paying customers?

Josh: Sure, so we are not– fundamentally we are not an E-commerce site. Fundamentally, we are not a community. We are kind of a blend of a lot of different models which were somewhat intentional.

Steve: Okay.

Josh: So you know my biggest is that one funnel is going to shut off. And if that one funnel shuts off, I’m screwed right. What’s the biggest funnel, what’s the funnel that we all think about? It’s Google right, I mean we all say Google is our god, Google feeds us, Google takes care of our families. If you are in the internet world, you are, you know you really owe a lot to Google, and my thought was, well okay, Google is this primary. What if Google comes after me and Google doesn’t like what I do, because they did that.

Because I got slapped by like the first Google slap back in the day, years and years ago, the pre pad or the pre whatever the heck they call it these days. I got slapped because I was using a company called text link ads, and I was buying text links. And I was putting them on the site. And Google created this policy saying, you couldn’t have these paid links. And I was like well sure. I’m making few hundred bucks off text links why would I– forget it. So I lose a little bit of Google, who cares? And turns out that was a really bad decision. I went from like PR6, PR7 on some pages got down to like PR2 and 3.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Josh: The site lost a ton of steam, a ton of traffic. I disavowed all the text link ads– not that the service was bad, I loved the service, but because I realized that Google controlled me. And so I did that and lost all that on that revenue, but it was fine we made up for it eventually, but in terms of the different streams I wanted to have just different kind of revenues streams and I thought it would be interesting because I saw these product lines in the real estate investing space and said why wouldn’t anyone want to have it in one place. Why would they not want to have a great blog that they I could go to, a good community, they could go to, tools, resources, directories all that in one, especially if we can create a brand that they trust.

And so my goal from the beginning when I decided this isn’t a hobby site anymore, this is going to be a business credibility. I want to go 1000% for credibility, we are not going to allow shady stuff, we are not going to allow, you know, we created really strict rules and we were really hardcore and a lot of people got pissed off, but it allowed us to kind of establish that brand amongst people who weren’t just the marketers trying to take advantage of people but it was individuals who were trying to help one another and they loved it.

Steve: So by rules you mean you prevented like some the marketers from just openly advertising on your site.

Josh: Exactly, yeah so that or you know going on people’s profile and sending you know, we had it, like the first version of our profiles had a wall like on Facebook. Not a Facebook wall like a my space wall, so I could go on your profile Steve and you know I could leave comments below and those glittery stars and all that stuff we used to have. We didn’t have all that fancy stuff, but you know, so what the marketers were doing, was they were going on and they would start spamming people on their profiles. And we are like okay, we got to stop that every time that they would do something we would realize, oh no we got to put a stop to this because the average Joe who we were in business for, was getting pissed off.

And the marketers, you know I don’t have a problem with marketers as long as they follow our rules. If you interact, if you share, if you engage and you are not spamming, cool. Come hang out, make money. We have a lot of marketers to make a lot of money of our business, off of our platform, but they do it within our rules and within our guidelines. The folks who kind of violate that we have an issue with. But to your question, your question was on how we make money. The answer is we have– AdSense was really the very first way to make money. I remember that first like you know 12 cents cheque that I got, and so AdSense, other ad networks. I mean we tried them all with chedekas [phonetic] and you know we have kind of toyed through, pretty much all the major ones.

Steve: Which ones are working for you the best?

Josh: AdSense, nobody comes close.

Steve: Okay.

Josh: So we have got the networks, I do direct ad sales as well, so you know, folks would come and buy inventory from us directly. We have a newsletter that goes out twice a week to 70,000 or so and that’s, you know we are selling that inventory on directly on the podcast and of course direct on the site as well, so we’ve got that. We have paid memberships which we added a few years ago, so we have two tiers of memberships and the idea behind those was, you know first of all the idea with Bigger Pockets was let’s democratize information. Okay, we don’t want all the information to be controlled by one, you know a dozen or two dozen of the gurus, we wanted it to be open and available for anybody.

So once we created paid accounts, we couldn’t put content behind a fire wall, a pay wall because that would violate our own state out of what we wanted to do. So, now if we did that, we probably would be making a heck lot of more money than we are, but I thought it was important that we keep it open. So the paid memberships allowed advertising– right now the only way to advertise is actually through a paid membership. So a marketer would need to get a paid account to promote. You get access to tools like our calculator and things like that. And then kind of like a LinkedIn mix, where you know on LinkedIn if you get a paid account you can search for people better, you can narrow them down by zip code and ranges and…

Steve: I see.

Josh: So you’ve got abilities like that. There is a whole sweet of things that you get. We’ve got a discount program, a perks program so we have partners like Transunion that will provide discounts to our members on some of their product lines for being a paid member. You know, we just kind of use the scale that we’ve developed to negotiate deals for our users, for those folks who are going to pay an upgrade.

Steve: So even a free member can have access to the entire library of information on the forum right.

Josh: 100%.

Steve: Wow, that’s crazy. So what percentage of people actually pay for the membership then?

Josh: I refuse to answer that.

Steve: You refuse to, okay, all right. I was just curious thought I could slip that by you but…

Josh: [Inaudible 00:27:36], I will not be answering, but you know we’ve got thousands of paid members and there is a ton of value that comes with it. There really is and all our paid members love it, I mean these guys, we actually did a survey. Here is something crazy, we did a survey about a month ago. We were curious; we said okay, we’ve got these guys on Bigger Pockets. These are all people who want to learn how to be real estate investors or who are active, you know we’ve got guys who’ve never done anything to people with thousands of properties and thousands of deals. What’s the difference between our paid members– you know two paid levels and our free way for users. So, we did a survey and I’m going to chop the numbers but I’ll estimate. I believe our pro users profit last year in 2013 from real estate activity were somewhere on the scale of 90,000 dollars for our pro users.

Steve: Per person?

Josh: Per person.

Steve: Really?

Josh: The profit– now again this is only based upon those who answered, we had hundreds of people take the survey. The profit for non-pros who answered was right around 20,000.

Steve: So these are just people who are using your site as their marketing channel. And there you are telling me that they’ve made 90,000?

Josh: Well so this is what’s happened. It is not through Bigger Pockets, it’s just they’ve made 90,000. They make on average that’s kind of, what they have made right. So here is kind of what happened? Bigger Pockets started as this place where people get together and share information. What happened over time was, the people who engaged and connected and gave back to other people who helped out started to build reputations for themselves. They became– people got to know them as credible folks right, these guys give up their time, their energy, they share really good information, they are helpful when somebody has a question. Hey help mean analyze this deal, or I’m about to do this, what should I do, everybody starts to see it.

So the community is starting to figure out who are the leaders in the community. Well then what happened was this, little by little those people were being– other people were attracted to them. And they were like, you know what, you are a credible guy, you know everything about flipping houses, I’ve got a deal I need some help with, you want to go into this with me? I’d love to partner with you. So now, these guys are in bed and they partnering and working together. Or hey I need some money, or hey listen I’ve got a couple of hundred thousand dollars, I know you are working on a bunch of projects, can I lend you some money and finance your next project.

So organically, these people are getting together and doing business together. And that’s the greatest thing today that most people don’t know about Bigger Pockets is, if you are active and you are interacting and you are engaging in forums in the community and helping other people out, it’s going to increase the likelihood that you are going to do business. It’s amazing, it’s amazing. And it just happened because people developed the sense of trust and other people are like “oh, I know that guy, I want to work with that guy.” And they connect with the social network and they start chatting online, and they start chatting in real life, and they do real business together. And hundreds of millions of dollars is done through Bigger Pockets now.

Steve: That’s awesome. So have you found yourself doing any deals? Do you do real estate anymore?

Josh: I do not.

Steve: [Chuckles] Okay.

Josh: I do not by virtue that, you know and is it an excuse? Yes, is it a legitimate excuse? Absolutely, when the market tanked, I unloaded the last of my property and at that point, I was so busy with the business. I was working a hundred hours a week. I couldn’t do anything else. I just– It was impossible. So, I’m sitting around waiting, I’m watching and I’m like, oh man I wish I can get some time but it’s hard. Now I’ve got a business, I got a lot employees, I’ve got a staff, this is my primary focus. We definitely encourage people to get out there, you know if they are working a job, to get out there and do real estate, but by virtue of my time constraints, I can’t do it personally.

I’m certainly looking forward to the day that I could go start picking up some properties, and the beauty is this. Listen, I’m the host of our podcast right? I get to interview active successful real estate investors every single week and every single time I do it, I learn something new, and I get excited about a new strategies. So for me, I’m a student just like everybody else. Now I’ve been learning by about ten years of being a master of all this stuff, but you know I’m just as much a student as anyone else.

Steve: So you mentioned that, to switch gears a little bit, you mentioned that you’ve been trying to Google proof your site right.

Josh: Yeah.

Steve: So this is what is going on in my mind right now. You got hit like panda or something a couple of years ago and then there is this huge real estate crush right?

Josh: Yeah.

Steve: So I would have expected that your business would have tanked during that crash especially with the combination of the two, so how did you kind of overcome that?

Josh: So, I think the beauty of the model is this, and I think this applies in some business, this applies in the stock market, and it applies in real estate. You can make money in any market in the stock market. You just have to know what you are doing. If you are a short seller in the stock market, you can make money when the market is getting killed. If you are long, you can make money when the market is going up. But you can also lose as a short seller when the market is going down and you can lose bad as a long investor when the market is going up.

So as a stocker, you don’t have control of your own destiny. You are kind of at the will of the market and you are at the will of the CEO who is you know doing lines of coke you know one day and gets busted and suddenly the stock tanks right? With real estate, the nice thing about it is, you can make money in any market, in any location, regardless of what’s happening. You just have to know what you are doing. So you know, if I buy property say I buy a house, you are in the Bay area so say I buy a house in the Bay area, and I buy it such that it’s cash flow positive, which is kind of tough in the Bay area.

Steve: It’s impossible.

Josh: Yeah. You have got to invest at a distance. But let’s go hypothetical and say I can buy a property in the Bay area and cash be cash flow positive, right? Well if the market tanks am I still making my rent.

Steve: Possibly.

Josh: If I have got a tenant in there am I still making my rent?

Steve: Yeah if you got your tenant in there.

Josh: Yeah, so if lose your tenant, you know the key with real estate is you are the master of your destiny right, if you pay too much when you get in, yeah you can find yourself in trouble. The key is to find properties– at least let’s take it back. The key in my mind is to only buy properties that you can get a significant discount from. I would never buy an income property in the Bay area unless I could get a ridiculous discount. Not because I think the market is going to tank, but just for insurance.

I’m not an appreciation guy. There are appreciation folks; they are called gamblers in my book. Now there is people who bet on smart appreciation, they are building or buying in the way of development, I think that’s intelligent. But you know there is still a risk that you know it’s going to hit the fan. But if you buy in like a solid blue color neighborhood, you are not going to see huge market fluctuations like you would in other hot markets so to speak, right?

So if you look for good solid markets that are sustainable they may not make a lot of appreciation but there is stability, there is job improvement, there is some kind of growth or stable economy, you are going to be pretty well of as long as you can buy at a decent price. So that’s kind of my thought is, focus on that, instead of you know really kneeling on appreciation and other kind of bets.

Steve: I see. You know in the Bay area here especially, it’s always an appreciation play.

Josh: Yeah.

Steve: There is no such thing as– and the properties have just increased in value ridiculously. I think this is the only part of the US where that the case pretty much. So what you’re saying is you know what you guys promote, is that…

Josh: And I didn’t– I just realized I didn’t even answer your question.

Steve: I don’t remember what my question was.

Josh: I just remembered it, so your question was, well the market got hit, what– I’m surprised you guys didn’t get nailed to the floor. I mean I think you wrote my eulogy right here on the podcast, you’re like why aren’t you dead and out of business right. That was really nice of you by the way, I appreciate that.

Steve: Yeah well, you overcame it clearly, so I was just giving a little nugget here so you can tell your turn around story.

Josh: Yeah, tell that to the audience. So the beauty of the real estate investing market is when the market is great, every one jumps in. So everyone is jumping on Bigger Pockets, hey how do I make a buck, how do I make money, what do I do? When the market is getting slammed, the people who own property are coming on saying, oh what do I do? You know my equity business is shrinking, I’m in trouble, I’m losing tenants, I don’t know what to do. And the guys who have cash are saying, oh you know, this is a good opportunity to jump in while other people are bleeding. So essentially, we serve kind of all sides. You know make money when the market is up, make money when the market is down so, you know through all the bad markets, we’ve been fine.

Steve: I guess that makes sense and in fact your site probably does better when there is extreme condition, right? Whether it’s really hard or really bad.

Josh: You know, I don’t know in tracking it over the years I think it’s just kind of a consistent, steady, nice flat line, pretty good growth regardless.

Steve: So today, would you say that Google traffic is not one of your top traffic sources, is most of it direct at this point?

Josh: It’s not a hundred percent direct. It’s not fifty percent direct yet. Google is definitely very important to us, but we’ve expanded our reach, right. The podcast has definitely been really a great provider of users, You Tube.

Steve: So let’s talk about podcasting since I just started mine relatively recently, so how do you kind of measure the effect of the podcast on your business?

Josh: That’s tough, that’s tough. I could tell you how I do it, first obviously we care about listener growth, so we know that if our listenership is growing our brand is– our audience is growing and our brand is growing, it’s another place– it’s another market place right? So I look at these kind of market places, iTunes is a market place, Google is a market place, Amazon is a market place, You Tube is a market place, you know any where we can produce content is a market place. So, we measure success from the podcast one from grown listenership, two by seeing people introduce themselves in our community and saying that they found us through the podcast.

Steve: Okay.

Josh: So we know that we are reaching new folks because these are people that are just flat out telling us. If we were not getting that, we’d probably have to do more surveying and survey the users and saying hey guys, how did you find us, was it the podcast, was it Google, whatever it was. But because we’ve got this vibrant community, and people jump on and introduce themselves typically they will jump in and tell us how they came on.

Steve: Okay that makes sense. Yeah, I mean for my podcast I have already seen a lot of people hop on to my email list and the first thing they do is, they hit reply and say hey I found you through the podcast so I was just curious, it’s not really easy to make that correlation at least initially yeah.

Josh: It’s not, you know, I love podcasting. I think– we just put out our 71st show, we’ve done a show a week for 75 weeks and it does get pretty– it gets exhausting a little tedious after– 75 is old, it’s a lot of work. But it’s rewarding in that every time we put out our show notes, seeing the commentary. When the users introduce themselves and say hey listen the show is really helping me out with my business, I appreciate everything you guys do, that to me is the measure. You know, we know that– because you know Bigger Pockets to me is really more than just a site. Bigger Pockets is kind of a vision of creating a community of people who help one another to be successful in real estate.

And so for me, I wanted to become a verb one day, you know I wanted to be– I want people to be just being good to each other in real estate through Bigger Pockets you know whatever that means. And I think it plays itself out similarly in that through our platform all these people locally have started to come together. So there is now these local groups of people who through Bigger Pockets are linking up. In San Francisco we had a meeting with like 150 people, New York there was like 150 people last week. We’ve got like DeMorein and Miami and Tampa and Austin and Dallas and Denver. I mean these are users who are saying you know what, I want to connect live with other people, let’s use this platform to create some get togethers and do it, and they are. And they are doing business, they are linking up, they’re helping each other they are mentoring one another, it’s amazing, I mean it’s just out of my hands at this point and it’s unbelievable.

Steve: It sounds like you need to start a conference.

Josh: You know what, don’t pressure me man. We did a conference– I actually did a conference this year, in two and a half months I planned a conference. We had about 275 people in attendance on the first conference and by the way sorry about the beeping, they are doing construction across the street and I can’t filter it out so.

Steve: That’s okay.

Josh: Yeah, we had 275 people, we had 30 speakers. It was– we had like 15 sponsors it was a monster success, everybody wanted us to do it again and I planned the whole thing by myself and almost killed myself.

Steve: Crazy.

Josh: So the next year when I was going to do it, we were having another kid and I was like yeah I don’t need the pressure this year. We’ve had so much going on, I don’t need the pressure. And of course not a day goes by where people on the site are like, Josh where is the conference, when is it going to happen? We want another one and I know it would a) be a good place for people to get together and b) it would probably make us some money and c) it would help us build our brand. It’s coming at some point– I just, you know, there is a lot happening man.

Steve: I just had PT on the show recently actually and he was just telling me how much work it was so I can imagine.

Josh: It is rough. I just came from a show last week. It was a national apartment association show here in Denver. They had 7800 attendees to the show.

Steve: Good Lord.

Josh: I use like a fraction of the hallway of the convention Centre they had the entirety of the convention Centre. They had like a monster staff this thing, and then you know they had a huge vendor floor with hundreds of sponsors. I mean, you know I did the math– they made tens and tens of millions of dollars without fail. They had to have, and you know which is fabulous. Good for them, good for everybody there, there was tons of business I got done and I sit and I attend shows like that I’m like oh man; I got to get on the ball.

Steve: You know, I don’t think you do it for money reasons parse, right. It’s got to be for the love of getting people together and that sort of thing. So, hey Josh, I don’t want to take up too much of your time but I thought that I would ask you, you know early on you mentioned that you started all this as a hobby, but was there any sort of book or site or person that kind of just pushed you in this direction of starting your own monster site?

Josh: You know, so what I did was, I found this time machine, I travelled ahead, and I found this awesome site called mywifequitherjob.com. And I read through it, and I was so– it’s crazy, I was inspired, absolutely inspired by this guy Steve, and said you know what, let me go back and start a site where I can make some money, and so I birthed Bigger Pockets.

Steve: Nice man, nice. And you know if weren’t sarcastic…

Josh: [Laughter].

Steve: So no books, you guy do you read or anything?

Josh: I’ll tell you. The inspiration, really the early influences were, there was webmaster forums. Guys like Shoe Money very early on John Chao very on, they were kind of the first money guys in the online space that I was familiar with. Wil Wheaton as the you know OG blogger, you know those guys kind of influenced me and taught me to look at things a little differently from hobby to business so to speak. But it was still a hobby site. You know when Darren Rawse started to put pro blogger together early on– I love that site. I mean I had my own blog about blogging and it was called time for blogging and so I was doing that stuff years and years ago.

Today I study guys like Pip Lejure [phonetic] and the conversion guys and whatever you know. He will have to fly overseas and yell at me. Pep Lejure who is phenomenon, you know there is a ton of people that I study. I really– you know for me if I feel like I’m done learning then I failed. So you know, whether it’s looking at a site, like I’m looking at your site right now as we talk here, and I’m looking at your design and your finals and you know the different way of organizing your writing styles, that kind of stuff. I just study pretty much everything I look at.

And I’m trying to take a piece of information from everything and I recommend anyone listening to do the same thing. You know I think people are so quick to say oh well I’m an internet marketer, I have to go and study from internet marketers. That’s not true. You can study and learn from anybody and everybody. Look at who is successful, you know Google, Google is hugely successful. What are they doing that I can take away. Facebook what are they doing that I can take away. Yahoo and so on. So I kind of get little things from pretty much anywhere I go. And I recommend everybody to do that.

Steve: Cool, well that’s great advice Josh and I just want to thank you for making fun of me and coming on the show you know how it is.

Josh: I didn’t really make fun, I mean if want me to make fun…

Steve: Well yeah, we are not done talking, as soon as I hit the stop button right. But yeah, so is there a place where people can find you if they have any questions?

Josh: Sure, and I hope really quickly I hope you know anyone listening. I was trying to think about the listener and provide some value. I didn’t really want it to be all about me telling my story, but hopefully I told it in a way that people can learn something. And if you do have questions, jump on the show notes of the show, I don’t know what the show number this will be, but Steve will probably have it somewhere in there.

Steve: We’ll see if I publish this episode.

Josh: It may not make it, if I do make it, then ask me questions in the show notes, otherwise biggerpockets.com and I’m on Facebook, twitter, G plus, LinkedIn. LinkedIn I only connect with people I know that’s why Steve and I have not yet connected there. But you know yeah just find me online, I’m out there, hard to miss.

Steve: All right, right on man. Well thanks for coming on the show.

Josh: Hey, thanks man, it’s been a pleasure.

Steve: All right, take care.

All right, I hope you enjoyed that episode because Josh is a really down to earth guy, and if you did not know any better you would have no idea that he runs one of the most popular real estate investing forums and websites in the world. And what I like about him is that he is both a dreamer and a hustler. He is actually a pretty fun guy to be around too. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode33, and once again I want thank 99designs for sponsoring this episode.

I know a lot of you listening are waiting on the sidelines and trying to get the courage to start your own online business and I know design is just one of those mental barriers. I know a lot of you out there also run your own businesses already, and know that your website design could be better. Designing a website is not intimidating anymore thanks to 99designs where you can get over 300,000 designers to compete for your design. All you have to do is list your design on their site, and within 48 hours, you will get dozens of design submission to choose from. And from there you can ask for slight tweaks and changes until you are 100% satisfied with the results.

And the best part is that the price is very reasonable and there is a hundred percent satisfaction guarantee. So go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit and get your logo, website, t-shirt business card or basically anything you need designed right now. And by using the 99designs.com/mywifequit link and telling them that Steve from mywifequitherjob.com referred you, your design listing will be bolded highlighted, given a prominent background, and featured before all regular listings so that your request stands out among all the other designers. So if you need a logo, website, t-shirt, business card or anything designed, go to www.99designs.com/mywifequit, and tell them that I sent you.

And finally, if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. when you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks, so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell you friends because the greatest compliment that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web.

And as an added incentive, I’m always giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest, and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free 6 day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over one 100,000 in profit, in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

032: How Jessica Rhodes Leveraged Her Pinterest Skills And Started 2 Successful Businesses

Jessica Rhodes

Jessica Rhodes owns 2 thriving business service companies, EntrepreneurSupportServices.com and InterviewConnections.com where she helps businesses with Pinterest and podcasting.

Jessica is a Pinterest expert and she reveals many useful tips on how to market your business using Pinterest in this episode along with many helpful tools that she uses to streamline the process. In addition, she provides some meaningful advice on how to network with others and how she acts as a matchmaker for podcast interviewers and interviewees.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Jessica got her first client doing Pinterest
  • How Jessica gradually expanded her customer base through referrals
  • Why you don’t really need a website to start a business
  • How to create a powerful Pinterest account
  • How to use Pinterest to get your online store on the map
  • How often do you have to pin your images
  • What the ideal image dimensions are for Pinterest
  • How to create an infographic
  • How to structure your pins correctly
  • How Jessica connects podcast interviewers to podcast interviewees
  • Tips on how to network and connect with other people
  • What conferences Jessica recommends
  • What’s the best software for Pinterest

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I bring in successful, bootstrapped business owners, to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of these podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month.

For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest, and if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. In this episode I’m going to be talking to Jessica Rhodes. Now I actually met Jessica when she reached out and emailed me out of the blue, and what I often do when I get an email is I usually check out that person’s website or business if I find them interesting. And Jessica’s story immediately struck me because quite frankly, I have a soft spot for people who quit their jobs to start a business, in order to spend more time with family.

Now Jessica owns two businesses, Entrepreneur Support Services and Interview Connections. Now, ESS for sure is a virtual assistance from but her main service is interview connections where she works with podcasters to find and book guests for interview shows. And so when I heard about this I was like aah, wait a second I run an interview based podcast, I need people to interview for my podcast and Jessica sounds like she runs a business that’s in high demand.

Now this woman also is a Pinterest expert, so we’ll be talking about Pinterest a little bit today, and she does infographics and she has a wide allay of talents and I brought Jessica on today to talk about how to start a business that kind of relies heavily on networking and being able to connect people to one another incidentally which are skills that are very necessary for success in any business for that matter. So Jessica welcome to the show and really happy to have you here.

Jessica: Oh Steve I was so excited to be here. When I first saw your podcast up there I knew it no worthy my wife quit her job, I thought my husband can say my wife quit her job because that’s exactly what I did when I had my baby because just like you said I ran my business so that I can be at home. So I was so– I’m like thrilled to be on your show today.

Steve: Yes however the domains is already taken if you were thinking about starting that blog. So, I’m actually really interested in hearing about your background story because it kind of parallels my own in away. So tell me how you got started with your business and I really want to hear about what was going on through your head especially when you became pregnant.

Jessica: Yeah, definitely. So well what I did before I started my business is totally different than what I do now in some ways and in some ways it’s very similar. So just to give you back I’m 26 years old and when I was 19 in college I got a job in a non profit going door to door raising money. So– and I did that for the next six years. I worked kind of my way up and became a manager pretty quickly and then when I graduated college, I became director of my own staff and that’s what brought me here to Rhode island.

So, I did that for a few years and it was a position that I really loved, I really loved the organization. I was an activist at heart fighting for clean water and clean air and the money– I was really never motivated by a lot of money and anyone that works in non profit knows that you don’t do it for the money. But you know I’m married and when my husband and I decided that we wanted to start thinking about having kids, I knew that I want to be a stay at home mum.

My mum was a stay at home mum, my husband’s dad was actually a stay at home dad. So we both had when we grew up a parent that was at home with us and this was really, really important to me. Now my husband also works in a non profit, so we in no way were able to buy a house and support a family with just one salary, a non-profit salary at that. So I actually had a conversation with my parents– I’m really close with my mum and my dad and told them that I want to be a stay at home mum. And just to keep in mind when I got pregnant I didn’t have– I didn’t know what my plan was going to be, so I kind of threw myself into it and made myself figure it out.

Steve: So you didn’t have a plan when you quit?

Jessica: No, well yeah– no I didn’t.

Steve: Wow, okay all right.

Jessica: Yeah I got pregnant in the summer in June, I told my boss that I would be leaving. I told him when I was three months pregnant, so I said in six months I’m leaving and at that time I did not know what I was going to do.

Steve: Okay.

Jessica: But I am like I guess just very optimistic and knew that I would figure it out. I am thankful that I never had really hard times in my life, I mean we never had a lot of money growing up but I never went without food or a house, so I just kind of blissfully assumed everything would work out. And it’s kind of like I guess that is the entrepreneurial bug I have it’s like starting a business it’s like jump– I saw a crew once, so it’s like jumping up a cliff and then building the parachute as you are going down and that’s kind of like what it was.

And my dad is actually– he’s a business coach, he is an entrepreneur that works out of a home office. So he is the person that told me what a virtual assistant was. I had no idea what it was, the only term I knew of VA was you know [Inaudible] [00:06:01] interference. I had no idea that this whole industry even existed. I had no idea there was this whole network of people that were creating great revenue online working from home and creating a lifestyle. I thought the only people that were rich were people that worked their way up in corporate.

So, I mean it was– I mean my eyes were just opened up dramatically when I learned about this whole industry and this whole business world. So my dad taught me how to be a virtual assistant, he brought me on as one of his VA just so like to get started, get my feet wet. I got s new computer just like to start doing some admin work. When I had my son– my son was born in March– my last day at my job was two days before he was born.

Steve: Wow, that’s crazy.

Jessica: I worked up until the end, I was doing part time virtual assistant work for my dad’s business while I was pregnant, so just to kind of start getting used to it and then when my son was born I had two weeks where I recovered from giving birth. And then I got back into work two weeks later and that’s when I just started really ramping up my business, and I took on my first client outside of my father a couple of months later and it’s just kind of the rest is history I guess.

Steve: So a couple of questions for you. So, first of all how did you get that first client and then how did you kind of steer your services kind of towards Pinterest?

Jessica: Sure, okay great question. So, my dad introduced me to– so my dad as my technically my first client, I was doing really great work for his Pinterest account. Now he told me upfront, you know I’m going to take you on because you’re my daughter and I think you will be a really good asset to my team but I’m only going to keep you if you are adding value. So I knew that my dad is an old fashioned guy, he was not just going to keep me on just to be nice.

So I knew I had to do really good work, so I took a whole Pinterest course, I worked on his Pinterest marketing, brought his Pinterest following from a few hundred to over a thousand, created tons of pins and just really made a name for myself there and he has a pretty big following. So obviously being his daughter but also being somebody that was adding a lot of value to his business. He posted on Facebook that I started my business and that I’m doing really good work with Pinterest.

A friend of his Jason Silverman is the CEO of Powerful Words Character Development which is a business providing character education systems to after school activity centers like [Inaudible] [00:08:31] and dance and gymnastics. And so when he saw my dad post about how he added– he had somebody doing some Pinterest work Jason reached out to me, and set up a phone call and I talked to him about what I can do for him and he said all right I’m going to give you a shot. And Jason has actually never left, he is still my client today and we’ve done really great work with his Pinterest account. And so fro along time every client I got were just referrals.

Steve: Okay.

Jessica: Just my clients, you know dad telling his friends about me, them hiring me and then telling other people. So it’s all referral based. I got my website a few months into my business but I mean I probably had like two people visiting it a month and one of them was probably my mum. So the website was really not…

Steve: I know how that feels.

Jessica: So the web– when people say you need a website– well you don’t really need a website. It’s helpful but the referral is the most powerful way to get clients and so that’s really how I built my business early on.

Steve: Okay, so let’s talk about the Pinterest work that you do. So what do you do to actually expense someone’s account, because I know my audience is very interested in the way Pinterest works, and how to create a really powerful Pinterest account?

Jessica: yes Steve, this is definitely something that your audience– I assume most of your audience are in e-commerce and have products and image based businesses. Well, Pinterest is the account that they want to be on because it’s an image based platform. It’s also– the difference between Pinterest and platforms like– any other platform, Facebook, Twitter [Inaudible] [00:10:05] I guess instagram is more similar but there is not really direct messaging back and forth between users. You can comment on pins but people really go on Pinterest to find things that they are interested in, so you can look for things about kids, things– people go to Pinterest basically to find things that they want to buy. I mean, I go to Pinterest and I look at the home décor section, and I look at things that I want to buy if they look nice.

And so it’s all about images and it’s all content. Now, over 80% of the content on Pinterest meaning the pins are re-pins, so if you can be that 20% that is adding new content to Pinterest meaning you uploaded image and then link it to you website or whatever that image should be linked to, you are adding content and then the magical thing about Pinterest is that thousands and millions of people then take that pin and they re-pin it on their boards, and then all their followers see it and they re-pin it on their boards the name.

I met my client Jason, now we’ve been going for over an year now that we’ve been working on his Pinterest account and we love going in there you know 70 notifications of all these people ripping in his infographics and ripping in his pins. And so it’s very powerful if you add– and you want to make sure that you are creating pins and graphics that are eye catching. So, couple of things, some writer downers here that you want to think about when you’re making pins is a pin that’s going to be eye catching, so a graphic that’s you know a high quality photo, something like a stack photo or– and something with text. So we’re using text overlay or call to action.

So you just have a photo of a woman sitting at the desk, well at first thing you have no idea what that’s about. But if you add text overlay with something like PicMonkey.com or any type of photo shop, you can have a caption that says “how to become a virtual assistant”. But the woman sitting at the desk, people look at that immediately and when I click through to learn how to become a virtual assistant. So that shows one example of how adding text to an image is going to grab more attention, and tell people exactly what they can find behind that pin.

Steve: Okay, let’s say I’m a brand new shop owner, because I would understand that Pinterest is probably a little bit different for someone where you’re actually guiding them to a product, what would your strategy be for like a brand new store on Pinterest?

Jessica: Right, on Pinterest you want to think about what kind of boards you have. So give me an example Steve, like what kind of shop, what kind of products are we talking about?

Steve: Okay, so let’s– I’m in the wedding industry. So let’s say wedding related products.

Jessica: Oh my gosh, perfect guinea to be on Pinterest. So, okay wedding industry. Are you selling like wedding shoes, wedding accessories, I guess all of the above?

Steve: Wedding accessories. We are actually heavily on Pinterest, so I’m just happy that you’re speaking what your strategy would be, so we’re so hectious [phonetic] actually, so a little [Inaudible] [00:13:01] handkerchiefs where you can put the bridegroom in on the wedding day.

Jessica: Yeah, so you want to have all different kinds of boards just about weddings, you know the wedding day, really photos of people with the handkerchiefs on the wedding day. You want to have boards also not just about your product, I mean obviously you want a lot of your pins linking back to your store, your website but you also want to be built to gap your profile with just images that your target audience is going to be interested in.

So just re-pinning images from other wedding websites through having a board about wedding dresses or about shoes, may be a board with to do verse about what to do leading up to the wedding. So your whole page is for– and I’m sure you got this down part, sounds like you’re already doing more of Pinterest, but just to give the listeners an idea, you want to think about everything that your product could be related to, so what we do with– one example with my client Jason– his clients are martial arts school owners. So they provide services and graphics for kids who want to take martial arts classes.

Well they can also have a board on their Pinterest page with– that will link to products and services that have to do with martial arts, but maybe not something that they personally offer, so it’s kind of like a referral partnership there. So just think about everything that your target audience is interested in and you want to be that go to Pinterest page that they look at to get inspiration, to get product ideas and to get tips and things like that.

Steve: So once you have kind of like the basis for your boards laid out, how often do you actually have to pin new items and what’s– how do you kind of break it down between the amount of pins that you actually pin that lead to your website versus re-pins of other people’s stuff?

Jessica: Well the burden cut a lot of different tips and it kind of depends on what your pins are, so I’ve heard people that 80-90% of their pins are their own products and they go back to their own website, and I think that’s fine as long as your pins are actually something that your followers want to be seeing, but I think it’s really important to– so I think the 80-20 rule really applies here well you know 80% especially if you’re on there as a business, as a store you know 80% being your own pins, and then 10-20% being re-pins from other Pinterest users.

Steve: Okay, interesting. My wife actually runs our Pinterest account, I don’t really touch it, so I’m kind of speaking as if– you know I’m learning stuff here myself. So my wife has actually taken the opposite approach, 20% of our stuff that she pins and then 80% other people’s stuff so.

Jessica: Pretty good, so there is no hard and fast rule.

Steve: Okay and I was just curious what’s the distinction between a business Pinterest account versus a regular Pinterest account?

Jessica: So, there’s really no difference to somebody that’s– I can look at two Pinterest pages and I would have no idea one was a business page or one was a personal page. Now the way it changes but last time I checked which is not that long ago, the only difference is as a business account– if you have a Pinterest page as a business account, you can enable the activate– this is the word I’m looking for– activate the analytics feature, and that will if you verify your website which means you click verify when you’re in the settings I believe and then you put that code into your website.

I usually have a web person do this for I’m not the most techie individual but verify your page it’s pretty common– they give you step by step directions. You verify that, it gives you a little check mark next to your website and then that kind of connects your Pinterest page to your website so they can tell you what pins are being re-pinned the most, how many clicks through to your website you’re getting. So, that’s where you want to have a business page is so that you can activate those analytic features because as a personal user you don’t care, how many click throughs to each website.

Steve: Sure, yeah.

Jessica: So that’s the main difference but it’s but it doesn’t really look any different from the users’ perspective unless of course you actually use the business name and a business logo but you could do that with a personal page too.

Steve: Okay, cool. So you know, I know for a fact that you told me early on when we were chatting the you actually create graphics also for your clients. So what are some tips on– you do infographics, what are some of tips on kind of formulating the image that you want to post online?

Jessica: Sure, so I mentioned over either with pins you know first of all let’s talk about the size requirements so on Pinterest, I’m on the main feed 600 pixels wide is as wide as you want to go. Now if you do 800 to maybe 1000, they’ll resize it but they are preventing larger than that they’ll tell you error and it won’t show up. So 600 pixels wide is what you want and then infinite however long I don’t– last I checked there was not really a limit to how long it can be. If it’s super long like 300 pixels long, what they’ll do is they will crop it so on the main Pinterest feed it’ll say expand pin, they won’t show it all right there.

But this is exactly why infographics are really useful and powerful on Pinterest is because they take up more [Inaudible] [00:18:18] on that main feed. Now I really pulled it an infographic that’s very long and they can take up lots of space may not get as much attention as very well done 600 by 600 pixels square pin. So there’s you obviously have the key to see a big picture, it has to be good.

Infographics are really powerful because people go on Pinterest to find inspiration, to find tips, to find things that are of interest to them. I mean specifically in the wedding industry, if you have an infographic with the top ten that brides need to do on the day before they get married– I’m totally just making this up as I go but– and then it’s a cool you know it has images, it has text, it’s a colorful background and that information is right there, people are drawn to it more.

So, those are really effective, now you make infographics– there are a lot of great sites that give you kind of templates. So, when I first started out I was using Picto Chart. Now PictoChart.com has a free version where you can– they give you templates and you scan and insert the text that you want to be using, they give lots of cool designs so it’s really blended easy for someone that has no graphic design background. The free version will have the Picto Chart logo at the bottom. Either you quickly upgrade it to the pay version because you don’t want to be creating infographics for clients and having Picto Chart on the logo.

Steve: Sure, yeah absolutely.

Jessica: and so that’s good but now I use a graphic designer so they are all custom made and they look a lot more professional you know because if you use Picto Chart you are going to start seeing them on Pinterest, you can tell that was used on Picto Chart, I recognize that theme.

Steve: I see.

Jessica: So that’s something to think about. I mean it’s really only the train die and somebody who also makes infographics is probably going to recognize that, but I think the best thing in graphic design software works with infographics is custom built is going to make you stand out as really professional service or professional company.

Steve: So what software do you use?

Jessica: So I have a graphic designer that uses adobe illustrator.

Steve: Okay so she actually draws.

Jessica: Yeah, she creates them from scratch, so it’s pretty awesome.

Steve: So any tips on what you would write in the description of the pin?

Jessica: Cool, so there are two schools of thought with the description. Number one of descriptions that are much longer get more attention in the pins, so if you’re just browsing the Pinterest feed, there is a rule on description that I’ve heard that more people would be attracted to reading what it’s all about. But a shorter description that is very to the point will come up more in search results. So, I’ll give you an example– I made an infographic for my client and it was about– it had business success tips from a book that he wrote, and the pin description was just business success, just those two words. Well when you search business success which are probably very common– that’s commonly searched, it was the top and it might still be I haven’t checked in a while but it’s the top infographic in that search.

So when you really– when you make your pin description something that you think people will be searching for exactly, then it’s going to come up in search results, so it’s a really powerful way to optimize your pins. But on the other hand you also want to be having a lot of hash tags. It’s important to also have the UR for where you are linking your pin to in the pin description. So not only people can– not only can they click on the pin to get to your website but they can also click on the description– on the URL within the description. So there’s a couple of different ways that you can go about it.

Steve: Okay, all right great you know I wanted to talk about your other businesses too but yeah thanks so much for that Pinterest overview and the tips, I’m sure that my listeners will find valuable. So let’s talk about interview connections because I’m quite interested in that as well. So how does the business work exactly and how do you– because this is kind of chicken and egg problem right. Any business that connects people to one another– you either have to know a lot of people in order to attract the clients or you need a lot of clients that are looking for interviewees where you can attract people in your database. So how does it work?

Jessica: Great so that’s just as Steve I mean hit the nail on the head, you either need a big database or you need to know a lot of people, there needs to be a need. So I didn’t launch interview connections until I was booking podcasts for individual clients for several months building up my database and making sure there was a need in the market place. So one of the– I mentioned where I had a couple of clients early on in my virtual assistant business.

One of the services I was offering to them was I was getting them booked on other shows, so just like I reached out to you Steve and I said “oh my client would be a great fit for you”. I was doing that as one of the first tasks that I did for my clients and when I was doing that a year and a half ago, podcasting was so kind of getting big, drummy do biz wasn’t [Inaudible] [00:23:09] you know it was still kind of getting popular, and podcasters started asking me who I was because they said well whenever I book an interview I reach out to the guest directly or the guest directly makes a connection with the podcaster and they just– there was nobody in between making the connection.

So after I had a lot of people ask me about what I did and kind of inquire about my services, I just realized that there is an opportunity here you know nobody else is doing this, podcasting is becoming really popular, there are a lot of entrepreneurs who want to be interviewed because it’s a great way to get exposure, it’s a great way to make connections and build relationships. Podcasters need guest and they don’t– you know because I like to really focus on podcasters that are small business centers that use the podcast as part of the content marketing platform.

And I do work with some podcasters who want their podcasts to be their main source of revenue but I focus more on the entrepreneurs who use their podcasts as just like their blog or their videos and they– and those individuals don’t want their podcasts take up all their time. It’s a way to market their business but it’s not something that they want to be spending a lot of time on, so by obviously hiring a virtual assistant like myself who specializes in booking guest interviews, that was a really good fit.

So once I figured out there was need in the market place, I worked with my dad who is my business coach and his web team. We got the website up and going, launched it under insanely Mobley because I had no idea what people were going to be paying for it, so my first levels were $47 a month and $77 a month. Today they are 197 and 297 because when people are paying for it you keep raising the prices till you get resistance.

And so that’s just what I’ve done over the past years, I just keep improving the service and every interview I book, it’s a new connection that I’ve made and a new relationship that I’ve made I mean since meeting you Steve we’ve booked a couple guests on your show, and I think I’ve booked you on some shows. So that shows the power of– and I’m so– do that because that not only helps you get more exposure but it helps my– you know my clients need people to interview.

So I have just really gone crazy with building a database, I’ve got a ginormous group of spreadsheet with people that are great guests. And you know like I mentioned in the beginning of the interview, what I did before this was go door to door so I’m just a natural kind of doing this cold course.

Steve: Yeah and first of all I really appreciate the connections that you’ve made for me and then I thought I just point out to my listeners kind of something that you did in your email that kind of caught my attention. When you actually pitched me for one of your clients, you actually mentioned someone that I knew who actually knew your client and usually I get a lot of these pitches for interviews ever since I started my podcast, and I tend to ignore them.

But the reason I paid attention to yours is because you mentioned Billy Murphy, and then immediately I reached out to Billy and said hey do you know this guy and then Billy said yeah, you he just moved in my building what not. And so that’s kind of what spurred me to action.

Jessica: Exactly, that’s something that I teach all the time Steve to my clients is you have to– this is all about building relationships and when a cold email comes there or a cold call comes in and you have no connection to the person well you know maybe they are a great guest but it’s kind of a crap shoe, you don’t know. And so I do, I like to look for people that we have in common because I knew that if you ask Billy Murphy what he thought of Brian, he will say Brian is a great guy and successful, he would be a good guest. So adding that credibility factor and just finding that common ground it just shows how connected we all are, we just have to find those connections.

Steve: Yeah, incidentally that’s another topic I kind of want to go into, so how do you network with people and do you kind of have any tips to share on how you meet people and kind of expand your network?

Jessica: So I really have invested in life events, I try to go to at least once a quarter, so four times a year an out of the life event and just meeting people face to face is such a powerful way to build relationships. Now you can obviously you’re going to get a larger quantity of connections when you’re online, but then going to life events and making those connections deeper relationships is super powerful. And when I’m at those life events I make a point to just– when I meet people focus on what they do.

Now I have– I went to New Media Expo and I met a ton of people, obviously it was tons of podcasters and they wanted to mob in big connections, but every interaction I make sure even if they stop by saying what do you do, I always try to table immediately “so tell me what you do first” because if I’m going to tell them about my business or what services I offer, that needs to be tailored to their needs you know. Like I mentioned somebody who is a small business owner and they need somebody to help them find guest interviews to have a weekly podcast to help market their current business, is a very different client than somebody that comes to me and wants a daily podcast to make sponsorship revenue.

So different conversations I need to have with each person, so what I make sure I do is that I always ask the other person about them “tell me about yourself, tell me about your business”. People who are talking about themselves– I mean if you want someone to like you, just talk about them.

Steve: So you are a good listener.

Jessica: Yeah, I mean definitely I mean I like to think so, I don’t know if my husband would tell you that, but that is– if I had one tip for building relationships and networking, is just focus on the other person, just focus on building relationships, don’t be too hungry for– you know I met somebody I don’t even remember their name, so I won’t pull them under the bus, but it was just– it was at the New Media Expo and they just– I couldn’t leave the room because they just kept talking and talking and talking about their business, and I was so just bored to tears and just felt like it was just the worst conversation and I’m like stop talking about yourself. I mean I don’t– personally care anyway to ask about your business and now you’re just going on and on and on and on. So just really focus on the other person, if they want they want to know anything about you, they will ask specifically, and then you can answer the questions.

Steve: Yeah, I mean I’ve been to conferences myself where people are just kind of hand you their business cards left and right.

Jessica: Yeah.

Steve: Usually, well unless I’ve actually had a good conversation I usually kind of shack the business cards in the trash.

Jessica: Exactly and I feel part of that because I think there are some very shy and you’ve heard of people that go to conferences because they are trying without the comfort zone but they don’t have the confidence to walk up and just have conversations, so I have people just kind of like “here’s my business” card and I’m like all right man, I mean I don’t know what to say I don’t have any reason to keep your card. But, yeah just having those conversations first and then willing fully ending that conversation and hand over the business card, if you feel like it’s going to go somewhere with them.

Steve: You know what’s funny is if I’ve had a good conversation I really don’t need a business card, I already fully remember that person and I’ll look them up later.

Jessica: Exactly.

Steve: So which conferences do you go to and which do you recommend specifically for businesses?

Jessica: Sure, well I go to Glazer Kennedy Insiders Circle, are you familiar with GKIC?

Steve: No, I’m not.

Jessica: Okay, it’s a marketing organization, really old school, direct sales, direct marketing, drop response marketing. So I go to their info summit every fall and that’s the conference all about information marketing and you know marketing in general and then I go to their super conference which is on the spring, and that’s kind of a bigger more general marketing conference. Dan Kennedy is the co-founder of that organization and he has since sold that but he comes back and speaks there and Dan Kennedy is– he’s kind of this like old, like kind of Massachusetts state guys, I’ll use that’s perfect– it gives off someone that whole difference that probably but he is absolutely the most brilliant marketing mind I’ve ever met.

Read all his no bias business books, they are– I mean they are the reason that I have been successful in my business. That and my business coach, but my business coach my dad had learned basically everything he knows from Dan Kennedy. So I always go to the GKIC conferences because you always going to get straight off business marketing information. And then New Media Expo is definitely a conference that I go to because those are my people podcaster, bloggers, all my marketing types and then I’m going to podcast movement, I’m actually moderating a panel of podcast movement, the section on how to promote your podcast, I am going to be moderating a panel what we are going to talk about you know social media and different ways to get your podcaster locally and so I’ll go into that.

And then the last one is dream business academy. Now dream business academy is my coach’s life event that he does twice a year, and it’s a seminar with about 30 to 50 entrepreneurs and it’s all about how to create a million dollar platform on a shoe string budget, and I speak there about how to get interviewed and how to build your business with interviews and media exposure.

Steve: Okay, so that last conference sounds very intimate, it’s only a handful of people.

Jessica: Right, exactly it’s more intimate and the main difference– all these conferences have a different appeal. Now podcast– in podcast conferences you are not going to get any pitching, there’s you know– it’s not like all big name speakers, obviously there are well known speakers in our industry there but it’s more about tons of just content and no sales, you know no sales pitches and so I really love, it’s a lot of networking, relationship building with your target audience.

Now the GKIC conferences you’ll get a lot of pitching, a lot of big marketing folks that give you, you know a half hour content and 20 minutes of pitching their products– your program– so probably the only thing I don’t like as much about these conferences but the value in there is you can learn a lot just by watching their pitches because you want to know how to make– you know you can just learn about sales just by watching them do their pitches so…

Steve: Okay.

Jessica: That is so and you can meet some really, really well known celebrity entrepreneur at these events like I met Dan Kennedy, I met Lisa Sasevich at the last one, so it’s a good place to go to meet people but what I love about dream business academy is in a much more intimate experience, there is a live master mind and master minding is just such a powerful way to build your business because you get this direct face to face feedback from other entrepreneurs.

Steve: Okay, I’ll have to link up all those shows, I’ve actually haven’t been to any of them. I plan on going to New Media Expo one of these years but you know yeah those are definitely good conferences and I’m definitely going to check out. So, I want to switch gears a little bit and kind of talk about the very beginning when you kind of first started out, you just quit your job, you had no idea what the heck was going on, how long did it take you before your business gained traction and I understand your dad was a huge part of that but what are some of the key mistakes early on that you want to pass on to my listeners so they don’t make the same mistakes?

Jessica: So, yeah it took a while before it gained traction. Now anyone who has quit their job and started a business, you know there is a long period where you really need that kind of, that safety net, that savings I mean I will be very clear I used– I still use you know credit cards and you know we have a big savings account that we pretty much diminished into the first few months of the business, I mean it’s really, really hard and you know we only have two years in, I’m doing pretty well but personally we’re still we’re still working and we’re still getting up to where we want to go in the business.

And so I would say like I remember I guess March was when March 2013 is when I was like full time with my business and then that summer I remember actually being on vacation– a family vacation and my husband and I were having a conversation. It was very, very challenging and I know that I’m sure everyone looks in especially if you are married with kids and you’re starting a business and you’re trying to make it work if– especially if your spouse is not an entrepreneur and they are supporting you but it’s still kind of like “listen, you need to start making more money”. I mean I just had so much optimism and believe and faith in my business that I’ll be successful, but it wasn’t quite successful at that point.

I was still like not making a lot of money and just kind of you know I probably had like I don’t know couple thousand dollars a month coming in but that’s really not that much and yeah so it was just– it was very, very challenging looking my spouse in the face and just saying like I don’t make much money now but I will, I will just keep believing in me and he’s like that’s one more credit card we’re using to buy [Inaudible] [00:35:38]. Definitely it is a test there, but I forget it was no question, I guess it took a while before things started getting– getting safe.

Steve: Okay, yeah you know it’s funny I actually forgot my original question also. It was something along the lines of mistakes that you made early on.

Jessica: Oh great, mistakes that I’ve made. So, I can’t– like I don’t have any huge business fix because quite honestly I’ve been in business under two years, so I know like there is a lot of great interviews so I’ve heard of people abuse ginormous business failures and I haven’t quite undergone something that has been like hugely traumatic. I just had a lot of little lessons along the way like I– the big– the most clear one that actually I use in certain simple and another interview where they asked me is I tried to– when I started investing in virtual assistances, I have a team of virtual assistants I mentioned I’ve got designers and people on my team that help me now with a lot of that work.

I basically tried to save money by getting really cheap on Elance, and that kind of bit me in the but a lot because I wasn’t delivering really low quality work to my clients and it was a problem. It was a ginormous problem, I have very understanding clients and we would fix it right away and I had other people to turn to who could fix it but just a lesson if you are going to use a virtual assistant, don’t try to get someone who is very cheap because you think you’re going to save money because I can tell you, I guarantee you, if you get someone that’s really cheap more times than not they’re going to cost you more in frustration and mistakes that you need to fix. It is worth it to invest in a virtual assistant and a designer who cost a little more money but is not going to have to fix mistakes and you know produce work that’s going to be bad.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s good advice I mean I think we’ve all been bitten by that bug. I’m a pretty cheap guy and I usually try to skimp on stuff but just over time I’ve learned that it’s just not worth my time.

Jessica: Yeah and I do have really affordable graphic designers, you just have to find them. Like I have people in the Philippines and some other countries overseas that really do great work and they are not very much money at all, but if they are– you know you really got to find them, you really got to search.

Steve: So, where did you find those people?

Jessica: I still found them on Elance.

Steve: So it’s just a longer vetting process I guess.

Jessica: Yeah, exactly and be very clear about what you’re looking for, have a very clear job description and just Tim Ferriss skimps a lot in his tips in his book ‘The 4-Hour work week’. He has a whole section where he talks about how to work with overseas virtual assistants, be very clear about your deadlines, due dates you know what– because of the very long time zone difference what a due date to you just saying the date might be like different for them because there’s like 12 to 15 hours time difference. So just being super, super clear on what you need.

Steve: Okay, and one thing I also want to ask you is I notice with your booking is that you’re kind of extremely hands on with your business and interview booking, and I was just curious what your plans on for scaling that because it is a lot of hands on work.

Jessica: Yeah, Steve oh my gosh we could just have a whole coaching session here if you want, with you coaching me maybe. Now that is exactly what I’m at right now Steve is I have gone to the point where I have been able to outsource a lot of my business in terms of the designs and with interview connections they are in different parts, so there’s actually finding the guests and securing the interviews and then they are– we confirm the recordings, we get the graphics made.

So after the guest interviews are booked and secured, there is a lot of work that’s done after that in terms of just making sure the interviews are scheduled, making sure we get their bio and their [Inaudible] [00:39:28] and all that. So I have a virtual assistant team that takes care of all that, but it’s still me that actually is the brains of finding the guests and that’s really where I’m at right now is I can handle it all, but I know there’s going to come a point where I am going to need to have somebody else who can help me find guests because that really is my challenge right now, is that I obviously I have a guest data base where I look for ideas.

But most of the time if I– you know with my clients when they request an interview, when they need a guest I just think about it first because I just– I really have a good memory and I think if that person is really good here– so that’s really bad, the challenge is I will need to have somebody on my team who also is very connected in the online, mostly online marketing, but connected in the entrepreneurship world tabs and scales, some sales experience. So if you are that person feel free to reach out to me.

Steve: Just curious also and this is just really for my own knowledge, how do you actually vet the people that are coming to you. So for example you won’t want to necessarily book someone who’s not very interesting to someone who is looking for really high quality people?

Jessica: Sure, yeah so with my podcasting clients, I have to fill out podcast details form. They tell me who their audience is, I want to know who your abettor is, so I’ve had some clients or potential clients talk to me and I say who is your abettor and they have no clue, I say well come back to me when you know because I can’t book you guests if I don’t know who your ideal audience is. So that’s really important to know, I want to know what your goals of the podcast now. If your goal is to connect with potential clients, people are really kind of on your level.

Like Steve, you’re show is just such a perfect example because you were so clear that you were not just bring on these big celebrity entrepreneurs to talk about their wild successes. You really talk about the bootstrapped entrepreneurs which I seriously absolutely love. That really stands out to me because it’s very clear to me who you’re trying to target and with your– you know I know you have training, coaching programs on how to start a store– I mean every single guest that you have on is probably an ideal target client for your programs.

So, your model is just like really, really well done. So that’s a really good thing I mean, so knowing what your goals are, knowing what kinds of people that you want to interview, I mean I have some clients that want to interview people with as big audience as possible, so I try to find guests that have– you know I look at their portfolio, their social media following, how big they are.

But I also have to understand that if the client is just starting their podcast, they’ve got two people listening, big celebrity entrepreneurs are not going to be on that show. So I have to– part of my challenge is as their interview connections podcast booker, I have to help them set clear expectations is that you know I can help you get a really great guest but just because you hire me doesn’t mean I’m going to get you Michael Jordan.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s what I was getting at actually. Okay, cool and you know we are kind of coming on 40 minutes and I don’t want to take up too much of your time but you mentioned like a whole bunch of services during this interview. In terms of the ones that are specifically focused on expanding your own business, what online services do you use fro you business that you just can’t live without?

Jessica: I love this question, okay I love Base camp. Base camp is what I use for– I would literally interview connections would crumble without it. And Base Camp is amazing, I just, I really love it. Also Robo Form, if you don’t have a Robo Form with something similar. What Robo Form does is it saves all of your user names and passwords, say for example you are going through a website you’re logging in for the first time, Robo Form will capture that information so you never have to remember any passwords or usernames. It’s amazing, it just types it in for you– I could not live without that software. So those are good two and obviously I use Skype, I’m not Skype in Gmail all day long. I know I need to not be on emails as much as I am but I say I’m not perfect.

Steve: Do you usually use specific tools to help Pinterest at all, just curious?

Jessica: Yeah– no good point Viral Tag.

Steve: Viral Tag?

Jessica: Viral Tag is something you definitely want to be using because it schedules your pins.

Steve: Okay.

Jessica: So, with Pinterest and I can’t prevent it to mention that there are times of day that are best to be adding your pins to Pinterest because more people are using it. So Monday through Friday, 8:00 to 1:00 AM Eastern time is the best time to pinning because everyone sits on their couch with their laptop browsing Pinterest at that time. And also Saturdays are great to be pinning.

Steve: Interesting, okay so everyone is doing it after work essentially.

Jessica: Yeah, I mean obviously like if your target audience is someone that’s going to be on during the day, then you could obviously adjust that and you don’t want to totally miss out on people that are on other times. You’re going to switch it up, the verdict’s kind of the all cross the board know static is that Pinterest has the most traffic at those times. So simply, simply you don’t want to be pinning at the night. Use Viral Tag and schedule your pins, so I got the point early on in my business I was on pretty much Pinterest all the time pinning for my clients but now I can schedule the pins and not have to worry about it for a few days.

Steve: Okay so you schedule on multiple days in advance?

Jessica: Yeah you can schedule I mean you can upload tons of pins and just schedule them out, you can set dates and times they go up.

Steve: okay, that is cool. I’ll definitely have to check it out, I’m pretty sure my wife is not using that service right now. She actually just enjoys the pinning process.

Jessica: I know and that’s the other thing, like if you just like being on Pinterest then do it, if that’s the one thing that you are doing definitely do it, but if you’re a busy entrepreneur, that you have a lot of things on your plate, you don’t actually have time to be on Pinterest all the time, it is a very useful service. They’ve got monthly rates and then you know you can pay like 200 for the year and save a couple of bucks.

Steve: Okay, so it’s really inexpensive for the service.

Jessica: Yeah, it’s not that bad, for me it was worth it because of the time I would save.

Steve: Okay, well hey Jessica thanks a lot for coming on the show. If anyone wants to find you online where can they contact you?

Jessica: Sure, so my blog is EntrpreneurSupportServices.com and I have a cool new web TV show video podcaster InterviewConnections.tv.

Steve: Okay, cool I have to check that out. I didn’t find that earlier, and you know once again just my own little pitch for her if you are looking for guests to interview or the other way around, I highly suggest that you go check out her site which is InterviewConnections.com.

Jessica: Thank you so much.

Steve: Well hey thanks a lot Jessica; it was a pleasure talking to you.

Jessica: You too, thanks.

Steve: Like I said earlier I really admire Jessica for her great and her work ethic. She reservedly wants to spend more time with her family, so she quit her job cold turkey so she could start a business and that’s definitely not for the faint of heart. And she basically hassled her way to the top, became an expert in Pinterest and various other business related disciplines. Now personally I know that I learnt about Pinterest from this interview.

For more information about this episode go to mywifequiteherjob.com/episode32 and if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily, and get awesome business advice.

It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. Now as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consults to one lucky winner every single month. For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

031: How Bob Lotich Replaced His Entire Day Job Income In 9 Months By Blogging

Bob Lotich

Bob Lotich and I actually go way back to the year 2009 when we both started blogging at roughly the same time. Bob runs the extremely popular blog ChristianPf.com where he makes a very healthy income writing about faith and personal finance.

In this interview, he shares a bunch of his secrets on how he makes money and how he fully leverages various social media sources to generate traffic for his site. He’s also written an incredibly detailed book that teaches others how to blog as a profession.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Bob turned his entire life around after being deep in debt
  • How Bob supplanted his day job salary within 9 months
  • What Bob’s 3 main revenue streams are
  • How Bob gets traffic to his site
  • How Bob gets guest post opportunities
  • What the long term strategy is for ChristianPf.com
  • How Bob leverages his content to generate affiliate revenue
  • Which revenue source works the best for Bob
  • How Bob diversifies his traffic sources
  • How to grow your Facebook fan base
  • How Bob leverages Pinterest to get traffic
  • How Bob runs his email newsletter

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I bring in successful, bootstrapped business owners, to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of these podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast, please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month.

For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have a good friend of mine on the show Bob Lotich. Now if you don’t know who Bob is, he blogs at ChristianPf.com, which is a very popular personal finance blog tagging towards Christians. And Bob probably doesn’t know about this, but one of the posts he wrote about making money blogging from like three or four years ago was actually one of the inspirations for me monetizing my blog in the first place. Anyways Bob’s site is really quite remarkable; he’s got a really large email list at over 50K. He’s gotten around 22 million visitors total since 2007 you know, and quite honestly his blog gets way more traffic than mine, and he’s also written several books, he offers free courses that helps others become financially secure. So without further ado welcome to the shoe Bob, how are you today man?

Bob: I’m doing great and I’m really excited to hear what you just said about reading that article, so that’s really exciting.

Steve: You know I actually went to look to look for it last night and I couldn’t find. It was just this monster post on how you made money online with AdSence a long time ago. I don’t know if you remember which one I’m talking about?

Bob: yeah, I mean I haven’t written much about blogging on the site, so I know exactly which one you’re talking about. Yeah, it’s ChristianPf4/blogging.

Steve: Okay, I’m going to find it. Okay, yeah because I know you’ve kind of organized your materials in lots of different categories for ease of finding but for some reason I couldn’t find that post last night.

Bob: Sorry.

Steve: Anyways, okay yeah seems like you know a lot of successful personal finance bloggers I know kind of started out heavily in debt before getting themselves together. Did you kind of come from a wealthy background or did you have financial hardships in the beginning prior to starting this online business of yours, and how did you kind of come up with the idea for starting ChristianPf in the first place?

Bob: All right, let’s tackle those one by one. So, first of no, not at all wealthy, had a lot of debt myself, and I found myself in a situation where I was like 20 years old, 20, 21, somewhere there, and I had moved out of town. I moved down to Florida just kind of just I don’t know– go hang out, do whatever and I ended up spending all my money wrecking up, basically maxed out my single credit card and I always laugh about how I was naive enough to think that I could only have one credit card.

So, that was my saving grace that I really believed I could only have one credit card. So I ended up max up my credit card. It just kind of brought me to this point where I realized I got to make a change, and so for me that was kind of the impetus behind the whole thing. And from that point I just started you know reading other personal finance blogs, reading magazines, reading books, everything I got my hands on just trying to figure out how to improve my own finances and my own financial life.

And so that was kind of my phase that I was going through and that kind of led into ultimately starting ChristianPf, because I was learning about all this, then I was also finding out all these things in the Bible said about money which I thought was fascinating that this old book had some relevant and timely information. And so then I just kind of combined the two into a ChristianPf where we just kind of focused on money management, but kind of geared and focused towards Christians, you know looking at some of the Biblical aspects of things and things like that.

Steve: So was your motivation for starting ChristianPf to make money in the beginning or was it to compile information, was it more for yourself?

Bob: You know I forget a little bit, it’s like I knew I remember I had read ProBlogger, Darren Rowse’s site and I knew that there were a couple of people out in the world who were making a full time living. I knew there were a few more who were making some money, so it was kind of in the back of my brain, but at the same time I knew it was a little bit long shot. But for me mostly I was just so fueled by this topic, and I was just excited about it and so I just saw it as an outlet, as a way to just kind of communicate with others and you know when they say that the best way to learn is by teaching, and so just by me talking about it and kind of writing about a lot of the things I was going through, it helped make it more sound in my own life. So, I think that was the main motivation, I think there was a little bit of man if I can make a few hundred dollars a month from this, it would be awesome, but that’s pretty much where I was.

Steve: So were you working full time when you started ChristianPf?

Bob: Yeah, I was working at– I worked in the banking industry for a while then I switched over to a brokerage firm and did that for I guess about five years I was there.

Steve: Okay, so you started it while you were working and then you eventually quit I would imagine?

Bob: Yeah, well I got laid off. So you know I had a plan, you know once the blog was up for a while, I had this kind of longer term goal. It’s like all right I want to be able to get this thing up to my– to surpass the income I’m making from my day job and I saw this is like probably three year goal, and I got laid off about a year into that phase.

Steve: Okay.

Bob: So anyway, so my wife and I talked about it, we prayed about it, we looked at our bank account, we looked how much money we had saved up, we looked at the severance package I was going to get and anyway I just– I went with it. I didn’t get a job after I get laid off and I focused full time on ChristianPf, and within about nine months, we were able to get it up to the point where it surpassed a day job.

Steve: Wow, that’s awesome. Okay so– but it was already making money before you got laid off kind of right?

Bob: Yeah, I was making a little bit but definitely not enough to pay the mortgage or anything, so it was no catch.

Steve: Okay, we will have to definitely talk about that growth. So, before we get into that you know how does ChristianPf make its money primarily?

Bob: We have about three main revenue streams, so AdSence being the cost per click is a big portion still, it’s always been a big percentage for us. And then we also run another CPM network and so we’ve been on ads and things like that generate some income. And we increasingly been doing more with affiliate marketing and finding great products that we like and talking about them on the side, so that’s become another big stream as well. And the books are increasingly as I write more and more becoming a bigger portion of the income as well.

Steve: Okay and so you mentioned– actually which affiliate networks for the banners do you actually use, just curious?

Bob: Well I don’t– just to be clear I don’t use, I generally don’t use any affiliate banners but my further CPM networks. The CPM network I’m working with right now is my bank tracker, but affiliate networks has a ton of them I mean CJ and Linkshare and I don’t know [Inaudible] [00:08:28] I guess there are a million of them that I use.

Steve: Okay, and so you mentioned that you grew your site to full time income essentially in nine months. So, this is back when your site was much younger. So how did you actually gain traffic to your site early on, basically when you weren’t getting that much traffic?

Bob: Yeah, for me a lot of it was guest posting. I mean so much and this is what I’m always recommending in a blogger’s, you know and [Inaudible] [00:08:53] came out a few months ago and said something about guest posting, it’s dead, it’s– you know and his point was, it’s become a spammy tactic and that’s absolutely true. I get emails every single day from all kinds of spammy companies wanting to guest post on my site and I turn them down.

But legitimate good guest post, which Mattes [phonetic] specifically says are fine really I think is a great way still to build an audience and build blogs and that was a really big part of my growing my traffic. And so I found any site I could write on. Some of them were blogs, some of them were article sites, I mean any place I could write and get an article in front of some eye balls, that’s what I was doing and that really helped– that really made a big difference in getting a lot of traffic, in helping grow my audience.

Steve: Okay, so you primarily attribute to guest posting and then of course the quality of the content. I still remember that blogging article, it was probably like 3000 words or something I remember but it was very well written.

Bob: 8000.

Steve: Was it 8000, shows how long it’s been since I’ve seen it but yeah that was one monster article that actually inspired me. So, in general for the guest posts have you been just making friends in the finance blogging industry in order to get those opportunities, or how have you actually gotten those guest post opportunities?

Bob: Yeah, that’s another thing that back then you know we’re talking 2008 there, it’s five six years ago. It was a lot easier you could pretty much email anybody and say ‘hey I’ll write you a good article’ and they be ‘all right, okay I’ll put it up.’ And now because it has become more spammy and so many people– so many companies trying to do it, it does really help to have a connection and to know the person who you are emailing. So anyway so yeah I mean I do think that’s a rule they help and now that’s pretty much all I do. It’s like if I send a premium article to a random blogger who I don’t know, they rarely get accepted, and so the best way to fix that is just to connect with that other blogger and get to know them and offer something and give something upfront. Be of benefit first and it just seems like things work a little bit better that way.

Steve: Yeah so just as an aside for the listener’s, Bob and I actually have gone back quite a ways in terms of just blogging, but we recently met in person the last couple of years at the financial blogging conference. And incidentally that is how Bob and I kind of got in touch with this podcast interview. He has a new book coming out, he just kind of reached out and of course since I’d met him a couple of times in the past, by all means I wanted to interview him and have him on the show, so just as an aside.

So you know Bob, hey you had a bunch of books that you’ve written, I’ve actually looked at your Amazon account and you’ve been quite prolific. And you’ve also created a bunch of these free courses for people in dead end– you write a lot of posts for the blog. What is kind of the master plan, I know that’s kind of a vague question here but I know you know there been a whole lot of people– blogging has become really popular and there’s more and more people entering the blogging space, making it kind of more and more saturated as time goes on. So are you still focusing all your energies on the blog or you are kind of branching out more to these posts, free courses, are you thinking about starting a podcast, you know what’s the long term strategy for ChristianPf as a business?

Bob: You know essentially what we’re trying to do is– I guess where my goal has been how to transition is I just want to help the readers in whatever I can do to help them reach their goals. And it took me a long time to realize that the blog by itself was not helping a lot of them reach their goals, and once I realized that, that’s when I started creating these courses and so we have like you mentioned a couple of free email courses that people would sign up for, and then it takes them through a series of articles, and it’s– they are just articles that were from the site but they are packaged together in a way that it seems to offer a lot more benefit than when they are just kind of randomly coming at you in the newsletter or you know via the blog every other day.

So that’s kind of the reason that we’ve shifted in what we are trying to do, I mean it’s the same with the books. So as far as the big master plan, I’m just going to keep doing whatever I can do to help the audience in whatever that’d going to help people learn best. You mentioned podcasts, it’s funny I started a podcast like five years ago and we did– I don’t know five or six episodes or something and we haven’t done anything with it since and now I see you and a whole bunch of other guys really getting into the podcast thing, so it’s kind of my wheel spinning away but anyway, kind of tent hitch. But yeah, as a far as the big master plan it’s just focused on the audience and whatever we can do to help them in whatever that’s going to be.

Steve: Okay, did you have a paid course or were these all just kind of free courses?

Bob: These are all free courses right now and part of how we off set the work and time invested in the whole thing is throughout the courses, there are different affiliate products that are mentioned and so they generate some revenue, and that just helps offset some of the costs of doing it.

Steve: Okay, so in terms of how ChristianPf actually makes money, which strategy is actually been the most effective. So we’ve talked about cost per click, we’ve talked about CPM banners and we’ve talked about kind of affiliate offers and selling eBooks. So, which one has worked out the best for you and which one is most lucrative?

Bob: I mean it’s kind of a dynamic thing you know it does shift year to year depending on what’s going on with Google and other things in the industry and things like that. But I mean we’ve always been heavily– our revenue is always been heavily weighted in Google AdSence, so that’s always been a really big portion of our income. Now, that said, I’ve always been fighting and working to diversify that as much as possible and minimize that.

Historically I’ve just had way too much dependence on Google. In general I’m really excited about Google because I wouldn’t be able to do what I’m doing, I would never have been able to do this if it weren’t for Google but still I want to diversify as much possible. So AdSence has always been a big, big chunk. Affiliate revenue has gradually increased over the last few years and so now at this point, the affiliate revenue is probably 50%, AdSence is may be 25% both since somewhere in the [Inaudible] [00:15:38].

Steve: And where do the books kind of fit into this revenue model?

Bob: I don’t know, we’re there probably 5-10% somewhere in there right now.

Steve: Okay, so this is– to the books is that something that you’re trying to grow in the future, or you’re trying to focus more on affiliate revenue?

Bob: It’s both, I mean I’m not trying to just completely focus on one or the other, I mean the blog’s going to continue with I think 2000 articles on the site now, and we’re trying to make the most out of the articles that we already have there, but we’re going to continue to publish and create helpful stuff. The books– I actually enjoy the process of creating the books and writing and publishing the books and it’s like I said, it’s just another way to get a lot of information out. There a lot of people who won’t read a blog but who will read a book and who want to be able to carry it with them or and so we need to serve those readers. And so honestly– and so the revenue, I mean we have been making a little bit from the books, but even if we weren’t I would still probably be doing it just because it helps the readers so much.

Steve: Okay and you find that you are able to drive some of the people who are reading your books back to your blog?

Bob: That’s a tricky thing to measure; I wish I had a better way of tracking that. I’m experimenting with some stuff, one of my– actually my last book I just launched last week we’re– I put a– I basically created a new URL that I’m going to be sending people from, so pretty much the only way people are going to be able to find that URL is via the book, so it’s going to give me a good idea of how much traffic we are generating from it.

Steve: Okay.

Bob: But that’s kind of my first attempt at trying to track this, so.

Steve: Okay, and so we’ve been talking a lot about traffic and I know you know Google is kind of been in a flax for the last two or three years I would say, and you’ve kind of mentioned that first a vacation, and at least with my blog I find that the majority of people clicking on AdSence ads are coming from search, so how have you kind of diversified your traffic sources?

Bob: Well for me it’s been a big– I just didn’t care about social media traffic at for really the whole time. I mean I was doing so well with Google and I was getting me so much traffic from them that I just didn’t pay attention to social media, and in about a year and a half ago or something, Google began to pull back a bit as far the traffic we were getting from them and it just kind of forced me to go out and figure out how to start getting some social media traffic. And anyway so we have been focusing a lot of energy in the last I don’t know nine months or so on Facebook and maybe the last three months or so on Pinterest and that yielded pretty good results so far.

Steve: Okay so yeah let’s talk about Facebook, I know you’ve had a lot of success in growing your fan base tremendously. So you know any tips on how to build up your Facebook fan base, and how did you manage to grow it so quickly? So I think you have like almost 40k funs at this point?

Bob: Yeah, October of last year, October of 2013, we had about 13,000 Facebook fans and that took us about five years to get those 13,000 fans and which I was like fired, I was happy to have 13,000 Facebook fans but I knew we could do better, I knew we could grow it, I knew there were other people out there who wanted to be fans and so we did put all our energy into it. And so one of the things– the big kind of revolutionary thing that I think made the most difference for us was we stopped only posting our articles. So for the longest time that’s all we did, was we just whatever article went up that day we would post it on Facebook and be done.

And you know I sat and thought about it and I was like this is just kind of selfish, it’s like all I’m doing is telling people here is what I just did, here’s what we just did, go look at it and I’m not giving this audience what they want. And we came to discover that our audience was interested in a lot of different things, and so e began sharing quotes– encouraging quotes and we’d share Bible verses that are specific to finances or whatever. We would ask engaging questions and try to get them there, we would share funny videos or whatever it was, and so some of the stuff was you know wildly off topic, but it was still stuff the people really enjoyed.

And so if the audience enjoyed it, even if it’s off topic, why not share with them. And that has made a really, really big difference for us. So we made that shift and began probably maybe one out of every seven, eight posts was about one of our articles and everything else was just stuff for the readers, just stuff for them to enjoy and that really helped us grow pretty quick.

Steve: Okay, so I would imagine though that you know this involves posting more frequently, so how do you kind of manage your time with respect to managing your different social media outlets like Facebook?

Bob: Buffer, buffer is all awesome, I absolutely love it.

Steve: So how many posts would you say that you buffer up, do you like buffer up a month’s worth, a week’s worth, a day’s worth, how do you kind of handle your social media?

Bob: It is always at least a week you know when I’m doing really well and have a big chunk of time to devote to it, and my wife helps me with this as well. She’s pretty heavily involved in our Facebook page and a Pinterest app. When I get a big chance, we’ll get out two or three weeks out ahead, but we’re always at least a week out.

Steve: So how do you decide what you are going to post there, so if you are not posting your own articles the majority of the time, what sort of topics do you focus on?

Bob: well, we just started experimenting, because I didn’t know it was going to work. I didn’t know if quote was going to do well, I didn’t know if something funny was going to do well, I didn’t know if a video would do well or you know what. So we just started trying different stuff and you know the Facebook kind of analytics is pretty good, you can see what’s working and you can see how many times it’s shared and liked and whatever else.
And so we just tried a bunch of stuff and just kind of evaluated that, and then started focusing more on the things that were working. And so for us it was a lot of quotes, it was a lot of Bible verses and you know funny stuff, and figuring all that out it takes a good amount of time and we had some mistakes and we had some things that were just complete flops that we thought were going to be success. But you just do it, do it and do and hone it and hone it and you get better and better at it.

Steve: Okay, so one thing also I was going to ask you, was in regards to Facebook when you are posting your posts, do you actually post from your old library or do you just post your new posts, how do you kind of work your own stuff in there?

Bob: Yeah, that’s a really good point. We do both actually because so much of our content is ever green, you know an article that was posted three years ago that’s just as relevant now, it’s like it’s a great opportunity to share something like that on Facebook. So, what we did is a lot of those posts don’t have good graphics, so we kind of recreated a new graphic for it just to make sure– did a look over to make sure it’s okay, it’s updated enough. You know we would post some of those older articles on Facebook as well as the newest stuff, and that really, really helped because a lot of those older articles that were really popular and really good, the Facebook audience may never them, so they should be shared. And a lot of those were some of our best traffic generators from Facebook.

Steve: Okay, and do you find that you are doing the same thing with twitter as well because it’s kind of a similar medium?

Bob: It is, twitter I– my kind of approach with this and a lot of aspects in my business is I try to find out one or two things that are working and focus all my energy on that. I mean twitter I focus no energy on.

Steve: Okay.

Bob: It’s on of the things that we– I don’t know we’ve seven or 8000 followers and we just get like next to no traffic from it and probably because I’ve never used it well and I never spend enough time to figure out how to do it well. I’m not very engaged, I’m not very active on it and the audience obviously knows that. So, we have a twitter account and so people who do follow us and want to see our latest article that’s for those in, that’s it.

Steve: Okay, so you don’t do the same thing, as you do with Facebook where you are constantly posting older twits and post older stuff and that sort of thing?

Bob: well, we are in a little bit and the only reason that we are is because of buffer and all I have to do is press an extra button and it goes to twitter as well. So we are doing some of that but the energy behind in creating and engage twitter audience is never been present.

Steve: Okay before we kind of got started with this interview, you also mentioned Pinterest, so how have you actually leveraged Pinterest for personal finance because traditionally we use it a lot for our online store because our products are just naturally suited to it you know but I wouldn’t necessarily think of personal finance being related to Pinterest if you understand what I’m asking.

Bob: No absolutely and it’s funny I mean I’ve had a ton of people tell me ‘oh you shouldn’t waste your time on Pinterest, you’re never going to get any traffic from them. It is when the girls just want to see clothes and cookies and whatever else’, and while there is some truth to that, there is a ton of– it’s just– I just had the stat the other day. The number of pins– the total number of pins that had been pinned on Pinterest I think has doubled like in the last six months, like something just astronomical like that where it’s exploding you know. It’s still on its exponential curve where it’s growing so fast and we have enough– I mean there’re definitely some articles that will never the light of day I mean wherever.

Some of the benefits have a self directed allay or something, it’s like I don’t ever expect to gain any pins on that, but there are enough articles that I think we can make work that clearly some people are pinning and we’re just trying to leverage those as best as we can. And so I know we’re not a fashion company or we’re not a food blogger or anything like that, so we probably won’t be able to get the amount of traffic that they get. But like we’ve talked about I’m just trying to diversify those traffic streams as best possible, and I want to milk it for all we can get out of it.

Steve: So, just curious which one of your finance posts have done the best on Pinterest?

Bob: Well, the interesting thing about Pinterest is when you get pinned by somebody who has a huge, huge following then it’ll get pinned by a whole bunch of other people, so it goes in its kind of viral waves, and so ironically– I mean it may be it isn’t that ironic I don’t know, anyway the best article that we’ve had so far with the most pins is an article about how to pay up your mortgage early you know which that makes a little bit of sense to me, I could see some people being interested in that, but what shocked me was that the graphic was just terrible.

I mean just terrible chissy stack photo and in tiny you know it’s like 100 pixels by 100 pixels or something, and that’s what somebody pinned and then hundreds of other people pinned it and so ultimately it’s led to I want to say it’s like well into the five figures of pins and– so anyway it’s sent us a lot of traffic. So that one has done the best, there’s another one about– that we wrote about some legit work from home jobs– it’s done pretty well. Any kind of idea Y thing like I mean that works pretty well as well.

Steve: So did you do anything to get these pins or were they just kind of random?

Bob: Well, what I’ve learned about Pinterest is there is a random aspect of it but what you and I and any other blogger or really anybody with a website can do to help facilitate it, is to create an engaging graphic for anything that we want to get pinned. And I’ve noticed that the more I’ve done that, I’ve gone back to a lot of older articles and just created better graphics for them, I’ve layered to text on them just so they– others stand alone kind of almost like a business card for that post, and in taking that approach and getting a lot more of– a lot better graphics for these posts, it just sets them up to succeed.

And so a lot of Pinterest users really only want to pin good looking stuff because it’ kind of– for them it’s almost like an accessory you know just like wearing a nice pair of jeans, it’s I want my boards to look nice, and I want there to be good looking pins on there. So, anything you do to help them really, really works and so– anyway that’s made a big difference for us. Now that said, as soon as you do that, that doesn’t mean anything is going to change because you still those people to come to your post to pin it, in which that aspect of it I mean seems a little bit random to me unless you yourself have a pretty big following that you can send stuff out, and anyway I don’t know. I’m not going to talk forever on this but…

Steve: yeah, yeah do you have a big following is basically what I was getting and how important was that in developing your Pinterest traffic?

Bob: well we don’t and that’s what’s really interesting to me, like we have 2500 fans on Pinterst right now, but our traffic– our traffic has gone up at least four times from Pinterest just over the last two months, and the main thing we did was just create better graphics for all these already popular articles. So, it didn’t come from us growing our Pinterest audience which really surprised me and we’re trying to that as well, but really even if you don’t have a Pinterest page for your blog or your website, even if you just create better graphics, you are going to get more Pinterest traffic.

Steve: Okay, you know one thing I actually forgot to ask you about Facebook was kind of how you’re leveraging that traffic for your blog as well. You mentioned that the majority of posts aren’t going to your blog, so what is your master plan with your Facebook account?

Bob: Well, that’s something– so my first goal was to grow the audience and then– and as I was growing it you know I was seeing a little bit of traffic increase but nothing that was making me excited, and then probably within the last month or two, I’ve been experimenting some more and we’ve really, really upped our traffic and interestingly and this works out really well, the same type of thing works really well. Just really good graphic and so we’ve been publishing our posts and using some kind of captivating graphics or something like that, and it’s really helped a lot.

And we’re you know not to get too technical but basically when we were posting the creating the post on Facebook to link back to our article, we post it as an image, and then we include the link in there, and then maybe I’ll say one line about it you know and or something like that. But the important thing that I’m seeing is that we’re posting the graphic as an image instead of as a post. So, by contrast if you just dump any URL on the Facebook you know what you’re writing about, what you’re talking about right now, it creates its own thing and it’s smaller and it doesn’t seem to get nearly as much engagement for us.

Steve: So, let’s get technical for a little bit because I’m actually curious about this. So I’ve seen different strategies, so some people post the graphic and then the link and the description. Some people post just the graphic and then they put the link in the comments because I think Facebook kind of downgrades any sort of post with a link in it. What have you found?

Bob: I honestly haven’t heard that, so what we’ve always done is the passing you mentioned where we post the graphic and then the link is in the description, but I’m definitely going to try that out yeah because I haven’t heard that and that would be awesome if that just come through.

Steve: I was just curious if you had tried some of those things because yeah I have noticed that my Facebook fan page– they basically downgraded the amount of reach that a post gets, at least for mine, I don’t know if you’ve experienced the same thing.

Bob: Oh yeah absolutely.

Steve: Okay and so has that kind of diminished your efforts at all on Facebook like I know when I saw that happening I was like okay why am I focusing my efforts on Facebook if it’s not returning.

Bob: Yeah, well it’s funny because for us right as we were going up Facebook was pulling down the reach, so they just like kind of crossed to where I didn’t see big drop, so I think it was like in December they made a big change and our Facebook– our fan base was growing a bit at that point and we were getting more traffic from it, so I didn’t see much change throughout the whole thing, but I guess had they not changed I would have– we would be getting a lot more traffic.

Steve: yeah, so let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about your latest creation Pro-Blogging secrets, so great book by the way. I just bought it and I left a review for you.

Bob: Thank you.

Steve: My main question regarding just blogging and I’m sure a lot of the listeners want to know this. It seems like the blogger sphere is kind of getting really saturated these days, do you– and we kind of touched upon this earlier in the interview, but do you think blogging alone is enough and kind of if you were to start your blog brand new today, what would you have to do to get it to the same point as where ChristianPf is now?

Bob: Okay first question, it is getting saturated I mean there are– I just read a stat the other day there are over 60 million WordPress blogs out there, and that’s just WordPress, I mean WordPress is the biggest I already slipped it. Yeah there is a lot of blogs, but I really don’t– I don’t see it as a zero some thing you know I don’t see it as a pie and we each have our own slice of the pie, it’s just kind of like– to me it’s like if you are sitting in a room, we’re not going to run out of oxygen, you know what I mean?

Steve: Yeah.

Bob: And I kind of feel that way about blogging, I think there’s plenty of room still for all of us. I think the most important thing is for people to find you know and here’s all time but find your own unique thing, your thing that sets you apart, your thing that you’re really good at, the thing you’re excited about, the thing you’re passionate about, and when your competitive advantage in all that. I mean what do you know that most people don’t know, and what kind of insight can you share about this that most people can’t.

I’m sure there will be some other people who can, but that’s okay but you know it’s okay to be similar to a few but you don’t want to be similar to 10,000, and that’s where I think some bloggers get themselves in trouble in when they are really just kind of adding to the noise when they are basically just doing exactly the same thing as 10,000 other blogs. So you got to find some way to set yourself apart and be able to be different.

Steve: You know we touched upon some of the different mediums as well. Do you think that blogging by itself is kind of enough if you have a unique voice and that sort of thing or do you feel like today since there are so many blogs like even if you pick anything, you probably will find you know hundreds of blogs in that same niche, and often times even if your content is really awesome it’s– you still have to get it out there. So what are some of the strategies early on if you’re just starting today, what would you focus on?

Bob: Wait, okay you asked me another question before that?

Steve: I’m just bombarding you with questions, I apologize. These are just all stream of consciousness by the way, I don’t have any of these written down so let’s actually go with that because what I’m trying to get at is if you’re going to start today how would you actually get the word out about your– let’s say your content is really awesome and that’s a given, how do you get it out there?

Bob: You know for me, okay so here– I’m just excited about the things that are working for me right now. So anyway Pinterest I’m absolutely thrilled about because we just watch our traffic month over month increase pretty dramatically by using really good images. Now obviously we have a platform that we’re jumping off of so it’s making it a lot easier to kind of get the momentum going. But if I were starting over again today I would start a blog, I would get five– probably five really good articles specific to my niche really, really helpful stuff.

And I would go out and try to connect with other people on the niche, other people in maybe somewhat related niches and find places where I can guest post, and just find any place I can go right and get a link back to the site and not even necessarily for SEO purposes, but to get that traffic like that’s what I think I would do right now if I was starting over. Beyond that I would– something else to say because I say this all the time because I– if there is anything I regret, it’s that I didn’t start building email lists at the beginning.

Steve: Okay, sure.

Bob: It took me years to get serious about building an email list and so anyway that’s the other thing I would start doing. Every single person who comes to my site, I want them to at least think about joining my email newsletter. I don’t want them to leave my site not knowing it was an option. So anyway those two things I would spend a lot of energy on and you know to be honest it’s– most blogs it’s a slow build, it’s the overnight successes I mean are just pretty stinking rare and if you’re getting into this you can’t count on that, you got assume it’s just going to be a long slow thing and be excited about having you know a hundred visits to your blog the first month. Then if you get 150 the next month, great we have some progress you know and just use that progress as momentum to keep you going, and as long as it’s going up month over month you’re doing great.

Steve: Okay and you know one thing I actually forgot to ask you about is you mentioned email marketing. How do you actually run your email list? Do you have a bunch of auto responder sequences, do you blast out every article to your audience, how do you kind of run it?

Bob: We have few different things going on, so we have a daily newsletter which is the biggest portion of our list total and then we have a weekly newsletter. The weekly one sends out once a week, then the daily one sends out every time we post. Beyond that we have the people– once people sign up for the courses they are automatically part of our weekly list, so they will get an article from us every week, and so just depends. So basically the people you’ve signed up for daily will get whatever we post sent out to them, the people who sign up for weekly will get that as far as all the email courses– those are all set up on overall responders, so it’s very automated and pretty simple ones that their niche or work is done setting it up.

Steve: Okay and in terms of the weekly guides, are all those on the auto responder or do you just kind of– how do you pick one article that goes out for the week as opposed to your daily guides?

Bob: Well, this is essentially in auto responder. It’s an all assessed driven thing, so it just sends whatever like a summary email with the three articles or four articles that were posted that week with a summary of each one of them.

Steve: Okay and then the daily one is just is each individual article in its entirety or?

Bob: Well it used to be and I’ve since changed, I mean created teasers out of them, so we send a graphic and then little teaser linking to the article itself. I used to have a whole article in there and I decided I’m going to try this and see what happens if I just put a teaser in. And we did that and instantly we are getting thousands more visits every time we sent out something out and I’m like why did I not do it sooner. And I was waiting for the response; I want to see if anybody was upset, I didn’t get a single email from anyone complaining about it so.

Steve: Okay and you know at least for me I find that whenever I said out a blast I tend to sometimes shed subscribers right and so for the daily guides I was just curious what your unsubscribe rate is versus the weekly guides.

Bob: I don’t know like the overall unsubscribe for it I mean all I know is that we were gaining more everyday than we were losing, so that’s all I’m excited about. I mean it’s considerably more, we are gaining a lot more. I want to say on the daily one, we probably lose around two, three, four, something like that each time we send out one and each day I think we’re picking up about 30 for that list so.

Steve: Okay cool and then so whenever you have like a book launch or what not you kind of just blast it out and let everyone know you have another Amazon book out right?

Bob: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: Okay, cool well Bob so we’ve been talking for like around 40 minutes and I don’t want to take up too much of your time plus I have to get to work. But you know if– so let’s talk about your book and if you can provide email address or twitter account where people can reach you if they want to ask you questions, that’d be great.

Bob: Sure email address is bob@christianpf.com and the book you mentioned is ‘Pro-Blogging secrets’ that’s what it’s called. I just launched it about a week or two ago. Essentially it was a follow up just quick story, the article you read that I told you was a ChristianPf4/blogging that bigger that big article, the 8000 word article I got started on a whole book thing because I decide I’m going to turn this into a kindle book just to give another way for people to download it and– in any way I thought I could just list it on Amazon for free and it turned out Amazon said no you have to charge 99 cents bla bla bla.

So anyway so I headed up there and I still even at 99 cents they had to turn down people downloading it. So anyway so this book now is a follow up to that and so I go into a lot more kind of specific techniques and things that I’ve used over the years to grow our audience and to increase earnings, and I get really, really specific lots of how to step by step things. Really a lot of this stuff is just the secret source I feel like I’ve learned and just kind of want to share with people so.

Steve: Yeah just for the listeners we’ve only scratched the surface regarding what’s inside this book so I highly recommend that you guys all go and pick it up. So hey Bob thanks a lot for your time.

Bob: It was my pleasure

Steve: It’s a pleasure talking to you, you know normally we only see each other once a year, but Thinkon is coming up so hope to hang out with you there some more yeah. Okay man take care Bob.

Bob: All right, thanks Steve see you.

I’ve known Bob for quite a while now, and I really love his story. Basically he was stuck in a major rut financially, decided to take action and turned his life completely around. Now today his blog gets an insane amount of traffic and his brand new book is very well written and full of useful strategies on how to grow your readership, so I highly recommend that you go check it out in the show notes.

So for more information about this episode go to mywifequiteherjob.com/episode31 and if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not only make me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show very easily, and get awesome business advice from my guests.

It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. Now as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

030: How My Student Brandon Created A Profitable Online Store Selling Backyard Games

Brandon Reinders

It always makes me really happy when I see one of my students successfully making money online. Today, I have Brandon Reinders on the show.

What’s interesting about Brandon is that he asked me a few questions early on in the class and then I didn’t hear from him again until he had launched his store. And what’s even cooler is that Brandon did all of this without any prior knowledge or experience on how to start an online store. Enjoy the interview!

What You’ll Learn

  • How much money Brandon spent to start his online store
  • Why he chose an open source shopping cart instead of going fully hosted
  • How Brandon sources his products to sell
  • How Brandon chose his niche
  • How Brandon made his first sale
  • How Brandon advertises his shop online
  • How hard was it for him to make his first sale and what allowed him to take that leap of faith
  • What Brandon’s main challenges were in launching his store
  • How Brandon handles customer support while working a full time job

Other Resources

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now, this isn’t one of those podcasts where I bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success, instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they’ve used early on to gain traction for their businesses. Now today, I have the pleasure of having one of the students in my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the show, to give a real life account of what it’s like to start an online store from scratch without any experience whatsoever. But before we begin, I just wanted to share a testimonial from Meredith, who won the free business consult for this month.

She said, “Transitioning to e-commerce from B2B wholesale has been quite an adjustment for me. Although I’ve been in business for nine years I’ve been feeling extremely overwhelmed with all the steps involved in trying to build a successful website. The feedback Steve gave me during the one on one consultation was such valuable information that it really cleared up a lot of points for me and established a guide as to what steps I needed to take next. I appreciate him for taking the time out to give such thoughtful insight and also for sharing his wealth of knowledge so openly.”

Now, if you enjoy this podcast please go to iTunes and leave me a review and if you want your own business consult, please enter my podcast contest, where I’m actually giving away free one on one business consults every single month. For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six-day mini-course, where I show you how mywife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information, now on to the show.

Welcome to the mywifequitherjob podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the mywifequitherjob podcast. Today I’m really happy to have another one of my students in my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the show, Brandon Reinders. Now, if you recall a couple of weeks ago I had a different student on the show Sandy Donavan, but what’s interesting about today’s episode is that Brandon took an entirely different path. Whereas Sandy decided that she didn’t want to bother with an open source shopping cart and instead went with a fully hosted solution and Shopify, Brandon decided to embrace open source and ultimately went with open cart which is completely free.

Now, here’s what’s also cool about Brandon, I literally exchanged like three e-mails with the guy to discuss his niche and I have to admit when he first came to me with his niche, I was very skeptical because I had no clue what he was trying to sell. But what I found is that obscure niches tend to be– tend to often be the ones to go into, and after running the numbers I quickly realized that his niche was a winner. Now, after I gave him the go-ahead, he pretty much disappeared and then came back with a store that was making sales. Now, currently he’s doing about four figures a month with his online store BackyardWasherToss.com which sells high end Washer Toss sets and since that one went well, he’s actually launching another store called ThePolishHorseshoes.com which just recently got its first sale as well.
So, since I actually haven’t spoken to Brandon that much, I’m actually as curious as the rest of you, you know, for this interview so welcome to the show Brandon how are you doing?

Brandon: I’m doing well. Thanks for having me on.

Steve: Yes, so how did you come up with this niche for Backyard Washer Toss games for your online store?

Brandon: Well, just going through the normal process through the course of finding a niche, I know for me personally it’s kind of important to find something that I was personally interested in. I know, I’m sure you can attest to that, I mean, doing something that you’re interested in isn’t technically required, but I thought that would be important for me, just to keep myself interested and trying to get it started so, I’m definitely interested in, you know, outdoor you know games, you know, things I could play with my friends or family, I like barbecues, camping stuff like that, so definitely a lot of games like you know cornhole also known as like bag toss [indiscernible] [00:04:29], Washer Toss things like that. And the issue with those is a lot of times it’s really hard to find a good, well you know high quality well-made game especially in like the big lock stores like Wall Mart or whatever. So, with my dad– he isn’t really, I want to say handy guy himself you know, he sees something that he doesn’t think is well made, he can– no, he’s just like, oh I can just make this something better myself.
So, we actually went ahead and you know, just made a few Washer Toss sets on our own and gave it to our friends and family and stuff and they really liked them and so that’s kind of where– it went from there.

Steve: So, you actually grew up playing these games, you know, with your friends and family and that’s basically how you got the idea. You went out and you looked to actually buy these sets and you couldn’t find any, is that kind of how it got started?

Brandon: Yeah, pretty much like I said I don’t know if you’ve seen them in like Wall Mart or whatever, but they mostly you know – if you see something that’s really cheap like 20 or 30 bucks for a set and really just like you know, cheap plastic or cheap wood you know, the stuff that breaks really easily so, that was always really frustrating me personally wasting money you know, you play it once or twice then it breaks so, that’s kind of where we got started you know, just building our own and people really liked them and that’s where we started.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Started our own line.

Steve: Yes, so everything out there was pretty cheap and you actually sell high-end sets right?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So, you wouldn’t describe yourself as a technical person would you? You know like a web developer or anything like that right?

Brandon: No, not at all.

Steve: So, what would you describe as some of the most difficult parts about getting started with your online store?

Brandon: [chuckles] About starting, pretty much everything. Then in even just following like your course videos, I’d have to watch the same video like three or four times just to make sure I installed something correctly. And then you know, just going through installing themes and plug ins and the opt card install, I couldn’t do a clean installation the first time, I always run into issues. So I was always you know, like I said before I wasn’t contacting you per say, but I was contacting the developers of the themes and plugins every single time I tried to install something.

Steve: So, just curious, you know I also suggested you know, fully hosted platforms to certain students, can you just kind of walk me through your decision making process, you know, why you decided to go with open source as opposed to going with something a lot simpler and that could get you up and running right away?

Brandon: Yeah. Two main reasons is, I’m kind of a control freak and I’m very cheap so…

Steve: [chuckles]

Brandon: That’s pretty much why I decided to go with the open source route. I mean, I knew going in was going to be really difficult since I had no prior web develop experience, so that’s where your videos really came in handy, but yeah I knew that I was not going to be happy going through something like Shopify or you know, Big Commerce or something like that because I knew– I just knew right away that my website needed to be exactly the way I wanted it and I didn’t want to have to you know, pay or rely on some you know, third party web developer to do all that stuff for me.

Steve: So, are there any specific features that are in your cart that actually isn’t supported by shop online? In other words is there anything kind of custom on your side right now?

Brandon: Not really. When I first started out, I did have a feature with the Washer Toss sets that allowed you to you know, choose the color option for you the paint on the carpet and it’d automatically change the display of what you selected, you know like a picture, so that you can get a preview of that but other than that no. I actually took that feature down.

Steve: Oh, okay.

Brandon: But nothing else really, my own customized.

Steve: Okay. So, how much– I was just curious, how much did it cost you to actually start your store then?

Brandon: Total, is probably a little over 6000 dollars. That’s just because you know, since we’re building on the other products that sells just the economies of scale – just– it takes so much you know, yet just having about so much money into the materials just to make it.

Steve: Oh, okay. So [chuckles] I meant like just for the website part.

Brandon: Oh, the website? Okay.

Steve: Yeah.

Brandon: The website, you know a couple of 100 bucks at most.

Steve: Couple of 100 bucks?

Brandon: Yeah. I don’t know how many plugins I had installed but yeah actually, not more than a couple of 100 bucks.

Steve: Okay. And then how much does it cost to kind of just maintain your store from month to month?

Brandon: Not that much. I really just have the– honestly the hosting fees and pretty much– that’s pretty much it you know, just to [indiscernible] [00:09:35] hosting stuff up and after sales it’s all back and that kind of stuff. You know, around 50 bucks a month maybe?

Steve: 50 bucks a month, and just curious, are you using a shared hosting account? I can’t remember which web post you ultimately decided.

Brandon: Yeah, yeah. I went through Blue Host.

Steve: Okay, Blue Host, okay. And then you’re taking credit cards through pay pal or?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay, through pay pal. Okay, so yeah, it’s probably under 50 bucks in a month to maintain your shop. Okay, so let’s talk about, you know, how you actually obtaining these products, so you’re making everything yourself? So, how does that process kind of work? Is it all your dad or? [chuckles]

Brandon: Pretty much. Yeah, with the Washer Toss, yeah that’s pretty much all him. The– actually the original plan was to just have him do the finishing stuff and we actually have like the frames of each set made by like a finish carpenter. And we actually did find somebody local who was willing to do that now– it’s actually a carpenter here in town, and he and the son were working together and you know, we showed him what we wanted him to make and all that and you know, we’re good to go and then we placed our order with them, and then it was actually his son that was supposed to make the frames for us and right after we placed the order, he decided to move to Florida, like just okay.

Steve: [chuckles]

Brandon: So, because of that his you know, the regular carpenter, he allowed us– my dad to use his shop, all of his tools and what not to actually make the frames themselves and then he could finish it off as well so, the plan wasn’t for him to do everything himself, but it’s just kind of the way things worked out you know, he’s doing it all now, which actually works out well so I don’t have to pay somebody else to do some of the work.

Steve: I was just curious though like you know; let’s say sales like start blowing up, let’s say you get featured on some media say, and all of a sudden you got thousands of orders, is there kind of like a plan?

Brandon: [chuckles] Yeah, just try to pump them out as much as we can. There’s unfortunately, I mean we – the good thing is you know, since it’s kind of seasonal, we did try to stock up here through you know, this past winter and spring you know, to get ready for the summer so, yeah I don’t know what you’d consider.

Steve: [chuckles]

Brandon: But, I guess that would be a good problem to have but…

Steve: Yes, it would.

Brandon: But, yeah, unfortunately we just have to you know, just sell what we can and go from there.

Steve: Yes, so when you first started I imagine you were kind of pretty nervous about launching your store, can you kind of describe some of the things that you did that just kind of validate your niche before you actually started investing a lot of money into building these sets and that sort of thing?

Brandon: Yeah, well pretty much it was just the normal stuff that you taught in the course, just going through you know, key words, search numbers, you know all of that and like I said, we did get a little bit of validation just from a few people that we made sets for at the time. They really enjoyed, they really thought they were high quality, really well made you know, all that kind of stuff, so the only bad thing– the only thing that I was concerned about is, a fact from a few friends that we knew, majority of the people around let’s say you know, who live in the Mid-west, Washer Toss wasn’t really well known.

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: It’s more of a Southern, you know southern part of the states so, that was the only thing I was concerned about, not a lot of people knew about it, but I just kind of had to trust my instincts with the search numbers you were telling me.

Steve: Okay. And how did you actually make your first sale?

Brandon: Just kind of damn luck, like for about a week when we got our first sale, I believe it was a just an organic search sale that we got from what I recall, so like I said we had only been about a week so probably I’m like the sixth page in results or something like that so, I don’t know how the heck they found us, because like I said it wasn’t through an ad or anything but, yeah.

Steve: Okay. Wow, that’s amazing. Okay, so you weren’t advertising or anything when you first launched, you were just letting it go organically?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay, and so, have you tried anything else since then to market your site or has it just been kind of organic for your Washer Toss game?

Brandon: Yeah. Shortly after that I did start the I would say the Google ads and the Google Shopping ads. We did try a little bit with the Facebook ad but they really weren’t that successful.

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: I think that’s just you know, the product of the niche itself, it’s really not that well known, it’s kind of like say, kind of nichy.

Steve: Right.

Brandon: So, I don’t know if that had something to do with it but we just had you know more work with just from you know, Google ads.

Steve: Okay. So you’re just buying these search ads or are you in the display ads, which form of Google advertising, are you using?

Brandon: Both, yeah the regular ads and the display ads.

Steve: Okay. So, which one has been working the best for you? Just curious.

Brandon: Definitely, the display ads.

Steve: The display– the search ads or the display ads?

Brandon: Yeah, maybe I confuse there– yeah, like the– see like display like Google Shopping.

Steve: Oh, okay, okay.

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: You’re right, great. So, the product listing ads.

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: So those are working then?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Are you also doing the search ads as well or?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. And they’re both converting for you at a rate where you’re actually making money on your ads, is that pretty accurate?

Brandon: Yes.

Steve: Okay. Yes, so there’s actually a lot of– I sent out a recent survey, just telling my readers and there are actually a lot of people on the sidelines who actually are just kind of curious how hard it was for you to actually just kind of make your first sale and just start making money. Is there any sort of advice or is there anything that you did to kind of push yourself to just take that leap, launch a store and invest all that money into your shop? And what advice would you give people just starting out?

Brandon: Just starting out? Well, if you’re going to do it, just go ahead and do it. Just jump right in. Definitely with online, in most cases– excluding mine, it’s more work and actually in most cases you don’t have to invest that much to start out. The only thing that I can really say is, try to keep the moment from going, just try to do something each day to– whether it will be you know, install a plug in or contacting potential vendors, something like that. What I found is you know, if I don’t do something one day then it’s easier to not do something three days and it turns into a week and then two weeks and then also you’d– you’re becoming complacent not making any progress so, that was the biggest help for me. Just try to you know keep making some sort of progress, little by little, every single day till the shop’s up and running.

Steve: Okay. So, these are some of the questions that I’ve been getting from my readers at the blog and you know, since you’re kind of in the heart of the trenches, I thought I would ask you some of these questions that people are curious about. So, number one, you know, how hard was it to put up the site? Can you kind of describe the process and the process that you went through to just get the site up since you decided to go the open source shop. So, yeah a lot of people have been asking about going open source or fully hosting and…

Brandon: Yeah, I’m sorry. Yeah, I think I touched that a little bit earlier. It was definitely really hard for me just because I had no prior experience before, but yeah like I said, it definitely worth it.

Steve: So how much time did it take you? Let’s start with that.

Brandon: Like well, from when I started to when I actually went live, we went about 14 months total, but there was some time off in there between where I didn’t really work on anything because of personal issues but so…

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Really it’s probably between like four to six months total work.

Steve: Okay. And this is from scratch like knowing nothing it would have taken you about four to six months, is this what you’re saying?

Brandon: Yeah, yeah, from just signing up, for your course to actually going live.

Steve: Okay. And what were some of the big pieces in that process for you?

Brandon: For me? Trying to balance, not only building the website but also trying to set up a manufacturing process at the same time. That was really difficult to juggle both of those, so like I said the biggest thing was just trying to organize what, you know just prioritize everything that I needed to do next to move forward and so, you know whether it’d be getting supplies or you know, getting the set up and running, stuff like that, that was really important to prioritize.

Steve: So, from a pure website perspective though, I was just curious about what your experience was, so you installed open cart onto your site, what were some of the other steps that you had to go through to make it exactly how you wanted it to look?

Brandon: Definitely, first starting out I installed a lot of different plug ins and a lot of them didn’t quite mesh with each other right away, so it was a lot of going back and forth between developers of the theme and the plug ins to try get everything matched up you know, make it look the way I wanted it to.

Steve: So, where did you get your theme from?

Brandon: It’s called selegance, I believe it’s on theme forest.

Steve: Okay, and did you have to edit that theme significantly or was the theme just kind of out of the box what you were looking for?

Brandon: Yeah, it’s pretty much what I was looking for, out of the box you know, thankfully it was probably 95% to all the way there, it was just
moving a few things around.

Steve: Okay. And did you do that yourself or did you hire someone to move things around for you?

Brandon: No, no. Thankfully you know the theme developer was very patient with me, he actually did most of that himself for me.

Steve: Okay. Did you pay him? Or did he just kind of…

Brandon: No, yeah once I paid for the theme and he did that free.

Steve: Okay. How much did you pay for your theme? Just curious.

Brandon: I believe it’s you know, 20 or 30 dollars.

Steve: Wow! Okay, that’s really inexpensive. In terms of your plugins, were they free plugins or did you have to pay for those?

Brandon: No, I paid for those. That’s probably where most of my costs came from, you know installing all those. So, just stuff like you know, like a Mail Chimp plug in, you know that might be like 15 bucks to you know something like PayPal plug in, you know that was like another 30 bucks, stuff like that.

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: You know, five or six of those can really add up.

Steve: Okay. And you know, after that just all the finishing touches regarding you know making the site look the way you wanted that was just kind of all done by the theme developer? Like for example, your logo on the upper left, did you put that in yourself or?

Brandon: Yap, I designed the logo myself but yeah, I did most of that. I was able to do all of that myself but you know like I said, just you know specifically install like a specific plug in, you know, something might not be aligned right or you know, something like that, that was something where I’d have to contact them for.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, I was just trying to get an idea of how much you could do by yourself versus having to contact someone else to do the work for you. So, what are some of the things that you did yourself with open cart?

Brandon: Well, after a while I’m sure they got sick of me contacting them all the time. So just looking out you know after– because they’ll send you the file back that you install where you want it corrected, so I was able to actually go into the files themselves and see what changes they made and I just kind of picked up on what they were doing from then on. So as I got further along I was contacting them less and less as I had learned more about how to change things myself.

Steve: Okay. So, did you end up learning HTML or PHP or anything like that?

Brandon: Not really. I mean, I can go in there and recognize things but yeah, as far as like actually learning that stuff no, not really.

Steve: Okay. Okay, I was just curious because that’s actually one of the advantages of going open source and I was just wondering if you had taken advantage of that. Okay, so another concern that a lot of people have when they’re first deciding whether to start a business is how hard it was to find your niche. So, how long did it take you? And describe your process.

Brandon: Well, really a little over let’s say a month, probably around six weeks I’d say it took me to find it. I actually– before I knew going in that it had to be something that I enjoyed you know myself. So, I kind of knew that you know back to outside, a lot of games, stuff like that, that was something I kind of wanted to go in, and I did find you know, three or four that I was kind of interested in. It’s just that based on the numbers and the competition that I found throughout the process I thought that you know Washer Toss was the way to go and started out.

Steve: Okay. And then, in terms of marketing, which forms of marketing have worked the best for you and were there any ones that were just bums? Like you mentioned Facebook didn’t work out for you and you’ve used Google. Have you tried anything else outside of those?

Brandon: No, not really. Next step is part – that’s part of my weakest things that I haven’t really done too much of that. The next thing is you know try to work on some e-mail campaigns, that being building up by the e-mail list obviously you know, throughout this past nine months or so.

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: So, that’s probably going to be my next thing but I really haven’t done too much advertising outside of Google.

Steve: Just curious, how do you obtain your e-mail list? Is it just people who’ve purchased your products or do you have other ways of gathering e-mail addresses?

Brandon: Yap. Through the orders and then actually have a little thing on each page like if you enter on your e-mail, you get added to the list and…

Steve: Okay. Are they incentivized in any way or?

Brandon: Yes but I actually haven’t had too many people sign up for those specifically, so I haven’t really like– I mean, I have it on there, like you’ll get like a discount code, but really nobody has actually signed up for those yet.

Steve: Okay, so in terms of– I noticed you’re on the first page of Google for several of your search terms, have you actually done anything to get there? Have you been building links and that sort of thing? I’m just curious.

Brandon: Actually, yeah. Now you mention it, yeah, we did build some links. Actually it got as high as three or four for a lot of them, but recently I actually got a lot of– from spending low quality back links, so I’ve actually been dealing with that for the last few weeks so– but it’s really more of there are a few Washer Toss forms that the person links to, yeah that’s pretty much it.

Steve: Okay. So with the most part, just by nature of choosing your niche you just naturally started ranking for a lot of your key word terms, is that it? –

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay, okay. Yeah, that’s good to know. So, the next question I want to ask you kind of relates to just your experiences. Is there anything related to your experience or you just kind of made a big mistake? And you know, what sort of obstacles did you face since you’re just kind of new to this whole thing still in my opinion? What are some of the obstacles that you went through and how did you overcome them?

Brandon: Well, the biggest obstacle for me was something you know just being brand new to everything, setting up the website myself and you know, setting up like the whole manufacturing process as well as at the same time. So that’s probably the biggest thing. The other thing was, you know, first starting out with five we were a little too ambitious as far as the production was concerned. Because when we first started, we offered that you cannot customize each set with like 20 different colors for carpet and you know the painting. Just from a production stand point, that was just not feasible so, we had to scale that down quite a bit so, just offering a few different you know, colors of carpet and no painting options now. But, that was probably the biggest thing.

Steve: So, let’s talk about your manufacturing process since we haven’t really touched on that. So, an order comes through and they order a set from you, are these just pre-made or do you just kind of make them on demand?

Brandon: Yeah. Yeah, at first they were made on demand- so like I said they customized it and say they are like red paints and you know black carpet, we’d actually go ahead and make that and get them all in like three to five business days, but now since we’ve kind of scaled that down quite a bit we are able to pre-make them which definitely makes things a whole lot easier.

Steve: Okay. And are you doing this while working a full time job or?

Brandon: Yes.

Steve: Oh, okay.

Brandon: Both.

Steve: Yeah.

Brandon: Both myself and my dad, both work full time jobs.

Steve: Oh, okay. So, that brings up a whole another series of questions, and so how do you handle customer support?

Brandon: Actually, it’s really quite easy. That’s one of the pleasant surprises that I found is that not too many phone calls or e-mails throughout the day. It’s mostly just orders that I can take care of at the end of you know once I’m done for my regular job, so you know the customer service has been really easy, I would say I won’t get more than one or two phone calls and e-mails total per week.

Steve: Let’s say you get a phone call, how do you deal with that during the day?

Brandon: If I’m not down like a break or lunch or anything, well the phone have a forwarding service like you know, so all the calls go straight to my cell phone.

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: So, if I’m not able to answer it, then they’re just– they’re able to leave a message or I do on the other messages where they can just send us an e-mail also but then the next opportunity that I get, I give them a call back.

Steve: Okay. And have you had any returns or troublesome customers thus far?

Brandon: No, that’s the other great thing. I’ve only had one total– one return total so far so…

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: From all the feedback that we’ve received has been great you know, with our products which so definitely something we’re proud of.

Steve: Okay. And just, how many hours would you say that you actually spend a week on this business then?

Brandon: Yeah, just the day to day you know, just normal week, probably around anywhere between 10 and 20 hours total.

Steve: 10 and 20 hours? And how is that time allocated?

Brandon: It’s mostly during the week, just pro– you know, processing orders each day, that’s probably no more than an hour total each day.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: And then, there might be some other stuff or just managing inventory like contacting supplier during the day or you know, then trying to you know arrange for the delivered or pick up you know for us– one of us to pick them up or stuff like that during the day. Then during the weekend for me, I might just do some maintenance on the website or you know stuff like that, that’s the majority of the time actually about 10 hours or so.

Steve: Okay. And then materials, are you sourcing those locally or?

Brandon: Yeah. Both locally and online you know as far as the wooden stuff, that’s pretty much through the carpenter you know the finish carpenter that we go through– that we work on this shop and yeah. But the other stuff like the washers we found a supplier online that produces them for us and then we actually take them to a local powder coater here, that powder coats into all the different colors.

Steve: Okay, and then the inventory, you just kind of store in your place then?

Brandon: Order.

Steve: Okay. And let’s talk a little bit about your newest shop that you just launched, which is Polish Horse Shoes. So, what made you decide to launch yet another shop instead of just kind of selling these on the same site?
Brandon: Yeah. Well, the biggest thing for me is, you know just as far as…

Steve: Yeah.

Brandon: Being able to rank up higher in Google, I just thought that it would be a lot easier to do with two separate shops…

Steve: Mm-hm.

Brandon: But as far as starting this one, we actually got interested in Polished Horse Shoes is you know, I just went camping with my friends one weekend and as we had you know the usual stocks you know, self specks for you know, games like Corn Hole, Wash Toss and all of that and then somebody brought this Polish Horse Shoes game and everybody wanted to play that, nobody else touched all the other games so…

Steve: [chuckles]

Brandon: So that’s what you know– originally I picked my interest about it and just going through the again like the normal process of you know, seeing if it’s a niche worth going into, I felt it worked out well and you know the manufacturing process definitely a whole lot easier. If I had to do it again, I wish I would have done the Polish Horse Shoes first because it’s like a million times easier than making Washer Toss sets, but yeah that’s pretty much how we got started with that.

Steve: Okay, so was your friend’s set kind of chippy? Is that why you wanted to make it better or a higher end set or?

Brandon: Yeah, yeah. It’s pretty much the same process you know as the Washer Toss. The stuff that you find in the stores is really not really high quality and again that’s something we thought we could do better.

Steve: Okay. And I’m just really curious, since you had already gone through the entire process with Back Yard Washer Toss already, how long did it take you to put up your new set and get everything set up?

Brandon: I– yeah from when I first started the– just studying the niche to going live was like about two months.

Steve: Two months? Okay. And how much was that in split between vetting the niche versus getting the website up?

Brandon: It’s hard to say. Actually, majority time is just begun setting up the manufacturing process so.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Yeah. So, that was probably about, let’s say about 75% of the time spent.

Steve: Okay, what about the website?

Brandon: The website– that was– I used the same themes and you know plugins and all of that so, it was really not that hard at all.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Yeah, I could have broken down; I’d probably get it down within like three weeks.

Steve: Three weeks? Okay, and so it’s just a matter of taking your photos again and just kind of…

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Changing the colors around and the logo and that sort of thing right?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Did you find yourself having to contact any developers this time around or?

Brandon: No. That’s a– I’m very proud of that, I did this [laughter]

Steve: [laughter]

Brandon: I didn’t have to contact anybody else. I learned from all my mistakes from the first time around so…

Steve: Okay and then this time around also the expenses– what were the incremental expenses of running another shop? Is it on the same account or did you start a new account or?

Brandon: Yeah, I did that. Yeah, a whole new account, through Blue Host and all of that so yeah, that’s pretty much it. Like I said, I was able to use pretty much all these you know, same plugins and themes for that from my first site so…

Steve: Okay. That’s awesome. So, things have been just really smooth in terms of this second site?

Brandon: Mm-hm.

Steve: And you got your first sale recently so congratulations on that. How did you get that first sale?

Brandon: That was through a– like Google products search ads so.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Definitely, happy that I got one so quickly you know again, we’ve only been open for about a week before we got that first sale so…

Steve: That’s awesome. And you mentioned you know, just manufacturing this product is just so much easier right?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: So, let’s see, your dad’s probably– does your dad need to get involved in this at all or?

Brandon: No. This is actually all me pretty much. I do have a secret friend who you know helps me a little bit when I need it, but this yeah, this is just pretty much all me from [indiscernible] [00:33:11].

Steve: That’s great. So, I did have one more question– oh yes, yes, so I noticed you know I was looking at your site and I was looking at the pricing…

Brandon: Mm-hm.

Steve: And I noticed for your Washer Toss sets, they’re actually– since they’re high end and they are more expensive so kind of how– when you’re buying like a product listing ad you just see these little tiny pictures with the price tags on them right? So how did you kind of position yourself and how did you know that people were willing to pay a lot more money for these high end sets as opposed to the cheapy ones that are in the store?

Brandon: Yap, yeah. So, based on what the experiences I had and from what I’ve heard from other people they’ve had similar experiences just you know they’ve got one of those cheap sets you know like Wall Mart or something and they are really disappointed in it. So, I really thought that a higher end– higher priced product would be a whole lot better. So yeah, just basically from my own experience as well or those other people from what they said, I thought that would be the way to go.

Steve: And how did you kind of arrive at your price point?

Brandon: Just basically, obviously well, where we were as far as costs were concerned and then just looking at the competition and obviously didn’t want to be the cheapest, but also you know we didn’t want to be the most expensive one as well.

Steve: Okay. Okay, so you kind of just based on the materials cost?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Were you– okay and then you came up with a reasonable mark up and then just went with it right?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Have you played around with the price at all or have you just kind of kept them kind of constant over the last nine months or so?

Brandon: I’ve raised them a little bit mainly just because you know costs of materials increased here recently.

Steve: Okay.

Brandon: Other than that, no we haven’t really played around.

Steve: Okay. And what about shipping, what carrier do you use and how do you handle that so these things are kind of heavy right?

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: Yeah. So we go through EPS and just talking to local EPS web designers they actually like those really heavy, dense packages so shipping is not really that bad obviously, you know they’re really big so the average is probably around 20 bucks an order but you know as far as weight is concerned, it’s really not that big of a deal.

Steve: Okay and do you kind of roll that in the cost, or do you actually charge 20 dollars for shipping during check out?

Brandon: Yap, yeah. I’m actually playing around with that with Polish Horse Shoes, now that you’ve mentioned it yeah. For the Washer Toss, we are not– that is a separate cost, but we’re just trying to see how that’s going to work just trying different things with the Polish Horse Shoes, offering the free shipping, now I’m just kind of working on that a little bit with the regular price.

Steve: Okay, cool. Well Brandon you know, we’ve been chatting for like 35 minutes, I was just wondering if I could just get your overall opinion on that, just the whole experience and just how you felt about starting your own business.

Brandon: Yeah. It’s definitely a little bit overwhelming at first, like I said, I think for me you know, it’s more because just having to set up both the website and the manufacturing at the same time, but other than that overwhelmingly positive. One of the obviously, one of the biggest things that I’ve done on my own, so definitely happy with the whole experience, definitely have learned a lot about myself, definitely taught myself a lot of new skills that I can apply, not only to new potential businesses going forward but also you know like, regularly just job skills that helps me with my regular job as well, so definitely a positive experience.

Steve: Cool and if anyone out there has any questions for you, is there an e-mail address or twitter account where people can just kind of ask you questions if they have any?

Brandon: Yeah. You can actually contact me through my store e-mails, that’s customer.service@backyardwashertoss.com and customer.service@thepolishhorseshoes.com

Steve: Okay, great. One thing I did forget to ask you – just this question just came into my mind, do you have some sort of blog, and are you marketing yourself with content in any way for your Washer Toss game site?

Brandon: A little bit. We do have a blog set up, just have a few posts in there, just basic stuff. Stuff like, whether you should make your own game or you know buy your own, stuff like that, you know different rules and things like that. But yeah, not really too much you know.

Steve: Okay. That’s amazing that customers are just finding you organically and you know, just mostly based on what you chose as your niche, I think that’s awesome.

Brandon: Yeah.

Steve: All right Brandon. Well, thanks a lot for coming on the show. Like, I learned a lot and I’m glad I actually got to talk to you by voice instead of you know, you go off on your own and coming back with an awesome store, it’s actually good to hear the entire process that you went through, so thanks for coming on.

Brandon: All right, you’re welcome. Thanks for having me on.

Steve: All right, take care Brandon.

Brandon: Thank you.

Steve: So there you have it. Up until this point, I’ve had three students from my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the show, and they have all taken completely different paths. Now, Sandy who I had earlier on the show did not want to deal with the technical side at all, so she went with the fully hosted route. And then guys like Brandon and Sean were very successful going with an open source shopping cart. Now, what’s cool about Brandon is that, he’s not technical at all; never run a business before, and now he has two successful online stores.
For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode30 and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you right me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it also helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or on the web.

Now as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For information about the contest, go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you’re interested in starting your own online store, be sure to sign up for my free six-day mini-course, where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequiteherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

029: How Lars Hundley Created A 7 Figure Online Store Selling Gardening Supplies

Lars Hundley

I’ve known Lars Hundley for quite some time and what I like about the guy is that he has a tremendous amount of experience with every aspect of running an ecommerce store.

He’s been running his own business, CleanAirGardening.com for over a decade and he’s extremely open about all of his experiences including both his successes and his failures. In this podcast, he reveals the ecommerce strategies that have worked the best for his store so be sure to check it out!

Also, make sure you check out his post on How I Made A Million Dollars By Reading An Article In The Wall Street Journal

What You’ll Learn

  • How Lars got started in the clean air gardening niche
  • Why he transitioned from dropshipping to carrying inventory to using a fulfillment house to purchasing a gigantic warehouse facility.
  • Which traffic sources convert the best for his store
  • Lars’ unique way of handling customer service
  • How to create your own product overseas
  • How he sells on Amazon.com in conjunction with his own online store
  • How he managed to secure an exclusive deal with one of his suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I bring in successful, bootstrapped business owners, to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of these podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast, please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month.

For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, today I’m happy to have Lars Hundley on the show. Now Lars is actually someone who I’ve kind of known for quite a while and he’s been known to look side on me in the shadows of my blog. Anyway Lars runs CleanAirGardening.com. Actually Lars owns a whole bunch of sites but the ones that we are going to be talking about today is CleanAirGardening.com which is a shop that sells lawn and gardening equipment with a spin. Everything he sells is environmentally friendly. Now that’s all fine and good but the real reason I brought Lars in today is because he’s got quite an interesting back story and he’s pretty much done everything when it comes to e-commerce.

He’s imported from overseas, he’s created his own products, he’s drop shipped, he’s sourced domestically, he’s used the fulfillment service, he’s sold on Amazon, you name it and he’s done it before. Now, he’s also started some pretty random businesses over the years. I don’t know if we’ll have time to talk about those, but I’m very curious to learn from this guy so welcome to the show Lars, how are you doing today?

Lars: Hey, thanks for having me I’m excited to be here.

Steve: Yeah so I know you’ve got a whole bunch of websites but can you just give us a quick background story and kind of have the path that you took to arrive at starting CleanAirGardeninig.com.

Lars: Sure, you know I’ve always been super into the internet and in the 90s, I was working actually as a magazine editor and during that job and then I went off to work for an internet company that was building websites for other businesses and I was their PR guy and we were building websites for other businesses and I was looking at them and all these companies were succeeding and I was thinking, man, you know, I wish I could build something for myself and do this because this seems like something to do and it turns out I got fired from that job because I’m not a very good employee. It turns out, so I – I was renting a house at that time and I had to mow my own lawn and I went to like– it was in the rows of home depot one of the big back stores and I was looking for the absolute cheapest lawn mower to mow my own lawn, and I noticed hidden away in the corner, was one of those old fashioned push little mowers, like the kind without a motor.

Steve: Yeah like the ones on the front stands right?

Lars: Yeah and so I was like, I didn’t even realize that they made those things anymore and so I bought one and I took it home and I mowed my lawn with it and it worked, and it worked pretty well. I thought man, nobody even knows about these things and I thought, hey this could be my idea and so I actually– I started searching around and I found– it turns out I was living in Border Colorado, and it turned out there was a guy importing these really nice German made push motor mower that sort of like the [inaudible] [00:04:12] of the push mowers and he was right up in Fort Collins which was only about 45 minutes away and I call them on the phone and I didn’t even have my website yet and I was like, hey you know I was thinking about building a web and the guy was actually positive about it because most people if you called some guy and you didn’t have a website yet, they would like of course treat you like whatever you don’t have any website why would I really want to talk to you.

Steve: But what year was this Lars?

Lars: This was 1998 though.

Steve: Okay long time ago.

Lars: Yeah long time ago. So I literally drove to the guy’s house and I loaded my car full of lawn mowers and I think I had– you could fit about 12 lawn mowers and of all though and wrote the guy a cheque and took them back to my house and kept them in the house and I couldn’t even accept credit cards at that time. I was taking orders over the phone because you know in 1998 it was harder to get a merchant account to sell online and this is before like there was like not even all transactions were secure. People were like doing it where you’d like post a form and they would send you an email you know, all kinds of crazy stuff like that was going on but I didn’t have a merchant account so I just had my phone number which was the cell phone on my webpage that I built with like clearance…

Steve: Clearance Works Yeah, yeah.

Lars: Yeah, one of those. It was like a one page website and people called me on the phone, I would order it and I would ship it COD by UPS and then I would get payment like you know a week and a half later.

Steve: Aha.

Lars: And that was how I sold for the first you know maybe three months and I was making a little bit of money and I was like, wow, you know and then I discovered Yahoo store that you know it was a really easy to build store and they accepted you know secure transactions and then I was able to get a merchant account and then when I turn on the merchant account it really started to take off and I’m more like you, you know you still have your day job right?

Steve: I do yes.

Lars: Well I kept my day job for the first almost two years I was in business. Until I literary got so busy that I couldn’t do it anymore but the work started sort of pouring in as soon as people could order online and– but that’s where I started with, with just one push lawn mower and then I expanded into other eco-friendly stuff because that’s what I was interested in and things like compost bins and rain barrels to collect rain water for your garden, gardening tools like organic fertilizers and things like that and it just sort of grew from there and I was actually in Inc Magazines in the Inc 5000 puzzle scrolling companies like three times in I think 2009, 2010…

Steve: That’s awesome Lars.

Lars: Yeah it’s been fun.

Steve: So just curious you know back when you had the just one page website how did you get people to learn on that site?

Lars: You know, this was pre Google and the– in fact you know pre Google was a much happier time because there was Auto Vista, there was Hot Box, there was…

Steve: And Yahoo right?

Lars: There was Yahoo and traffic came like from all three sources. It was about one third, one third, one third you know where you got traffic from different places and really you would just appear on the search engines and you know I think I probably did link building back then but not really because nobody even knew that links were valuable other than…

Steve: Yeah.

Lars: A direct source of traffic that– you didn’t build links because it made you rank better in the search engines, but you know the search engines source to sort of found you there. I think I got a least at– and this was when it was free to still be listed in Yahoo’s directory. So I was listed in Yahoo’s directory and I got traffic that way and you know people just found me because there really weren’t that many other sites that were selling push lawn mowers. So I think one of the secrets I had a niche product that was hard to find in many places and many cities and so people would search for it online and so that was sort of the natural way that sort of built my business is that I was selling unusual things that were hard to find locally.

Steve: Okay and then how has that kind of evolved over the last, wow, like 15 years I guess more longer than that. Yeah, how do you get your– how do you get people onto your shop now today?

Lars: You know I still depend heavily on organic search.

Steve: Okay.

Lars: Because a lot of my stuff is not super high margin and like I’ll give you an example, rain barrels– rain barrels used to be like a big cash cow for me and then gasoline got super expensive and UPS rates and that extrates [phonetic] they went crazy for oversize products and rain barrels basically like a big barrel of air and so when you measure it, it doesn’t weigh much when you pick it up empty, it’s you know it’s a 25 pound thing, but when you measure it they ship it by the 150 pound rate because it takes so much space in their trucks. And so suddenly and I don’t know that I used to pay you know 25 dollars to ship it can cost you like 95 dollars to ship a rain barrel now and so that category is sort of gotten where it doesn’t make a lot of financial sense to buy a rain barrel online like it did and so that’s not as popular for me anymore.

You know things change overtime but I would say– back to how I get my traffic. Most of it is still organic like a little bit adwords not really much, I’ve got an email list of all my customers that’s probably you know with adding new customers then people always subscribe over time. I think I’ve got maybe 25,000 people on my email list and so…

Steve: Mm-huh, that’s good size.

Lars: And so I’ll send out emails. I use [Inaudible] [00:10:03] contact as my email servers and a little bit of social media you know but frankly my Facebook fun page for Clean Air Gardening I don’t think I’ve posted anything to it in probably more than a year. It has not been– I’ve never found social media to be super useful in that aspect. Although I do have like a Face book page for vegetable gardening, it’s just a generic page for vegetable gardening fan.

Steve: Aha.

Lars: And that one has 207,000 fans and I get huge response from that one, but basically I use it for information purposes. People don’t want to buy things when they are on Facebook, so I use that to sort you know keep people understand and that’s something I sort of do on aside for fun but I’ve not figured out a way to make money with ecommerce using Facebook at all.

Steve: So I’m just curios here, you have all this informational sites I remember you telling me, so do you actually steer people from there to your online store as well?

Lars: Well it’s funny, that has changed recently too, I originally built all those sites a long time ago, it was sort of in the early days of Google, like the early 2000, so a lot of them are more than a decade old and what I thought as an idea was well I’m making information on the site about how to grow tomatoes, how to grow cucumbers, how to grow beans like you know all the popular things, just how to grow vegetables in general. And so I ended up building all these sites about different aspects of gardening and lawn care and that sought of drove in my idea of customer and then I would link back through the Clean Air Gardening and drive traffic to my site that way, and then over time it turned out that certainly those links became valuable with Google you know where certainly that was making my SEO go crazy on Clean Air Gardening and that was ranking for all this stuff, but recently Google– they gave me a penalty for all these sites even though they’ve existed forever, it’s no secret that they were related to Clean Air Gardening, but I had too much anchor text on them or something and Google got mad and they gave me a penalty and I had to remove all the links, and that ended my penalty and so my site has come back in Google thankfully, but so now I’m sort of I have these sites, but I’m afraid to link back to my e-commerce site anymore because I don’t know if I should create the links again and no follow them or if I should not link at all, you know Google is like the one big mystery now about what they are going to punish you for and so I’m sort of…

Steve: I find that really odd because all these sites are completely related to your shop, it’s not that they are just random links, so yeah Google has just changed so much in like the last two or three years to the point where I don’t know, I’m just waiting for that kind of dust to settle a little bit because it seems like random sites are getting penalized left and right. I’m sure you not just linking for the sake of linking, everything you link I imagine is relevant right, to your shop.

Lars: Right, I think maybe the issue was it was a little bit too much anchor text because I may have over done that a little bit back in the day when it was– like it was only in the last two to three years that Google has gotten angry about too much anchor text and oh you can’t do– like before it just used to be a regular technique, it didn’t become grey hat or black hat or anything, they just changed their mind and [Inaudible] [00:13:35] on it, but what I have done in the meantime actually I’ve gone through it and I’ve added Google authorship to all those sites and claim them so that you know it’s like to tell Google hey no these are really mine and this is really me and so– but I don’t know it’s frustrating dealing with Google and depending on organic traffic, so that’s been a frustration for me.

Steve: Okay and so, given that Google– you are trying to depend less on Google, how have you made yourself a little more Google proof?

Lars: Well, you know having an email list is great although Google is trying to I think get a piece of that and make sure that, that’s not very valuable anymore too, you know the way they added tabs to Gmail and everybody has a Gmail account, I definitely saw a drop in response rates and open rates after they throw everything over in the promotions tab and that’s been frustrating. It’s like you know because your email list is yours, you know they are your customers, you’re communicating directly with these people and you know there is an unsubscribe mechanism on my newsletter, like all you have to do is click unsubscribe, they don’t want to hear from me anymore. It’s not like I’m sending out spam, I’m sending out a newsletter that theoretically people wanted to see because then why would they not have signed up for it if they didn’t want to hear from me. And so it frustrates me that they are making it hard to reach your own customers with email which is supposedly a neutral service that you know– so I don’t know. I love and hate Google.

Steve: Yeah, so here is a little tip Lars that’s kind of worked for me. If you can get them to somehow reply to one of your emails, that will instantly white list them in their inbox and they won’t be– and your emails won’t show up in the promotion folder anymore. So if you can just somehow ask a question in some of your initial emails and have them respond, that will improve your open rates and prevent that email from getting bucketed so to speak.

Lars: That’s a great idea.

Steve: Okay, so let’s talk about you have all these methods of sourcing your products, right and so can we just kind of talk about that and what’s worked the best for you like you mentioned you manufactured your own product, you drop ship and all that stuff, can you just comment on how all those different models are working for you.

Lars: Yeah you know the way I do things has sort of evolved over the years. I started out working out of my own house and I drop shipped most things to begin with, well actually I bought those lawn mowers in the beginning, and then I drop shipped them for a little bit after that and so drop shipping was my model for awhile and then it became an issue of customer service where people don’t drop ship your order fast enough and then your customers are complaining and they don’t know where the order is and you don’t know where it is either because the manufacture won’t tell you the tracking number.

And so from there I sought of went to– I found a fulfillment service which you know a fulfillment service is basically a warehouse where you ship all your stuff to this warehouse and they store it for you and when you get an order you email them and they put a label on your thing and send it for you and that way if you’re working out of your house or something like that, you don’t have to own a ware house or rent a warehouse or have an employee who is packing orders. They do it all for you and on a small scale that works pretty well up to a certain point, but what happened was I was growing really fast and suddenly I was looking at my bills for my fulfillment service, my warehouse service and I was paying like in the gardening season because gardening is a seasonal business.

So I do most of my business between like March and June is like the peak of when everybody buys everything and I certainly realized I’m getting like 30,000 dollar bills from this fulfillment service and I started thinking man you know with bills like that maybe I should buy a warehouse. And what I ended up doing I purchased a warehouse and that’s where I work now, I work out of a 15,000 square foot warehouse and I keep…

Steve: That’s huge.

Lars: I keep a lot of stuff here in the warehouse. That’s the way it sort of developed is that it sort of naturally developed that way from drop shipping to using fulfillment service to then it became more effective for me to actually have a warehouse and keep it myself. And I still– there are some products like larger products that we sell that it still makes more sense to drop ship them than to ship it to our warehouse and then re-ship it to the customer. So I still do drop ship a few products, but in general we like to ship everything ourselves because we can get everything out usually the same day when an order comes in, and so it provides a little better kind of customer service.

Steve: So can you comment on like just a different– the margin differences between drop shipping and then using a fulfillment service versus shipping stuff out yourself, I don’t know if you can– you don’t have to give exact numbers but just like the relative percentages in terms of profits.

Lars: That actually is another reason that I’ve sort of gone away from drop shipping except for very specific circumstances because the issue with drop shipping is that your margins are poor. You might only get a 10% margin or something on some item that you are drop shipping and if you get one returned well that’s wiped out the profits of ten orders. And so drop shipping it works for some people, but it does not really work that well for me anymore and so fulfillment services can work great for a limited number of products, but the issue with fulfillment services is they charge per the amount of square footage you take up in their warehouse, so every month they are charging you by how many square feet that you taking up, and then they also charge you every time they touch something.

So every time an item comes into their warehouse they are charging you an incoming fee, and then every time they ship something out for you they are charging you a fulfillment fee. And so to a certain extent if you are not that big yet it can be cheaper than running a warehouse and having a lease and all that stuff, but then when it gets to a certain tipping point then certainly it becomes less effective and more expensive.

Steve: Just curious, when you were using that fulfillment house, what percentage would you say your revenue was devoted to paying off the inventory guys?

Lars: It was not great, it was not a large amount as a percentage, but I would say like for example, it was costing me about eight to ten dollars per item having shipped out of there. Which, if you’re doing small items that you know they were not really expensive, then that would eat up most of your profit, but what I was shipping out mostly was things like push lawn mowers, which was like a $200 item, so it wasn’t that big of a deal. And then also I was using their negotiated UPS rate, which was a better UPS rate than mine anyway. So that made up a little bit for some of that eight to ten dollars per unit of touching the thing, plus there’s a little bit of expense of storing it, but what I was trying to do was minimize my storage time by just having enough stuff in there for like you know, you get 60 days’ worth of stuff so you don’t end up storing something in there for a year or you’re just paying to have it sit there.

Steve: Yeah I would imagine it’s kind of challenging, because there’s– inevitably there’s going to be stuff that doesn’t sell, right? So if you have to pay each time they have to move something or ship something back to you then it can probably add up I would imagine.

Lars: Yeah, and you know, one of the biggest challenges of a seasonal business like I have, is okay like let’s say lawn mowers, like this blown lawn mower – that’s the German-made push mower that I started out with, it turned out over time that I actually took over and became the US importer of that product and so now I am the US importer and wholesale supplier for everybody else in the country that sells that mower as well. So that’s a seasonal item, right? And it sells between March and June because that’s when everybody buys their lawn mower. Well, if I’m going to sell for example one of my peak years for that mower was something like eight containers. And there’s about 1,000 mowers per container so let’s just say about 8,000 of those lawn mowers. Well, you can imagine what it would cost me, because I had to buy them in advance, and have them all at my warehouse by March, so that I could then sell them through by the end of June. And so it was a huge capital requirement where I would have to borrow a lot of money, because it was literally so much that I couldn’t just do it out of cash flow anymore. Because when you’re on that scale and so you borrow a lot of money, and then sell them all down and then pay off your line of credit at the end of the summer, and then do it all over again.

And the worst part is, that you’re borrowing all this money in January, when nobody is buying any gardening stuff, and you got no cash flow, and it just always gives you a stomach ache to borrow the money, thinking ‘oh no’ you know, but it’s almost like– it’s like being a farmer I guess you know.

Steve: Yeah, yeah.

Lars: So that was– the worst part about being a seasonal business is that you really have to sort of plan all your purchases and be careful, because if you buy something and you buy too much of it and then you got a dud, then what do you do? Because, once it’s not sold during the spring, well you’re stuck with it for a whole another year because it’s sure not going to sell in the winter if it didn’t sell in the spring.

Steve: Right, so but I would imagine that you don’t buy large quantities unless you’re pretty confident it’s going to sell, right I would imagine. Like these mowers – you wouldn’t buy 8000 of them if you didn’t think they were going to sell. So I would imagine you’re a little bit more conservative in your purchases, right?

Lars: Absolutely. Although, when– the exception to that would be though that we’ve also sort of had things manufactured for us, and you sort of have to take a little bit of a chance for that, because there’s minimum order quantities when you have something manufactured, and you don’t know for sure that it’s going to sell, because you’ve never sold it before. And so I have that sort of a risky way to do it, but fortunately I haven’t been stuck with too many duds doing that.

Steve: Let’s talk about the manufacturing process, how did you find someone to manufacture your goods for you?

Lars: What I have manufactured is a compost bin. It’s called the spin bin, and it’s a tumbling compost bin. And the reason why I decided to have one manufactured is because we’d been selling other people’s compost bins, and we actually imported one for a while from Australia, and that product is no longer available to us. And we sort of saw that that was the direction it was going, that we were going to– that it wasn’t going to be available anymore, and so we thought ‘well, maybe we should make our own’ because, I’m interested in composting, and so we sort of sketched it out, and then we found a guy at a local company that’s plastics– his injection molding company, where they make injection molded plastics, and they have a guy on staff that all he does is make card drawings to make your mold for your product.

Mostly, they make their own stuff, but they allowed us to, you know, to pay by the hour and use this guy to make help make our card drawing. And so he made our card drawing, and then they helped us from there. This was a local company here in Dallas, and then they helped us get our mold manufactured because the biggest expense when you’re getting a plastic product manufactured is making the mold, because the mold is made out of solid steel. And since this was a compost bin, it’s huge like, the parts of it are huge, so it requires a giant hunk of steel. It’s like it’s heavier than a car, our mold.

Steve: Really? Wow, okay.

Lars: And it ended up costing– the mold is actually two molds, because there’s one mold for the lid, and one mold for the piece that turns into four pieces that are assembled together that make the composter. And it was something like $80,000 to make the mold for this compost bin, but we felt– at the time we were selling so many composters that I was sure about the design because, you know, we designed it, and I felt confident that it was going to work, but it was a big risk, because it was a lot of money. We took it, and then we actually– the mold we ended up getting made in China, because there’s tool makers in China that will make your mold. They take the card drawing that the guy– the local guy made, and they make that giant hunk of steel that then based on the card drawing, that’s going to make– punch out each part of your compost bin, and then they ship the mold to us in the United States in a container, and then we have that mold at the manufacturer here in Dallas and then we get it manufactured here locally, because it turns out getting things made out of plastic– injection-molded plastic is pretty much a commodity. It’s based sort of a lot on the price of the oil because plastic is like a petroleum-based product or something like that, and so it doesn’t matter if a machine is stamping them out here or it’s stamping them out in China, it’s about the same cost, and we really wanted to get it made here in the USA– that was important to us to do if we could, and we were able to.

And so we get that product molded here in the USA, and then it’s molded– it’s a place about 15 miles from here. They make them, and then they send a truckload of them over to our warehouse at a time, and then we store them here and then as the orders come in, we ship them out from here.

Steve: So how did you find the mold guys in China? Just curious.

Lars: Well, we were lucky on that, because, since we were working with this injection molding company, they had already done business with this company, and so they knew that they were legitimate. And because, when you start just looking around on Alibaba or something like that, it’s tough if you don’t know if you’ve got somebody reputable. But they had worked with them in the past, and they had made good molds and– because we did have it priced out to have the mold made here in the USA, but it was like incredibly more expensive. And the mold turned out great, there was no problem with it, so it was– they were good.

Steve: So in a way just listening to what you’ve told me, you kind of already knew that these were going to sell, it was a pretty safe bet, right? Some guy– some other one of your companies is going in the direction of not selling their compost bins, and you know they’ll sell like hot cakes, so by designing something using the principles that you know since you compost all the time, it was a really safe bet I think – at least that’s what it sounds like to me.

Lars: Yeah, I wouldn’t have taken a risk that big for just a completely unknown product that I didn’t know how well it was selling, and you know we forecast out how long it would take us to pay off the mold, and our forecast turned out to be fairly accurate too. And so, it was a calculated risk.

Steve: Okay. So I wanted to talk a little bit about marketing. So I know you’ve tried a bunch of different things in that regard. So if you could just comment and I’m just going to pick a couple of things here; you mentioned you hired a publicist in the past, you’ve been in magazines, you’ve had your own catalogue, you’ve been on TV and radio. What has kind of worked the best for you and what has not worked for you?

Lars: Well, you know, originally I thought the reason that you wanted to have me on the show is because you did like a request on this ecommerce forum asking for people, like the mistakes they’ve made, and then everybody chimed in the mistakes that they’ve made and my answer had so many mistakes that you couldn’t even include me in your blog post because there were so many mistakes that it would have just hogged the whole blog post. And so I figured maybe the reason you wanted me on your podcast was because it was going to be a podcast about how ‘look you can make this many mistakes, and be this big of a moron, and still remain in business for 15 years.’ I figured that was the real reason that you wanted me to be on the podcast.

I’ve done all kind of ways to market, and what I started out with you know my background is in journalism, and I have a master’s degree in international journalism, and I was a magazine editor before I sort of moved on to the internet. And so when I first started out, I was writing all my own product descriptions, because I was a writer, and I was doing my own PR, and I was just doing, you know, a little bit of basic PR and sending out a few press releases. I got picked up some places and some pretty big ones. I got– Inc. magazine wrote about me once when I was still working out of my house, and they did like an article about me, and then I was…

Steve: How did you get that? You put out press releases using a press-release service, or?

Lars: No, I was actually– I was putting it in the mail and sending them out myself. And so, I was sort of taking a real specific approach to it since my background was in journalism. I sort of knew what editors wanted to see when they see a press release, and so I’d sort of approached it that way, and I was getting good results. And so– in fact the Inc. magazine thing, the way I got that was somebody– it’s so long ago, it’s more than 10 years ago, and somebody let me know that Inc. Magazine was doing a thing about people working out of their house, or something like that, and so I sent an email to the writer, because they were looking for people, and I pitched them and they went for it and that’s how I got included in the article. And once I was in Inc. Magazine, that led to a lot of other coverage because the way it works with the media is, a lot of them are just reading other media, and they see like if you appear in the New York Times, then suddenly the other Dallas Morning News, it’s like ‘Hey, well this guy is from Dallas, let’s write about him too.’ And sort of press coverage leads to more press coverage a lot, and so– and also at the time, eco friendly stuff was really hot, like right now it’s not as hot, but you know like that was when Al Gore’s movie came out and you know…

Steve: [laughs]

Lars: Everybody was interested in that, and so it was a really pitch, and so I was picking up a lot of coverage but it was funny because after that I thought well, I’ve had really good luck with this, I’m going to use a PR service. And I’m just going to hire somebody to do it, because then they’ll spend all their time doing it, and I’ll get even more coverage. But it was a total failure. It turned out that, you know the personal touch that I was doing it and also the aspect that I as the business owner was reaching out myself, I think was a lot more effective at getting coverage than some PR person doing it for you. And so I spent a ton of money on that, doing it for a year, and got like no return, it was a complete failure and I regret– I wish I had that money back.

Steve: Okay. What about television and radio, you said you’ve been on some television spots. Were they– did they work out for you? And how did you get those spots?

Lars: Well, a lot of those sort of landed in my lap, like for example you know I had some products on the Today Show and also on Good Morning America. And what happened was that some– one of the show’s segment producers was looking for– they were going to do a segment on like eco-friendly stuff for your yard. And so they were lining up a bunch of different products for the guy to talk about, and basically, they found me with some kind of a search-engine search, and they were like ‘Hey’ you know and we talked and I suggested a product and they were like, ‘Okay, great. Send it to us.’ And so I overnighted a product and it ended up on the Today Show and then I got a bunch of traffic that day. It didn’t really convert really well into sales, but it was great because after that, it’s a lot of awareness you know– you were on the Today Show?

Steve: Yeah, I had the– we got a lot of sales from that, that’s why I was curious what your experience was.

Lars: Mine was a segment where they had products from probably– it’s probably seven different products, that were all in a category, and mine was– it was a compost bin actually, for the Today Show, and I think I probably sold maybe 20 compost bins or something over a period of two days after that, so it was not like a– but it was a big price point item, and it wasn’t– that wasn’t my specific audience. And so no, the TV shows have not been huge for me.

And then radio, I’ve done– in fact, there’s a radio show that’s relatively famous here in Texas, it’s called the Neil Sperry gardening show. And this guy has been doing that show for decades. He’s an older guy– this is actually a radio advertizing story and not a radio PR story, but I decided, ‘Ah, I know what I’ll do is I’ll sponsor Neil Sperry and then I can sell much stuff to Texas gardeners and it’ll be great.’ And so, this was in the early 2000’s, and what I realized after spending a lot of money sponsoring his show for six weeks, is that only old people listen to the Neil Sperry gardening show.

Steve: [laughs]

Lars: And none of them buy anything on the internet, and the only time people listen to radio mostly is when they are in their car or something where they’re nowhere near their computer anyway. And so I think I got zero sales from sponsoring the Neil Sperry show and it was– that was one of my biggest marketing failures. So I sort of learnt my lesson on, you don’t want to just start spending money on advertizing and writing big checks, because you never know if it’s going to work. It’s better to test small.

Steve: So what has worked the best for you? Just curious.

Lars: You know, I would say adwords has worked well you know it’s measurable although adwords has not worked so well for me in the gardening niche because it’s a relatively low margin business and I’ve got high shipping costs so it’s a little bit difficult. But adword has worked for me doing PR personally for myself has worked for me as far as marketing. Having my own my own email list has been effective for me to drive sales. Those have been pretty successful methods for me.

Steve: So Lars I was actually trying to lead you to the next topic which is Amazon. I know you have strong opinions on Amazon and you do sell some of your products on there. So how do you kind of – how do you kind of sell on the Amazon versus on your own site? How do you kind of incorporate all that stuff together?

Lars: Amazon is sort of my ultimate frenemy [phonetic] and I feel like you know I’m an Amazon prime member and I’ll be honest I look on Amazon when I’m going to buy stuff and I hate myself for it, because you know as a competitor to Amazon you know I detest Amazon, but as a consumer I enjoy buying from them and I like prime because you think oh there is a prime thing, I know I’m going to get it in two days. I don’t have to think about it and I order it. But I also use Amazon as a sales champ and so specifically I don’t have all my products listed on Amazon. I list a few things and I use Amazon in a specific way.

Like with some products you know just products that I sell as an ecommerce retailer I don’t sell that on the retailer, I don’t sell that on the Amazon because you are competing for the buy button with all these other ecommerce retailers or you are competing with– for the buy button with Amazon itself and you know so your margins just quickly evaporate because you know you’ve got a product say that it cost you 75 dollars and somebody is selling it for 100 dollars on Amazon well then that means they are paying 15% to Amazon for the privilege of selling it there and they still have to ship it.

And so what did all your profit go? You know like you’ve sold something but you haven’t made any money. But so the way we use Amazon is we use it to liquidate data inventory because– so like if we bought a product and it hasn’t sold for us and it has been sitting here at the warehouse, then we can sell it cheap and we can usually recoup either make a tiny profit on it or only lose a little bit of money and we get it out our ware house as opposed to having just stand inventory that’s just – it’s just cash that’s tied up in the inventory that doesn’t sell at all that you know that fills up your warehouse and it’s not going to sell.

And so that’s one way that we sort of use Amazons is to give out our dead inventory but also one way that you can use Amazon profitably is if you have a product that you have an exclusive on, and for example that brown push lawn mower whether you as importer of that product and so we import it and for a while we were selling to Amazon at whole sale and they would buy and they would say okay we want to place some order for 100 lawn mowers and then you put them on palettes and Amazon as the truck come pick up and it goes to the Amazon warehouse and then Amazon will sell it indirectly.

But then we realized that well it’s more profitable for us to not sell to Amazon, but instead to sell on Amazon and you can either sell on Amazon using fulfilled by Amazon where you’re packing it up and shipping it to Amazon and then whenever Amazon or whenever you get an order on Amazon, Amazon is shipping out the order for you and they charge you a fulfillment cost and storage cost you know so you can control your profits by sort of calculating in advance what your fulfillment costs are going to be.

And the advantage to that is that then it will appear as an Amazon prime item and so people that like to get their items overnight or in two days all the Amazon prime members love to buy stuff that’s marked time and so that’s a good reason to use fulfilled by Amazon. But then we also sell stuff on Amazon where we’re shipping it from our own warehouse and so you will get the buy button for a thing and then if you are– if you spend a lot of time on Amazon you could see that some stuff is sold directly from– you are buying it from Amazon and some of it you are buying it from an Amazon seller and that’s– I am an Amazon seller.

So I’m doing that weird combination of selling wholesale to Amazon, selling on Amazon, selling fulfill by Amazon and we sort of calculate out with all our products so which one makes the most financial sense for it’s going to maximize the number of sales versus the amount of profit and all that, then we sort of tweak it that way. And the safest thing with Amazon is to have an exclusive product because then you are not just constantly competing to get the buy button by lowering your price, and lowering your price, and lowering your price because that is a race to the bottom because your cash cow product is somebody else’s loss later or somebody else’s clearance item.

And it’s really frustrating to see a product that’s been profitable for year for years suddenly become unprofitable because now it’s going on Amazon. You look at the price on Amazon and let’s say your whole sale cost and you think well how is somebody possibly making money on that? But– and you don’t know and you can’t figure it out and it must be because they are just liquidating because I liquidate products on Amazon I guess some probably punishing some poor guy that’s trying to sell at full price someplace else.

Steve: Right, so just curious, how did you get that exclusive deal? Is that just a pure relationship thing that you build over the years with that company?

Lars: Yeah, the way it happened actually it was overtime I became the biggest blown dealer and what happened was that the old US importer did something that made blown mad. They started to manufacture their own lawn mower and blown got angry about that and cut them off and so that became my opportunity because it turns out also that I was a German major as undergraduate and so I speak German.
So I immediately got on the phone and called them, and sent them faxes and said hey you know I don’t know if you guys know or not but I’m your biggest blown dealer in the US and I have been all along and I would like to go ahead and take over this importing thing if its available and they were like well yeah, it turns out it is available. And so I had borrowed some money and I knew approximately what I could sell just knowing my own sales and knowing that I was the biggest dealer. And so I placed an order and got into it that way, so that one sort of fell into my lap. And one of my other products that I imported also sort of fell into my lap the same way while I was buying it from a guy and then he sort of ran into financial problems and didn’t pay the supplier he had imported the thing and so they wouldn’t sell to him anymore.

And I realized he was not admitting to anybody why he couldn’t get it and I couldn’t figure out what the problem was, and I realized what had happened and they said oh yeah we’re not selling to that guy anymore, we are looking for an importer and so I started importing that one too. So it’s sort of been an opportunistic kind of thing. And then other products once I got the opportunity with my first two, then you sort of know what to look for and once you’ve had experience with it, then it’s easier to sort of talk somebody into it if you find a product sort of overseas. Because I have also been to trade shows overseas like there is a big gardening show in Germany and I went over there, I met with people looking for people– looking for cool European things to import, and you can meet people at trade shows and its sort of work out exclusives that way is another thing you can do.

Steve: Okay, interesting. So one thing I kind of ask everyone is you know if you were to start all over again, what path would you have taken? Let’s say you wanted to go into this gardening niche again, how would you– what advice would you give to someone who is just starting out?

Lars: You know, my advice is almost to do exactly the opposite of what I do because I have got a shiny object syndrome where I’m constantly doing different stuff and all my efforts are diffused. I’m doing a little bit of this, a little bit of that and hop from this to that and maybe it’s just because I’m way too ADD. But I feel like if you are going to go into anything the idea is, if you are going to get the most success is to find one product or one product category and just really focus on it and be the person that knows the most about that product line or wherever it is that you are interested in and focus on one thing and don’t try to do everything at once. And maybe only focus on one traffic source. Don’t try to like oh I’m going to do my email, I’m going to build an email list and build a social media following and do all that. You diffuse all your efforts and then you are only selling two things a week and it never takes off.

Focus I think would be the thing that I would do differently and really I guess sort of that’s what I did. I started out by chance, I had one product which was one push miller and that’s all I was doing and I think maybe that was why I succeeded and it sort of built from there. And I would say isn’t that sort of what you have done too? I mean you started out with one thing and then you ended up with a blog teaching other people and now you’ve got a podcast and you sort of– you didn’t do that all at once, you started with one thing at a time. Didn’t you?

Steve: Yeah absolutely, in fact we only stated out with one product category just like you did and we just graduated and have expanded over time. That’s great advice Lars. We’ve already been talking for about 50 minutes, so thanks a lot for your time. If anyone has any questions for you, is there a place where they can reach you?

Lars: Yeah

Steve: Or you are unreachable [Laughter].

Lars: Well, I’m kind of unreachable, but Clean Air Gardening is my website and my email address is just lars@cleanairgardening.com.

Steve: Actually one last question, you have this interesting concept of how you do customer support. You want to just comment on that and just talk about the tradeoffs that you’ve experienced before we go?

Lars: Well I [laughs].

Steve: You don’t have to if you don’t want to, I can cut this whole segment out.

Lars: Well no like I detest talking on the phone and so for the longest time we were answering the phone all time, but I will tell you we have all our phones go straight to voicemail now and we just return phone calls because you could spend all day talking on the phone and I call it reverse show-rooming where people will go to home depot and they can’t get any help about– you know they’ve got a question about a compost bin and there is like a guy with an orange vest who doesn’t know anything about it because there is 200,000 products in there. So they call us on the phone and they want to talk about compost bins for 30 minutes and they go ‘okay where can I buy this locally’ and we get reverse show roomed all the time. And so I finally decided you know I hate talking on the phone and so now we return promising voicemails and we just don’t answer the phone and it’s like ring through the voicemail, we just call people back.

Steve: And as far as you know it hasn’t really affected your top line at all as far as you can tell.

Lars: Well you know my theory is, you can’t call Amazon on the phone and place an order, so you can’t call me on the phone and place an order either. And I hope that it hasn’t affected my top line, but I’m willing to give a little bit of top line away in order to have a little bit happier life in exchange, because it’s something that’s completely unenjoyable to me to talk on the telephone and so I have minimized that.

Steve: Yeah and it was tough getting you on the podcast too Lars, let me tell you [chuckle].

Lars: It’s true, the first time we traded emails you said something about having a conversation and I immediately shyed away because I just don’t like– I’m better by email than I am in real life.

Steve: So Lars where can I buy your compost bins locally speaking of which– [Laughter]. All right man well thanks a lot for being on the show Lars, I really appreciate you coming on, I think this is great.

Lars: All right thanks for inviting me.

Steve: All right, take care, bye.

Here is why I admire Lars; first of all he is a really down to earth, and a humble guy even though he runs many successful E-commerce stores. Clean Air Gardening is just one of many businesses that he started and owns. The other thing I like about Lars is that the guy is an open book and very open about all his successes and failures. He’s pretty much tried everything and he’s willing to share his experiences. For more information about this episode go to mywifequiteherjob.com/episode29 and if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not only make me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information to find the show easily, and get awesome business advice from my guests.

It also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. Now as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

028: How Viet Do Created A 6 Figure Business Selling Coupons And Online Deals

Viet Do

Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy Viet Do on the show. Viet runs DealZon.com which is a daily deals and coupon site that caters to the gaming industry.

Running a coupon site is a business model that we haven’t yet covered on the podcast so I’m very anxious to learn how the business model works and how Viet makes his money. Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Viet obtains deals to list on his site
  • Why he chose to focus on gaming for his coupon site
  • Learn the economics of selling coupons online
  • How merchants transmit their daily deals
  • How Viet manages the multitude of deals and expiring coupons
  • The intricacies of running a profitable deal site
  • How Viet gets traffic to his website.
  • How Viet gets people to sign up for their email list
  • How Viet gets exclusive deals for his site

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to the Mywifequiteherjob podcast, where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now, this isn’t one of those podcasts where I bring on famous Entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success, instead I have them take us back to the beginning, and dwell deeply into the exact strategies they used earlier on to gain traction for their businesses.

Now before we begin, I just wanted to share a quote from Ken Schneider who was the winner of a free E-commerce consult. Here’s what Ken had to say: It is very apparent to me, that Steve has built a wealth of the E-commerce information in a way of offering ideas and needed insight that are very encouraging. After discussing an array of different ideas and possible options, he was able to provide me with the tools and information that would help me find my own niche online and for Steve’s help and information, I am most grateful. Now, if you would like a free E-commerce consult from myself, enter my free podcast contest, where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month.

For more information about this consult go to www.mywifequiteherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six-day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I manage to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business; go to www.mywifequiteherjob.com for more information, now onto the show.
Welcome to the, mywifequiteherjob podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suites your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to the mywifequiteherjob podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have a friend of mine on the show, Viet Do. Now, I met Viet at Fincon and I know, I know I meet a lot of people at Fincon, which is why you should go. Anyways, you know Viet runs Dealzon.com which is a coupon sight for electronics and gadgets. Now, have you ever wondered how sites like TechBargains, FatWallet and other coupon based sites stay in business? Well, Viet does very well with Dealzon and hopefully today we’ll learn exactly how Dealzon works and how it makes its money. So, just a quick note about Viet; he’s probably one of the nicest guys you’ll ever meet and his deal sight is a business model that we actually haven’t covered yet in this podcast. So, welcome to the show Viet, really glad to have you.

Viet: Hey Steve, yeah, thanks a lot for having me on the programme. I hope I can shed some light on – for those people that might be interested to the field or the kind of like how coupon sites work and maybe give them some insights on how the industry works.

Steve: Yes, so, give us a brief description of your specific coupon site and exactly which products you focus on, and how you make money online.

Viet: Yea sure! So, Dealzon.com is very much a deal site– a deal aggregate site for gamers and techies, and that’s our focus. We– you won’t find like you know, Wall mart deals in terms of like, you know, groceries and what not or like target deals on any of that kind of stuff here, so you’re not going to find shoes or clothing, that’s very rarely, when I start giving away free shoes then I guess we don’t have a choice, we had to like, let people know about this right? But we mostly focus on technologies and gaming. And we have a very core set of users that pretty much just care about these so, mostly the people that visit our sites are gamers and then –

Steve: Okay –

Viet: They rate our stuff. So, if they are a gamer, they want to buy games and maybe like a computer hardware that relates to the game right, to learn the game faster. So, how DealZon works is pretty simple as any other of those deal sites that you mentioned actually.

Steve: Just pretend that none of the listeners know anything about how anything works.

Viet: Okay.

Steve: So…

Viet: Okay, that might be a good way to go with them. So, I mean, if you come to DealZon, you’ll see a list of the best deals of the day right, and if you’re a gamer, you can see right around on the first page – oh, okay, well, this game is on sale today. So, the front page will basically show you what’s hot for the day. Now, if you want to drill it down a little more, there’ll be different categories and you can go to different categories with the type of products that you’re interested in. So, as mentioned, we’re mostly focused on gaming and technology so gaming and laptops is kind of what we focus on lately.

Steve: Okay and bottom line I when someone clicks on your link and makes a purchase, you get a cut of that transaction.

Viet: Yes.

Steve: Is that correct?

Viet: Exactly.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So this a commission based model, it’s basically lichen – an affiliate lichen, so you know, we use very typical networks such as commission junction, link share and various other networks.

Steve: So, but is that for physical products primarily then?

Viet: it’s half-half actually. So, these days, in terms of gaming – and especially if you’re not into the norm of it and I know that different industries are like this; it’s actually a lot of digital products now, so you know, well, these days when you buy a game, it could just be a CD key of a game key that you receive, and you plug into your like a DRM platform – you know, a digital rights management platform – and you’re going to receive the game that way. And you know, since it’s a digital product, you know, is actually a very little hassle involved for everyone involved, where you pay the money and you get your keys and you get the game and that’s it, and you know, there’s no shipping time or whatever right, so –

Steve: Okay.

Viet: It’s actually a pretty good way to go to– about getting a game these days, and it’s expanding lately, yeah.

Steve: Are the pay outs higher for those type of deals as opposed to the physical products because –

Viet: Yeah, I don’t think so, it’s typically higher. It’s not necessary like 2X or whatever, or like 3X or whatever, just, but by virtue of the merchant not having to store anything beyond like a digital code right, that they can e-mail out right away through the system. They’re just more willing to- there’s just more margin and leeways there, in terms of a commission split.

Steve: So, can you give us an idea of what some of the commissions look like on a physical product verses you know, a code for example?

Viet: Yeah, sure! I’m going to be very general here, in the sense that you know, some of our stuff there’s you know, different rates, so for those that aren’t familiar with affiliate models, what you make them the bulk of your money, is how you negotiate these rates with merchants actually…

Steve: Okay.

Viet: And maybe we’ll talk more about it in a little bit, but– so let’s say for physical stuff, something you can buy at BestLife.com or Walmart.com in chance of the TV or a laptop or computer. The commission rate is actually pretty low; it’s like 1-2% –

Steve: Okay –

Viet: Maybe as high as 3% if you have like the right volume and the right, you know like the right partnership going– deal going on here so, but it’s usually about 2% – I want to say and lower. Surprisingly some other sites like let’s say, a pretty big retailer, Newegg. Newegg is based in California and they mostly sell computer electronics. They can get-they can start as low as 0.5% or 0.25%…

Steve: That is really low!

Viet: That is very low so you’re really not going to make that much money there unless you’re established, you have volume and you’ve been doing well with them for a long time, right-

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So, in that sense there’s a sum bared of entry you know, because once you get in there are-you list this deals great, someone bought like a 100$ thing, but you’re only getting like 0.5% all of that right, that’s like nothing –

Steve: Yeah, that’s like nothing.

Viet: Right, so that’s tough right. Conversely, so physical products want a cheaper set right, usually. For digital products, I want to say you know, maybe anywhere– actually it might be actually 2X now, so think about so 4-5 %, I want to say…

Steve: Okay.

Viet: And then maybe…

Steve: All right.

Viet: Maybe, for some very lucrative, high margin stuff, let’s say there’s something like, like a 100$ special, super limited edition game you know, so the margins might be a little bit higher where they’ll give you some as high as 8%.

Steve: Okay, so the margins aren’t still as high as for something I might push on my say like web services where the pay-out is much higher.

Viet: Right. It very much is a volume game for deals and coupon site, where each have to make it up in terms of volume – you have to make your site, your usability, the information you present as easy as possible to convert these sales you get these commissions.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So –

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So you can’t rely on like two or maybe a 10 or 20 sales per month right, we’re doing around about like thousands of transactions on a monthly basis or even on a daily basis, right, so-

Steve: Okay.

Viet: Yeah.

Steve: So when someone buys something through you, you don’t have to provide any sort of support or anything like that?

Viet: Right. I think that’s the beauty of most affiliate and [Indiscernible] [00:08:36] business, so I mean, obviously we have to give some kind of support if the transactions or the deals we listed fell through in the sense that – oh, we show a coupon like this and it doesn’t work, you know, so we need to tell them– oh, did the coupon expire or is there a new coupon, or is there a different better deal, you know so –

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So there’s some amount of support, but after they buy you know, the products, obviously everything else is on the merchant, right –

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So –

Steve: So, there’s a lot of these tech deal sites out there, how the heck do you differentiate yourself and compete with the rest of them?

Viet: Yeah, I mean that’s a good question, I mean, that’s something we constantly think about on a daily basis too actually [chuckles]. So, I hope to see like some comments where you guys can give us tips to – I’ll be honest – that’s pretty funny that I’m asking that, but [chuckles]. But, how we kind of differentiate ourselves is, what I imagine is, straight from the start, we focus on what we do good at – what we do well at, actually, which is gamers, right—we focus on it, we have a cool audience of gamers, we kind of know what they like, we get a pretty good feel of what they like in terms of products, so we serve that particular niche.

So, instead of doing like all these different types of coupons for everything under the sun, we focus on what we do well at, and we try to provide a better service in that sense of better updated deals, more timely updates, stuff that you might actually, not so– I’m pretty confident that some of the games that we list, maybe it’s only going to give us like 10 sales, and these are pennies on our dollars, but these aren’t stuff that other sites will focus on whatsoever like, you won’t find it there on these other deal sites. So, the comprehensiveness for a gamer, in the sense that, if I’m a gamer and I want to make sure I don’t miss the hot deals, then I can go to Dealzon and I can pretty be– rest assured that maybe I’ll catch like 90% of the deals.

Steve: I see so by focusing on something you actually will probably get the deals listed first because the other sites don’t care as much and then as a result gamers will learn this overtime and then come to you first.

Viet: Right, exactly, I mean that’s basically our hope and I think it’s been doing pretty well actually.

Steve: So okay yeah. So there’s a couple of questions I have now. So one; how do you actually get the deals on your site?

Viet: Yeah, so it’s actually very similar format all across the board. It’s a very chaotic thing in terms of the coupon space in the sense that you know there’s 1000s of merchants and there’s 1000s of deals right hunches of 1000s of deals even. Most of the merchants actually– you will be surprised a lot of that stuff deals is in virtual edition now, they plaster our email and no kidding. An email with the list of the top deals for up to the week. So it’s like a feed of emails– you open your inbox it’s like a hunches of emails coming in. Now obviously a lot of the better networks still have a API where they a certain theme where they’ll send out like you know the data, but a lot of them is unnecessary human because some– You can already exactly see the data and then copy and paste to your site basically. You need to able to manipulate this second data essentially.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So there’s actually a lot of work involved in that, and I think there’s actually a few services that– so because the work looked so much because actually a few services that we don’t actually this but they make the transition easier. So they grab all the fin and all the different coupons for you and then they break it down in like a CSV file for you or what not, based on how you want to export and I think what’s this service called. Let me think, it’s not [Inaudible] [00:12:12]– I think coupon to me, so.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So that’s one of the services, you know.

Steve: So let me just try to rearrange what you just said, so you’re saying some people email out the deals–

Viet: Yeah so, the merchants would– most merchants, the large merchants don’t have like an account manager of some sort, right and they’ll have like weekly deals right. So they’ll be like hey this is what we are trying to promote on our store– on our online stores this week. Take a look at the list of our deals. And it could be any kind of format it could be just plain text email format, it could be attach excel file, you know could be just a bunch of bullet points, could be a strayed out HTML files encoding of the deal in question right.

Steve: Okay and how do you get that on to your site is that then manual then?

Viet: Yeah, so there is quite a bit of manual work involved but we build our own tool. There’s actually– so I’m not in the coupon safe spacing internet buying. I’m pretty sure there are word press plug-ins that make your life a lot easier to get e-step in but at some point you’ll still need a manual, human editor involved to like either copy and paste or make sense of these data you know like here’s some because some bit of words that come in might not– might truncate a little bit, might not that you know just spread properly. So we build our own tool we have our own platform that grabs all these feeds, whether it’s email or data you know straight from the API or our feed or X amount feed from the merchant and it’s mostly XML feed actually.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: Yeah and you know we make sense of this data on our back editor, human editor kind of adviser and properly in all that great stuff.

Steve: So what you are saying you’ll receive list of these deals in all sorts of different formats depending on the person – depending on the business and then you have tools in the backend that kind of code in all these information?

Viet: Yup, exactly so in that sense yeah there’s definitely a lot of work and then that’s kind of why we focus on what we do while we’re out too because if you expand too much more retailers it just really becomes like a major headache right?

Steve: Yeah, by the way.

Viet: And then I think for those people that aren’t aware like you know Slickdeals which is one of the larger you know deal website right, they have a massive community forum you know they have the human resources and the human you know the mob power – the social power right there in terms of users pushing up– posting audio’s in different deals on their message board right?

Steve: Mm-huh.

Viet: But even – even having all those community they still have like analogue 10, 20, 30 editors, you know working on posting deals and that’s quite a bit, right? So…

Steve: Yeah, that’s crazy and that can be fun and it’s kind of manual, right?

Viet: Right, right yeah. I won’t necessarily call it fun, but you know it really depends on how you take a look at it you know our editors and myself included, we try to– maybe that’s so much these days but we try to be able make it a game out of there like say, who can post you know the best deal the fastest in that sense right.

Steve: Okay.

Viet: So you know if there’s got very hot game coming out and we know everyone wants this game, you know we would love to be the first to find this deal and post it everywhere you know, in terms of our own site…

Steve: Sure.

Viet: On our day Face book feed or you know our Tweeter feed or what not, right.

Steve: Aha.

Viet: So.

Steve: So on the flip side also there’s a bunch of deals that expire everyday too. So how do the heck do you know when to take these things off and that stuff?

Viet: Right, so that’s half– that’s so another [inaudible] [00:15:31] right in there too like a lot of this is actually manual, but most of these thankfully the merchants themselves will let you know the expiration day in advance, so–

Steve: Okay.

Viet: We just simply send them on our backend and it’ll automatically expire mostly, and if we don’t capture you know usually a user we’ll comment and let us know that hey this deal is expired, then we know we just go out– head out there and expire that deal.

Steve: Okay, so certain services like I use commission junction you mentioned that earlier…

Viet: Sure.

Steve: And they actually have an API where you can just grab everything kind of automatically into your platform with a little bit of programming.

Viet: Yeah.

Steve: Do you guys have a preference or do you just kind of go with where the deals are at?

Viet: We kind of go with where the deals are at actually, but we definitely do utilize that you know obviously you want to make the manual work load as low as possible. So if you have the resources you get a developer to you know work out your own– what does your own platform of grabbing these things in properly to fit your– to fulfill your needs, that’s way better right than doing it manual, but on other times the ones that already make money is actually stuff that’s happening in right traditionally in email actually you know where a manager– a store manager might have– and a fully account manager actually let me correct myself– will be very in tune with what we need or what those were with our audience and they gave us a head start hey this deal is happening next week if you have some details in the email right.

Steve: I see.

Viet: We just watch out for that deal you know and yeah we can of course we can always grab it automatically whenever you know from the API or from XML deal but that’s always depending on like you know whenever we set these automatic data grab to happen right, so we very well might miss that X– the actual hour where the deal goes live right.

Steve: Aha.

Viet: So a lot of the more exclusives or the deal that people actually deal one actually happens lot in email so.

Steve: Interesting email, wow that’s horrible.

Viet: Yeah that’s horrible actually. When you even think about it and you know there’s pros and cons in there you have the good communication channel with – and you work with these people and you do good large volume with them. So there is a need for the– an open communication channel but there’s– I won’t be surprised you know if there is a better service in the next few you know whenever actually to make the job easier and you know the space is right for some sort of disruption that’s for sure.

Steve: Okay, so what you – what I’m trying to gleam off you know is, you know essentially all the sites have access to the same coupons essentially right?

Viet: Yeah, I mean you’re not going to really get like all these unique stuff I’ll be honest. If you find like a deal site you like and you use allegory you know, hey more power to you keep using, you don’t really need to come to DealZon and that sounds so bad actually.

Steve: Yeah.

Viet: But I feel like you know a lot of times unless, unless all you care about is gaming. So yeah you should actually come to us.

Steve: So I mean so each, each text like kind of has its own focus right because you said it’s kind of manual. You kind of have to pick and choose what you want to focus on right?

Viet: Sure, sure that’s for me. So but you definitely want see some of those the same stuff on most sites but the difference is may be what they highlight isn’t what’s the hottest latest right now. A lot of these stuff especially front page is very much click carried and right by the editors, right.

Steve: Right.

Viet: And some of these actually might be paid place material too and which we can talk about in a little bit–

Steve: Yeah.

Viet: So and you know so you needed to juggle between like hey is this guy really –is this really a good deal or is it just something that’s pushing you to sell because it gets in the most commission right?

Steve: Right, right okay.

Viet: So, and so it’s mostly that I think and I think because of human automatic coration [phonetic], if you start you know agreeing with what the editor puts on and chances are that’s a great deal then yes you should be comfortable with that site in the sense that they are pushing stuff that they know people like and want and not just because what’s you know shows the bottom line or converts better or what not right.

Steve: Okay, okay so that kind of actually leads to my next my question is, which is you know how do you actually get people to come to your coupon site in the first place right?

Viet: Yeah so I mean obviously marketing is like such a broad and you know broad discipline right but how we did it initially and this is actually quite a while ago, I want to say like three years back, is we started like you know so for any kind of hot products and this is kind of go back to email once again. We just email blogs these new steps you know on like called latest products to like tracking gadget size like tracking gadget blog basically news blogs–

Steve: Like in gadget?

Viet: Yeah exactly, you know like hey you know may be the latest Mark book Pro just slashed the price by 100 bucks and that’s actually very rare for Apple products, right?

Steve: Right.

Viet: And you know stuff like that basically and then you slowly and surely you build some links you know you send some else – some good new steps and you build an audience that way. And another method that we kind of use is we partner with a few different sites and if they have the right community and then if the fit is good, we post regular deals on their site and if in terms of – in the format of a blog post or a news stead or and stuff like that and that’s how we kind of like funnel trafficking sometimes.

Steve: What do they get in return for the blog?

Viet: You know the page views you know they – sometimes we have very rarely do we have like revenue share agreements you know and then when we have that obviously we have to disclose it carefully. So that works out when it fits with in terms of the community and audience right. We do this with may be like with individual sites, where, maybe some guy runs a gaming blog, right, and he knows that people like these kind of deal posts, and it helps support the website, helps support the community, you know, so it’s a win-win for everyone involved.

Steve: I see. But let’s say, I run a really popular gaming site; why wouldn’t I just put my own coupon codes on there?

Viet: Yeah, I think you should, actually, but we go back to all those hassle, all those manual stuff you know, you really have to be on the know, in terms of like what’s going on this week and what’s going on next week, to properly do something like this, I feel. So, I think, if you run a gaming blog, you should definitely do this, or use DealZon, basically, and we will be happy to help you out, and work out an arrangement that makes sense. But yes, I think, if you run a gaming blog, and your only revenue source is like the very typical display ads and stuff like that, you should start considering an affiliated model; there’s certain ways you can do this balance without coming across as if trying to sell all these games to visitors, right?

Steve: Right.

Viet: Because this really is a value in the sense that, hey you know, ‘buy this game because it’s cheap– I mean, we’re not telling you to buy it, but we’re telling you what is cheap right now, whether you buy or not it’s up to you, right?

Steve: Uh-huh.

Viet: So there’s some actually a value in terms of that service.

Steve: Okay. The other thing I did notice, when I went to your site, was you actually do advertizing also. And when I saw that, I was somewhat conflicted because, shouldn’t the goal be to have someone click on your affiliate link and buy something?

Viet: Yeah, actually, you are correct about that; for a very long time, DealZon had zero display ads. You can make the argument that the entire site’s being advertised now, because every click will generate a commission sale for us, right?

Steve: Sure, sure.

Viet: But, yes, for a long time, we don’t have any display ads, but we actually test this, a little bit. It didn’t really hurt conversion one way or another, and it’s just basically more money in the revenue so that we can keep the servers up and what not, so…

Steve: I see. So you just add them on, just to see if it’s going to affect your affiliate revenue; it didn’t affect it, brought in more money, so you decided to keep it on.

Viet: Yeah, we kept it on. We can probably do with two more banners– I mean, two three banners, to be safe, but at some point, you’re it’s just you’re clouding your site with a bunch of banners, so we’re okay with just one. And here’s the thing about this– and this is a tip for anyone that runs anything– any similar or is interested in affiliate space; When you have inventory, in the sense of like banner ads, or whatever slots, when you create inventory, that gives you the ability to sell these slots to advertisers, when the right time comes along– you know that might be a seasonal thing. I mean, in holiday seasons, all the merchants have the right budgets to work with, like promotions, so if your site’s the right fit, they might throw you a bone, give you a little bit more money, just to put a banner on your site to your [indiscernible][00:23:55] and you know whatever the heck that you might be getting from, whatever display network you use, you know whether it’s something like adsense or whatever else, right. So, by the virtue of having a banner, it gives you the ability, in the future to sell that slot, does that kind of make sense? So…

Steve: Yeah so, sell it privately to an advertiser.

Viet: Right, exactly. You know if you never have that in the first place, it’ll be a hard pitch to tell people, ‘hey, I’ll put you here’, while you didn’t have that before, so…

Steve: Okay, so what percent– is the breakdown heavily skewed towards affiliate revenue, or what’s the breakdown, between advertizing…

Viet: Oh yeah, by far, by far. The advertizing is just there really, because it pays for the server bills I want to say, so it’s not– it’s not exactly like zero dollars, but it’s also not something that we really stress about or focus on a lot, so…

Steve: Okay, so in terms of getting traffic, you mentioned working with other bloggers; are there any other traffic sources that you use?

Viet: Yeah. So, eventually, you know, we still get plenty of Google traffic – we try to rely less on Google these days, in the sense that we don’t really bother with optimizing that much anymore, in terms of SEO. If we have Google traffic, great, it’s because we have the right information and the right value, if not, whatever, right?

Steve: So, by information sorry– is this your blog post, or are these the deal pages themselves?

Viet: Both, actually, but mostly the deal pages themselves. We try to provide as much information as we can on a deal post, especially on the hot stuff — on the stuff that’s trending. So if there’s like a super old laptop, you know, two years old, obviously you’re not going to find the latest information there, right, because at this point, no one is going to buy that kind of particular laptop anymore. But for the latest stuff, yeah, I think so, we might have like hey more information on a particular computer model, hey maybe you should buy X over this because of these features, so stuff like that, basically.

Steve: So do you guys have that sort of content on your site where you’re comparing different items, and that sort of thing, or…

Viet: It’s mostly in the edited notes; we have a lot of it back in the days, but, like I said, we try to rely less on Google in a sense, so we only provide those information that is useful to our users. I suppose you can make the argument that what’s good for the users is good for Google too, but that’s always a bonus in the sense that I mean, there’s a lot of sites that bounce just a lot of key words in content, and by the virtue of their domain authority, they will rank for it, right?

Steve: Sure.

Viet: The coupon space is kind of iffy that way in the sense that sometimes and I’m sure a lot of users will know this– they search for a particular coupon in the other site, and there’s really no coupon!

Steve: It happens to me all the time, it’s very annoying.

Viet: It’s very annoying! We try to stray away from that as much as possible. Yeah, it makes us a little bit less money, but I’m a little bit more happy about it – I sleep a little bit better at night, you know. Yeah some people can say that you’re throwing away money, but if the coupon doesn’t exist, we say so; it’s expired. You can still click through it if you want to, you know, if you want to check if there’s something new, but there’s no coupon, so that’s that.

Steve: Okay. And I would imagine you don’t do any paid advertising, because the price just doesn’t work out economically, right?

Viet: I think it does, actually, but we don’t do that. I’m not sure if I’m giving too much information in that sense, but [Inaudible] [00:27:03] pretty much all of our revenue in a sense, is very much organic, it’s very much the users on DealZon, and some portion of it for our partner blogs.

Steve: How would pay traffic work? I mean, you’re paying an amount that seems like it’s a lot higher than your affiliate products.

Viet: It’s tough, right? I mean we’ve dabbled in it, and I can see it can work, but I’m not a PPC expert in the sense that, I can’t juggle that on a daily basis, and it’s very much average where you have to make sure whatever you bid is obviously a lot less than the commission you get. And it actually does still work well; you’d be surprised like how some of these large retailers just don’t do a good job advertising their own products or their own stores. So, there’s still a lot of space for the middle man, in a sense, the whole system still works. Instead of having their own internal team, they just pay it out by the affiliate model that way. So it’s kind of funny, I think going to change in the future, especially– if I run any one of these– If I’m like the business guy, or the revenue guy at one of these larger companies, I will think strongly about having my own PPC team to do the– and they do have them, don’t get me wrong, but between them and the affiliates, it’s an interesting space where you’re just throwing a lot of money, to try to break even, or to try to make like, the actual dollar out of your 50 cents spent– ask them.

Steve: Sure, sure. Do you guys do a lot of email marketing?

Viet: Lightly. We have our email list that’s fairly large, in a sense that I’m planning to trim it down to the guys that don’t really open our emails anymore, to save our costs. We do email marketing, we send out daily emails, and we’re starting to do a better job segmenting these. Some people actually only want to see video game deals, some people only want to see computer deals, some people only want to see HD TV deals. We find that that helps conversion a little bit more. So if you can segment it and if you have the volume that justifies it, you should definitely do it. And, hopefully the whatever email service provider that you sign up for has the segment ability.

Steve: How do you get people to sign up for your email list?

Viet: I think it’s very similar to what a lot of sites employ, so you know, there will be a pop up overlay, telling you to sign up. We try to be less– we try to balance between being annoying about sign-up and trying to make sure we convert these sign-ups, because if you’re just having a side-bar box, I’ll be honest, a lot of people aren’t going to see this thing, right?

Steve: Right.

Viet: The conversion difference there is like astronomic– could be something like 0.1% versus 3%, so that’s a big difference.

Steve: So I see. I would imagine that your sign-up rate would be kind of high– everyone wants to get good deals on stuff, right? I would imagine it’s pretty attractive.

Viet: Yeah, I can make the argument that’s okay. I really don’t know what it looks like on the other sites, I try to take a look at what the industry averages, but it’s kind of hard to guess that right in terms of…

Steve: Sure. Yes.

Viet: But you know I think when you do an overlay like this, if you provide good value, you should– for a long time we actually were very hesitant in having an overlay pop-up for email grab. But after a while we– again, just like the banner ad, we did an epic test; it didn’t affect the sales, and it didn’t affect any other noticeable matrix, so we kept it on. And, to be honest, when we axed it out, we still ended up cooking we don’t bother you for quite a good amount of time too, so…

Steve: Yeah, I know from my site I mean the pop-up is what actually converts the best.

Viet: Okay yeah, exactly.

Steve: Okay so, towards the beginning of the interview, you mentioned that sometimes you can get exclusive deals from affiliates, and it’s all about negotiation. So how does all that work, exactly?

Viet: Yeah, so I mean this is very much about chicken and [indiscernible][00:30:59] right, in the sense that, an exclusive is great – you get like an exclusive that people can only come to your site to get it, right or it might leak out get it elsewhere, but mostly people will come to your site to get this exclusive deal. But if you don’t– in order to get the exclusive, you need to have the right volume, to start negotiating with these partners, right and to introduce these merchants. You can see the dilemma here, in the sense that if you don’t get the exclusives, you won’t have the volume, and if you don’t have the volume, you won’t get the exclusives.

Steve: Right.

Viet: So I would definitely start– for anyone that’s inc. like a region space– my recommendation is basically just ask outright. Ask them hey what kind of volume we need to get to get some kind of exclusive deal or something that might be– and to be fair some of these exclusives are not exclusive in a sense that they will not happen again but it will be fogging you for that time period basically. Does that kind of make sense?

Steve: Okay, yeah. So how does an exclusive deal work exactly? Is it the pair on hire or is it just by virtue of you being exclusive that’s good enough?

Viet: Oh no I think it depends on how what the — it’s very much merchant dependent so sometimes he has to pay as you higher sometimes they give you a better deal like a better percentage coupon, right.

Steve: I see.

Viet: So you know it converts even better because why use this other coupon this other site if this coupon gives you 25% versus 25% this other side right?

Steve: Right.

Viet: So there is a lot of that– and sometimes it makes them both, sometimes it’s just simply this deal is only offered through this site at during this time frame through this link.

Steve: So walk me through this; let’s say you gain an exclusive, what’s your first course of action. So you email your list, do you also still reach out to bloggers about your deals?

Viet: Yeah definitely. If we manage to snuck an exclusive we want to promote as much as possible simply because we are hoping that’s the best deal right?

Steve: Right.

Viet: So yeah the first course of action is actually you should get your own site, you blast out to the people that convert the best which is usually your email people and sometimes your social people. You know maybe for some people the measures are– it is that’s where your audience lives. And you actually basically mention the full cause of the action and then we blast it out to your partners and then finally you want to blast out to the rest of them. So I think anyone in any kind of space should always have an excel sheet or whatever of regular people to email blast things to and on top of like the new tips sites you know TipsAtWhatever.com right, in whatever industry and category you are in. So that whenever you have something interesting and note worthy you can always rely on the list to get at least a few mentions of whatever you know exclusives or promotions that you have at the time right.

Steve: So what are your top traffic sites right now?– sources of traffic.

Viet: I think I will be mum on that in a sense that…

Steve: Okay no that’s fine.

Viet: Okay yeah, but to be honest most of our traffic is still coming from DealZon actually. We have a very healthy amount of users on DealZon and in terms of revenue numbers a good chunk of it is still coming from DealZon too. So like I said we are doing a very decent job theses days of diversifying our traffic source and income source. Three years ago, I want to say, Google would bring about like 50% of our traffic right, and 70% of our revenue. That’s actually quite a big chunk right.

Steve: Wow.

Viet: Just because it converts better. These days we make way more than we did before and Google is like what, 20% of our traffic visit and, maybe exactly the same amount, 20% of our revenue too. So at some point you already want to move away from a Google mentality and I think you definitely mention this a lot of times you know whether in your podcast or in blog post right.

Steve: Yes.

Viet: Two thirds and you know and email list is one such great revenue source right. These are people that opt in the people that already want the information right. So if you can build a channel like where no one else can mess with, I want to say that’s a good comfortable spot to be at.

Steve: Okay, so if there is someone out there who wanted to start their own coupon site how would you suggest they start. So one thing I forgot to ask you about is that actually what platform you run your site on?

Viet: So we actually– we built our own site. It’s on rails, we’ve been on rails. We built our own platform essentially. We have our own backend and our own frontend. This is actually more household than it’s worth–. Well, okay I think it’s working for us for our own usage but this goes to your question if you are starting a coupon site today, you know to make your life easier you should really just get a word press blog and there are various amounts of coupon plug-ins. I haven’t been keeping up to date on them but I know there’s obviously two, three pretty decent coupon plug-ins and coupon site templates that you can use right. And then really you should just find a specific niche that you do very well at right, and that you are very familiar with, that you are an expert at instead of trying to cover everything under the sun, you know try to cover that one thing that you can do a good job at providing information at. So that’s kind of where I’ll start.

Steve: Okay and then in terms of — you guys have a blog too right. So what use has the blog been in terms of…?

Viet: So for us we’re actually doing not too good of a job in terms of a blog, when you have a blog you really should update it regularly in a sense of like you don’t have to write every day. I’m not a believer in that but you should write consistently like let’s say if you are going to do a post per week, you should do a post per week on x day right–

Steve: Okay.

Viet: And for a blog you already want to do it so you supplement information in terms of deals that you’re– So for the coupons site I feel like the best way to do that is that you do price comparison or price prediction stuff like that basically.

Steve: Okay and one thing I also forgot to ask you is what was the source of your inspiration for even deciding to do a coupon site as opposed to some of the other business models out there?

Viet: So I think there is a lot of different things but I don’t think was ever marrying into the idea of like starting a coupon site and actually I did not start this. There is a different partner that left since then actually but I decided to join DealZon because I thought it’s interesting and there’s all things I can bring to the table in terms of the categories that we are focused on at the time and that was my expertise and this goes back to what I mentioned about how if you have expertise in terms of a particular category you know, I’m a gamer I’m a computer user, I know my computers very well maybe I know less these days than before because I don’t have time to read about this stuff anymore but if you are more comfortable to talk about a particular product and you enjoy talking about that particular product, it’s just a lot easier to try and sell those products too right.

Steve: Yes.

Viet: So it’s mostly that I think and you know I think at a time, you know, it’s kind of like- this goes to what we had mentioned earlier- if you search for coupon you run to your site and it’s just bunch of links but there is no coupon to be found, that’s annoying right. We wanted to try a little bit better than that basically.

Steve: Okay and so you do this full time?

Viet: Yeah I do this full time.

Steve: So were there– what was your source of your inspiration? Was there any books that kind of gave you the inspiration to say,” Look I want to start my own site and run my own business”?

Viet: I will be frank, not really. I think I am one of those few that started their own site back in the 90s right, and they would just miss the bow in terms of like becoming like one of those dotcom millionaires so I– but then we learn a lot in the process and we enjoy working online building websites, interacting with users and readers. So I think it‘s essentially that really verses like any one book or any one particular thing.

Steve: And are there any resources or services out there that you can’t live without with your site?

Viet: Yeah, so let me think about this of the top of my head. I think because we build our own platform a lot of the tools that we need, I have my developer build out the stuff but then there is definitely a few services obviously. We are hosting Heroku, so without Heroku obviously it’s– we used to have our own hosting services our own– and then the system that main portion is very much of a headache right–

Steve: Yes.

Viet: So that did obviously allocated to Heroku now, so that’s good. So we can’t live without Heroku. I guess you can argue that mailchimp is essential for us too in the sense that without mailchimp we don’t have an email list, I mean there is a lot of services out there but we are comfortable with mailchimp so we are sticking with them

Steve: Okay.

Viet: And I guess you know definitely that there are free other networks you know without them obviously that won’t work too right. You know without Commission Junction, without link share, you know, without these larger networks it gets a little bit tough right. So–

Steve: Okay, cool so Viet we’ve already been talking for quite awhile, where can people find you online if they have questions?

Viet: So if you head to dealzon.com there is contact form there but just email me at viet@dealzone.com and I’ll be honest, I mean I don’t mind giving up that, I think it’s a public email actually so yeah viet@dealzon.com and if you have random questions like this I will try to take some time out to try and answer them as best as I can.

Steve: Awesome well thanks a lot for coming on the show Viet.

Viet: Yeah, no problem I will talk to you later Steve.

Steve: All right talk to you later, have a good day.

Hope you found that podcast episode interesting. Now I for one have always wondered what it was like to run a coupon business online and at least at the back of my mind I always pictured a very hands off site that made money on auto pilot by automatically grabbing deals from a feed and displaying them online and as it turns out it’s not that simple and I probably should have known better. Now Viet shared some very useful tips on how to get traffic to a coupon website and I’m very thankful for his candor and revealing how his business works. For more information about this episode go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/episode 28 and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast please got to iTunes and leave me a review.

When you write me a review it not only makes me feel proud but also helps keeps this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. Now as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information about this please go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywife quitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

027: Andreea Ayers On How To Create A 6 Figure T-Shirt Business And Get Featured In 200 Magazines

Andreea Ayers

I’m really happy to have Andreea Ayers on the show today. Out of all of the possible products to try to sell online, selling t-shirts is probably one of the hardest. But Andreea managed to take her t-shirt business to over 6 figures in profit by being extremely focused and by leveraging publicity.

Today, Andreea runs the popular site LaunchGrowJoy.com where she teaches other people how to run a successful online wholesale business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Andreea sourced her first products and found her first vendors
  • How Andreea started designing her own shirts without any knowledge
  • How Andreea tested her market before placing a bulk order overseas
  • How Andreea convinced her first store to carry her products
  • Why Andreea decided to sell her products wholesale as opposed to retail
  • What it’s like to be a wholesaler and how to run a wholesale business
  • How Andreea got her products featured in over 200 magazines
  • How Andreea used Facebook to promote her products
  • How Andreea used Pinterest to promote her site

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast ,where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcast where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success, instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses.

If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s you host, Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quite Her Job podcast. Today I have Andreea Ayers with us on the show. Now I did not know Andreea at all until she randomly emailed me one day and I’m so happy that she did because it opened my eyes to a brand new blogger/ecommerce entrepreneurial that I did not know about. Andreea runs launchgrowjoy.com a blog where she helps entrepreneurs sell their own consumer products via wholesale and publicity. So here is what stood out about Andreea for me, out of all the business ideas that I get pitched about on my blog I tend to discourage people from going to extremely saturated niches like selling t-shirts for example, but Andreea not only successfully started her own t-shirt business, Tees For Change, but she also managed to grow this business to six figures. Then she started another business in a highly competitive niche selling organic soap and she was doing pretty well too until she decided to shut it down. Now today Andreea helps other entrepreneurs get their products featured in magazines and in the press and she is also very knowledgeable about Pinterest, and with that I am very happy to have on the show.

Andreea: Thank you so much Steve I’m so exited to be here talking to you today and to your listeners.

Steve: Yeah really glad to have you. So Andreea I’m very curious, how did you come up with selling t-shirts, and what was so special about your t-shirts such that you managed to get celebrities to wear them?

Andreea: So I launched my t-shirt business in 2007 and the reason I launched it is because my husband and I were moving from– I grew up in New York City so we were moving from New York City to Boulder, Colorado and it just happened that I was also four months pregnant at the time and I always had sort of a side business in addition to my corporate job. So, I’ve worked in corporate America for companies like Mackenzie and City bank, Starwood hotels near Kenversity and a whole bunch of other places and when I moved to boulder I –, my goal was to get a job so that we sort of have more stability and have health insurance and all of those other things that come with getting a good job and I landed here started going on interviews and it was really really hard for me to get a job, and obviously part of it had to do with the fact that I was pregnant and I was starting to show, and part of it also I think had to do with the fact that I didn’t really want that job whatever the job it was going to be because I knew I would probably be quitting after my son was born a few months later.

So I thought about turning that part time entrepreneurial thing that I’ve been doing for quite a few years into a fulltime gig, so I thought alright so what do I love to do, what do I know how to do and what can I do to turn this into a business. So I had a couple of different ideas but one that really stuck out with me was the idea of launching a t-shirt line. Now I did not know anything about ecommerce or fashion or even how to start t-shirts but I had a pretty good marketing background. So I knew that no matter what product I would launch that I would hope that I could make it successful. So I ended up doing this t-shirts line and part of my passion was to use eco-friendly materials and eco-friendly inks so one of the things that I think made my t-shirts stand out, and remember this was in 2007 when it wasn’t as easy to find eco friendly clothing and eco products so that definitely made my brand stand out.

The other thing that I think made my t-shirts really successful was that I decided to really get specific about what niche I was going to focus on, and when I first started I honestly had no idea about getting really specific and narrowing down your audience. I really thought I could just sell the t-shirts to any one and I would be a millionaire in a year because everybody buys t-shirts right. So once I realized that it was kind of impossible to market with a non existing budget to everyone, I decided to again think about what I love to do and what kind of communities I wanted to be involved in, and that’s when I decided to focus on yoga studio owners and women who do yoga. So whenever I would design a t-shirt most of my ideas I made sure that they would appeal to some one who does yoga and I think it took me a couple of months to find that niche but once I really narrowed down on that that’s when my sales started to really take off because I was really speaking to women who do yoga and I’m someone who does yoga. So I sort of already knew what that market was like because I was my own customer in a sense. So it just made it a lot easier.

Steve: So can you just describe to me what eco friendly t-shirts really mean because t-shirts are traditionally made out of 100% cotton right?

Andreea: Yes but what happens is that cotton uses a lot of pesticides and it’s very, very toxic to produce, so what I decided to do is that I decided to use organic cotton in my t-shirts and there are no pesticides used on organic cotton and also I decided to experiment with t-shirts that were made out bamboo so that’s definitely – yeah so it was a mixture of bamboo and organic cotton and in addition I also decided to have my t-shirts printed with non toxic inks, because all of the inks that you see on the t-shirts they are highly toxic, they give off a lot of fumes there are not made from very environmentally friendly materials. So it was the material itself on the shirts. It was the ink that I used and then also my hand tags were printed on recycled and recyclable paper as well. So it was the combination of all of those things that made it eco friendly.

Steve: Okay I see so you actually kind of caught that movement sort of in the beginning because that was when back then I don’t think there were that many clothing stores that were doing that sort of thing. Today you can find those all over the place I believe.

Andreea: Yes, that’s true I caught it right at the beginning and I remember I had such a hard time finding an eco friendly t-shirt manufacturer because there was hardly anyone who was doing it. So it was definitely a hard process for me to find sourcing but once I sold it in 2011, then I mean every t shirt brand had an eco friendly line so it was definitely a lot more widespread. So I do feel lucky that I sort of got there in the beginning right as it was starting.

Steve: It’s never luck. So just curious can we talk about the sourcing aspect a little bit. So where did you actually get these products sourced from?

Andreea: Sure, so I initially went to American Apparel because they were one of the few that would do eco friendly t-shirt so I got– I ended up buying into their organic line but I found out their cut and the material wasn’t quite what someone who does yoga would be interested in because usually yoga clothing is more light more, it’s more airy, it’s more stretchy and usually it’s not made just out of cotton right. It usually has some sort of spandex or Lycra or some other material that makes it a little softer and a little stretchy. So I found out that the American apparel t-shirts weren’t really selling that well for me just because it wasn’t in line with what my audience wanted and then I ended up going with another company called Alternative Apparel and they had really nice organic cotton line that was just super soft.

The cut was really nice. It was definitely really feminine and what my audience was into and then about two years after I started using their t-shirts, I realized that there were a ton of other companies that were sort of my competitors and they were all buying the same t-shirts that I was buying from Alternative Apparel except they were printing them with different designs. So that’s when I decided to branch out into finding my own manufacturer and get my own t-shirts custom made. So I did a lot of online research and found this company out in Turkey who was working with bamboo and I loved their cuts and I ended up actually working with a broker in the UK who sort of facilitated everything. So I never actually had direct contact with this company in Turkey, but it was my broker in the UK who would facilitate all of my orders all of the shipping and all of that. So by the time I sold the business I did have my own custom made t-shirts that no other brand had. So that was definitely helpful to increase my sales.

Steve: Okay let’s take a step back, so how did you find that broker in the UK?

Andreea: I actually went online. I goggled and I found a whole bunch of companies I was looking for eco friendly. So I would type in things like organic cotton t-shirt blanks or organic cotton t-shirts manufacturers or apparel manufacturers that are sustainable. So I would make a list. I had a spread sheet where I would put in all of them and then I would reach out to them via email and I would say hey this is what I am interested in. What are your minimums? Can you send me samples, what are your shipping times? What are your production times? And then based on the answers that they gave me plus cost obviously because that was a huge thing. Based on that and then the samples that I got, I decided to go with the t shirt that I thought would sell the best. So it was really just googling things and making a list of companies that were making t-shirt blanks.

Steve: So did you – you mentioned that you designed your own t-shirts, did you mean just the designs that went on the shirts or the shirt themselves – like the fit?

Andreea: So it was both. Well I didn’t actually design the shirt but the manufacturer made the shirts specifically just for my company. So they gave me different choices, different patterns to choose from. Different colors and they basically said here is what we have available. We can go with what we have available– we could go with what we have available and customize it specifically for you with your logo, with your own colors or you can totally design your own but I think for me because I didn’t have a design background and I didn’t quite know where to go to find someone to design patterns I decided to go with one of the cuts that they had already made but I had so may to chose from that it was super easy and then I picked my own colour as well. So that’s how that happened.

Steve: Okay, so I know for us we do quite a bit of importing and what were the minimum order quantities and how did you kind of– Did you know that these t shirts were going to move before you placed the bulk order? How did you kind of proceed with that?

Andreea: Well yes I think by that time I definitely knew that they would move because I had quite a few retailers in place. I think I had about 150 retailers at this time and they all would email me and ask,”hey are you coming out with a new line are you — do you have anything new, what can we buy that’s new, and I realized that if I had my products in stores they would always going to want stuff that was new. So I knew that they would sell and plus based on my previous sales history as well because at that point I was getting steady orders. I was moving through quite a lot of t-shirts which definitely wasn’t the case when I started but by that point two years in– and plus I had set up events that I was going to do so I was doing some trade shows and selling t-shirts directly to through the trade shows and I was also starting to get a lot of press. So I did invest the minimum– I think the minimum quantities was I want to say at least 5000 t-shirts to start with and it was probably something like120 of each size, of each colour, of each style if that makes sense. So I put together a whole bunch of colors and styles and made– met their minimum of 5000 t shirts.

Steve: Okay and how much was the outlay. How is the cost per t-shirt back then?

Andreea: Back then it was around anywhere from like 4.67 to the long sleeves were maybe closer to eight dollars. It was like something closer from five to eight I would say.

Steve: Okay so if I was to summarize you had already had sales using your US vender–

Andreea: Yes.

Steve: And you were already working with your stores and boutiques and then once you got to a certain point you decided just make your own in Turkey and by then you already had a customer base and you knew that you could move these. So the minimum quantity wasn’t that big of a deal.

Andreea: Exactly, yes and I already had the funds in place to do it. I mean I did have to get out a line of credit at some point to pay for some of these but I knew that they would sell very quickly and what I would also do is that I would also try to pre sell so I would reach out to my wholesalers or my retailers and I would say hey this is what’s coming, are you interested and that gave me a good indication too of whether or not my t-shirts were going to sell because if I see my retailers get super excited and they be like “oh my God I can’t wait until you get these t-shirts in, let me know and here’s my order,” then I knew that I was going to sell them, plus I started building my online sales as well through publicity. So that really helped also.

Steve: Okay so let’s talk about that. How did you get the first store to carry your products?

Andreea: So the first store was actually a yoga studio. So what I did as soon as I decided that I wanted to be focused on working with yoga studios and women who do yoga, I went and got a copy of yoga journal magazine and in the magazine they have a directory of yoga studios in the US. So I made a spreadsheet, I sat there and copied and pasted all of there email addresses. They also gave you the owners’ name who owned the yoga studio. So that was really helpful because I could actually personalize my emails to them and after I — I think I think they had about 300 yoga studios in the print directory and then I realized that they also had an online directory that had even more yoga studios, so I basically went through their online directory, copied down their email addresses and studio names and the owners name and I started emailing them one by one and telling them about the T-shirt line, telling them that it was eco friendly.

And I think the other thing that really helped me was that I also decided to plant a tree for every shirt that I sold, and that’s another thing that made me really stand out and it made my brand a little more unique. So when I would reach out to these yoga studios, I would tell them that the T-shirts were eco friendly, that we would plant a tree for every shirt that I sold, that they were printed with non toxic inks, and that their purchase would really make a difference. And I think that really helped to make me stand out a little bit more, plus the designs on the T-shirts were something that was really in line with the Yoga community, so I think all of that combined really helps. So that’s how I was able to get, I think maybe my first like ten to twenty stores, and then it sort of grew from there.

Steve: So the Yoga studio itself sold their own apparel, and that was– they had a little store to go along with the Yoga studio – is that correct?

Andreea: Yes, exactly. So they– some of the Yoga studios have their own brand, some carry other brands, but a lot of Yoga studios have a little boutique inside the studio, and it’s a way for them to make extra money.

Steve: Okay. This sounds a lot like Lulu Evan; it sounds like you were doing this before they even got started. We’ll get to that – I have a lot of questions. So, you’re getting your first initial orders– so first of all, first question I have is; how come you decided to go wholesale as opposed to just your own online store?

Andreea: I was actually doing both at the same time, so I– the reason I decided to focus mostly on wholesale in the beginning is because it was more of a straight path than trying to sell online, because, I knew that I wanted to target Yoga studio owners, and I already had all of their contact information, but then once I saw that they were coming back and reordering and there was more interest, I thought, ‘wow, I think I’m onto something here’ and, yes I was definitely selling at lower margins than I would online, but the orders were more steady, they were ordering a few hundred dollars worth of items at the same time, and they would keep coming back over and over again. So, in a way, once I got one account, it was sort of easy to grow that into re-orders. Whereas with online sales, you know some people would buy a T-shirt for themselves, and then come back and buy another one as a gift, but it wasn’t a case where they would buy month after month because there’s only so many T-shirts you could get that are a certain style. So, in the beginning, about 85% of my revenue came from selling to stores, and by the time I sold my company four years later, it was about 65-35%.

Steve: Okay. So how did you dance around the pricing with– so how did you prevent yourself from competing directly with your wholesalers– not your wholesalers– your end boutiques.

Andreea: The thing with T-shirts is that people really love to try them on, and they love—they want to see how a T-shirt fits so, in some ways I feel like my– the fact that I had my own online store was actually really helpful for the boutiques because I would list all of them on my website as well, and I would constantly throughout my site encourage people to go visit their local store so they can try on the T-shirts…

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: And then every time that I would get a press mention, I would also email the boutique owners and let them know that there was a huge press mention that just came through let’s say Red Book magazine – and ask them if they wanted to stock up because I knew that people– whenever I would get a huge press mention, a lot of people would rather go to the store first, and try the T-shirts on, rather than buy directly through my site. So I don’t necessarily think I competed with them, but I think, in a way, I really helped to increase awareness of their store as well.

Steve: Okay. So in a way, your online store was meant to drive more traffic to your retailers as opposed to– the main intention wasn’t to just make online sales for yourself per se.

Andreea: Exactly. Yes and I think almost always if someone came to my site, and they saw that I had a local store, then they would almost always go to the local store instead of buying through my site, but the people who lived in cities where I didn’t have any local stores, then they obviously didn’t have a choice, so they would buy through my site directly.

Steve: Okay. So, if you can give us a brief overview about how you ran your wholesale business – so what were the minimum order quantities and what were some of the terms that you instilled when you were working with retailers?

Andreea: Sure. So my minimum order quantities; I started out with a minimum of twelve shirts, and then I realized that that was kind of too little, because I started speaking with other people that were selling wholesale, and I started going to trade shows, and they said that the more varied of a product line that someone has in their store, the more likely your products are to sell. Because if someone sees, let’s say someone goes to a store and they have ten T-shirts to choose from as opposed to four – they’re more likely to buy because they have more choice. So I was advised to increase my minimums to– instead of twelve T-shirts to increase it to $150 minimum, and that was a lot more that twelve T-shirts, so that’s how I was able to do that.

My other terms were that I didn’t accept any returns on wholesale, and that’s because I was going through launching new lines all the time, so if someone came back a year later to return T-shirts, for example, those were already off of my website, I had sort of moved on and there was not much that I could do with them so I made it clear from the beginning that I wasn’t going to take returns especially from wholesalers. And I think that’s pretty much the name of the game when it comes to wholesale – unless you’re working with a huge store where it’s like a whole foods or Bloomingdale’s or something like that where you do have to be a lot more flexible and possibly accept returns – but I worked with smaller retailers specifically for that reason; because I knew they were used to not having to return stuff. But when I was selling my T-shirts to my retail customers on my website, then I definitely took returns.
Steve: So what were the markups – was it just like a 2X markup from your wholesale and then the retails would mark that up 2X again?
Andreea: Exactly, it was exactly that. And then when I started to work with sales reps, I marked it up a little more. But at that same time I was able to lower my costs, so especially when I went with the 5,000 T-shirts from– in one order. So I was able to keep my prices somewhat consistent because my manufacturing costs had gone down.

Steve: Okay. And so I imagine you were getting a whole bunch of T-shirts shipped to you; did you have some sort of warehouse or…

Andreea: So I started out with having everything at my apartment at first, and I bought some shelves, and had everything on the shelves and I did all of the shipping and packing myself, actually, for the first two years. And then, at that time I was pregnant with my second child and we needed an extra room in our house, and plus I was starting to get more busy and I was spending so much of my time packing or shipping, that I didn’t really have time to market or do any of the sales. So that’s when I really decided; all right, if I really want to continue with this volume, I have to get a fulfillment house. So I ended up getting a fulfillment house and it was really interesting because, with the fulfillment house – the way that happened is that – I was featured in a local business magazine – and this was when I first launched my business – and there was a fulfillment house here in Colorado who worked specifically with smaller business women and entrepreneurs.

So she reached out to me about maybe six months after I started my business and she said, ‘I have a fulfillment house, we work exactly with entrepreneurs like you, if you ever have a need for a fulfillment house, let me know; I would love to work with you.’ And I didn’t really have a need for that until about two years. So I had kept her contact info on file, and when I was really ready – after two years I said ‘all right, now I’m ready, I’m about to have my second baby, I’m getting a ton more orders, I’m running out of room in my apartment; can we start working together?’ and she was super excited and it was actually in a way I think it’s what saved my business and what allowed me to really grow it. Because, I think, if I had been still packing and shipping myself with a second child, I don’t think I would have had much time for any of that, so, yes.

Steve: I don’t know how you did it with a single child, to be honest–

Andreea: He slept a lot during that first year, so that was really helpful, and my husband helped a lot too, so – he was staying at home with our kid, or with our son, when I was working, and so on, so we were able to sort of work out a schedule where I can work – my husband was in grad school at the time, so he had a little more flexibility– he wasn’t gone all day working, so I think that that was another thing that, I wouldn’t have been able to do it if he had a full-time job.

Steve: Okay. So how did using a fulfillment house affect your margins?

Andreea: So, it definitely affected my margins a little bit, but I looked at it as an investment and it was really a good investment, because I couldn’t spend five hours a day packing and shipping, or I couldn’t spend five hours a day reaching out, doing press, trying to get mentions, getting my shirts to sell a breeze [phonetics] and all of that, so, it did cut into my margins a little bit, but it also happened to be sort of at the same time where I was able to lower my costs by a dollar or so. So that I think that was really helpful. And I think the other thing was the T-shirts – which wasn’t the case with my soap business – was that the T-shirts are so light to ship and it was under a dollar at that time postage prices weren’t as high as they are now. So it was under a dollar to ship one T-shirt and I was charging $4.95 to ship so part of that cost went into my fulfillment houses. So in a way it kind of paid for itself, but when I would do let’s say free shipping incentive or something like that, then obviously I would have to pay for the cost of that myself, but usually my shipping fee paid for my fulfillment houses.

Steve: Okay. I was just curious what the terms were with your fulfillment house at the time…

Andreea: It was a pretty easy. She was really flexible, I think, because she worked with a lot of smaller entrepreneurs, so it wasn’t a case where I had to have a minimum amount of orders or anything like that, she wasn’t charging any monthly storage fee – I know that, a lot of fulfillment houses, you have to have crazy minimums, you have to pay storage fees, you have to pay extra charges per package and if you do any sort of inserts you had to pay more, but this one was really straight out, it was a flat fee per package and then for whole sale orders it was sort of a sliding scale based on the amount.

Steve: Okay. So maybe you’ll have to give me the name of that fulfillment house so we can link it up…

Andreea: Of course! I’ve been recommending that fulfillment house ever since I started working with them, and it’s amazing – it totally transformed my business.

Steve: Okay. That’s good to know. So let’s go to the heart of the matter and what I’ve wanted to know since the beginning. How did you create buzz around your products, and how did you get it featured in over 200 magazines, newspapers and TV shows?

Andreea: Sure. So that was something that I didn’t even really know existed when I started, I thought that only big brands get to be featured in national magazines, right, because you see all of the big brands and they have huge budgets so I thought ‘okay, that’s never going to happen for me’ so I started small – I started with blogs. And I was reading a blog one day, and the blog was all about being happy and living the happy life and how to create happiness in your life, and one of my popular T-shirts at that time was a T-shirt that said ‘Choose Happiness’ on it, and I thought ‘there’s a blog about happiness, I have a T-shirt all about happiness – maybe I can reach out to them and ask them if they want to feature my T-shirt.’ I had no idea how any of this worked, but I emailed them and said ‘hey, I just found your blog; I love it, I just launched a T-shirt line and I think my T-shirt would be really appealing to your audience who’s all about finding happiness, and, would you be interested in featuring it?’

And they wrote back to me right away and they said ‘Oh, we love your branding; can you send us a sample? We’ll try it out and we’ll write about it.’ And that’s when I realized ‘So I have to send out samples – it doesn’t quite work for me just to send them photos,’ because I thought, ‘why would they need to see a sample right, I could just send them a photo, they can post the photo up on the site and I don’t have to really invest into shipping and all of that.’ But I realized that that’s not how it works, so I ended up sending them a sample, and they loved the T-shit, they wrote about it, and I started seeing traffic come from that blog and I thought ‘maybe I could do this with Yoga blogs, maybe I could do it with some mom bloggers, because they do product reviews all the time, and I was personally reading a lot of mom blogs at that time because I was just newly pregnant, and then had a baby. So it sort of organically grew, and I realized that that was such a great way to get traffic back to my site and get sales, and also to grow my email list as well.

I started to learn more about publicity and how it works, and I started working with a PR company. They actually approached me and I decided to– it was a huge investment for me at the time – it was $2,000 per month, and I had to commit to at least three months of using them. But they are the ones who sort of introduced me to working with magazines. They were able to get me a few magazine mentions, and then after that three month contract was over, I thought ‘maybe I can try to continue this and do it on my own, so I started reading blogs about PR, reading books, listening to interviews, attending online PR courses and events and webinars, and I sort of started to just do it on my own. I started sending out emails, learned about editorial calendars and how magazines– they work on like a three to six month schedule, and, let’s say in July is when they’re working on their November or December issues.

So I sort of started working backwards and planned my launches in accordance with the magazines’ calendars – so that way I can pitch for mother’s day gifts, or I ended up launching a T-shirt that was all about breast cancer awareness and donating part of my profits to breast cancer awareness and almost every magazine in their October issue because that’s when breast cancer awareness month is. Almost every Magazine has a roundup of products that are either pink or that give back to breast cancer awareness. So I decided to create a T-shirt that was specifically for that cause, so that’s how I was actually able to do it and I realized how much I loved doing it, and I started to focus a lot of my efforts on doing this on a monthly basis. So it was a slow and steady raise, but it definitely helped for me to have steady press mentions every month.

Steve: So walk me through this. So how did you find out who to contact and how did you contact them? What did you write in that first initial approach email?

Andreea: Sure, so at first I started with using a service like helper reporter out I’m, sure you’re familiar with it.
Steve: Okay.

Andreea: And I was able to specially more round like Mother’s Day gifts or holiday gifts and that’s how I was able to start out one way that was really inexpensive and then I learned about media databases. So there are places like Cission media database, or MyMediaInfo.com I think there’s Vocus and a couple of other databases where you compared annual fee and get access to contact information and editorial calendars for magazines. So I ended up paying that annual fee and I think when I first did it, it was around 3400 dollars a year which was a huge investment for me, but the way I looked at is that, all right 3400 dollars for a year is a lot less expensive than 2000 dollars per month.

So if I want to keep this publicity thing going that might be a good investment for me. So I ended up investing and I tried out all of the different media databases. I tried out Cission and Vocus and MyMediaInfo and I think a couple of other ones and then finally decided on Cission which was my favorite one, and they also had editorial calendars. So you go in there and see for example what Oprah Magazine is working on for this month and who the contact person is. So that was really helpful. Again I learned all of the other things that they were working on and I would email the person who was working on it and tell them why I thought my T-shirts would make a great gift for Mother’s Day or during the April issue a lot of them write about eco-friendly products because April is Earth Day, and they want to self celebrate Earth Day with eco-friendly products.

So I was able to find almost every month a theme that my T-shirts could fit in and by that time I ended up having a men’s line as well. So for Father’s Day I would pitch – pitch my T-shirts and I also started reaching out to Men’s Magazines. I also ended up launching a baby and kids line and reaching out to some of the kids and Parenting Magazines as well. So having a more varied product line, really helped me to get all of these placements across different types of magazines. But before I had a database, I would really go to Barnes & Noble, look at a magazine, see what they are working on and sometimes they would – sometimes the magazines have like a product roundup in the beginning of the magazine and it says there who put that page together and so I would just look.

I would Google that magazine and see if I could find their email – the email address of that editor or that writer and if I couldn’t find that online I really would just call them. To call up the magazine their editorials office and say hey I wanted to reach out to this person would you mind giving me their email address, and sometimes they would give me their email address, sometimes they would say, all of our email addresses are the same you can just do first name that last name@– I don’t know–timeink.com or something like. So I started to write all of those things down but– and that’s what I did at first before I learned about this database but once I heard about the database and decided to invest in it, it was really as simple as logging in, finding the person’s name and getting their email address from there.

Steve: Okay, so was that your primary means of advertising your company? Did you use any of the paper click services? Did you ever buy advertising on blogs? Used PLA’s and that sort of thing or…?

Andreea: Oh yeah. I did buy some Ads on blog’s that I thought were relevant and some of them were more like an eco-friendly blog and the other thing that I did is that I also had an affiliate program so I used – I signed up with sherrysales.com.

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: And set up and affiliate program and I think I was paying maybe 15% or 20% and I reached out to a lot of bloggers that way as well. So it was more of an incentive for them to feature me because they would get a free T-shirt plus they would get a commission for any sales that came through to their site as well and…

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: So I did some affiliate marketing and then I also that’s when Facebook and Twitter were starting out. I didn’t know anything about Pinterest back then although I know if I – if I knew about Pinterest I’m sure it would have been a really great avenue for me as well, but I was using social media and then I also knew about the importance of building your own newsletter as well. So I would– every time I would go to events I would have a signup sheet where people could enter and let’s say win a T-shirt and then I would– they would– that’s how they could get on my email list and I also had an email list on my website as well. So those combined were definitely how I was able to get most f my online sales.

Steve: Okay, so if you were to start all over again which avenues would you start with and how would you prioritize them?

Andreea: I think definitely publicity would be the first one that I would start with and the thing about publicity is that it’s more of a long term process just because especially the magazines work with that really Longley times. So when I started my sale business, it was sort of a way for me to start over again and I went right out and really launched with publicity. So I reached out to blogs that I thought were a really great fit and the great thing about working with blogs is that it’s a lot more, or it happens a lot quicker than it does with a magazine, so you can approach a blog today and in a week you could have a feature on the blog. So it was a lot more faster, it was– traffic would start coming in right away from those blogs mentions, and then the long view was the publicity and I launched my soap business in July.

So that was the perfect time to reach out for holiday gift guide. So when the holidays came around I already had all these press mentions. So I think if I were to do it all over again definitely publicity would be the first thing that I would do, and that includes blogs and magazines and then I think social media is the other thing. So, I have experimented with Facebook ads for my soap business and for LaunchGrowJoy.com and I didn’t know about Face book ads with my T-shirt business but I think if I knew about it back then, that’s another thing that I definitely would have done because you can get so targeted and so specific, and you can grow your list really quickly, you can advertise during specific times for example like Mother’s Day or holiday gifts, or eco-friendly products and so on. So, I think those three things and then obviously constantly to be growing my email list and to focus on that would be another thing that I would recommend and that I would focus a lot of my time on.

Steve: So I was just curious. Did you use Face book to help promote your soap business at all or?

Andreea: I did yes, yes. So Facebook– I took out some ads, I did a contest, I worked with bloggers through Facebook as well and yeah – and I saw a quite great return on that.

Steve: So just curious since I’ve been doubling with Facebook ads as well. How did you structure your ads and what did your landing page look like?

Andreea: Sure, so I decided with Facebook to actually to do a contest, so I set up an app on Face book. I used a service called Funpageology.com, and they allow you to– I mean it’s a more to some of the other ones like I think Wildfireapp maybe they’ve changed their name I can’t remember, but you basically just build an app on Face book and when I would set up my ads people would go directly to that app on Face book and when would have– I ended up recording a video. It was super quick I think under a minute and I encouraged people to enter their name and email address and win a year’s worth of soap and I– right who doesn’t want to win a year’s worth of soap.

So I ended up getting a lot email addresses that way and a lot of buzz around that and then people would share it, but the thing that I did with the Facebook ads is that, I structured it so that I could reach out to not only other soap companies that I thought were my competitors, but also other companies that had similar products because all of my soaps had again inspirational words on them just like my T-shirts.

Steve: Mm-huh.

Andreea: So I reached out or I targeted – like inspirational jewelry companies which there are so many out there. I targeted other soap businesses– there’s a lot of like inspirational journals and mugs and candles and inspirational gifts. So I targeted a lot of those audiences as well and plus some eco-friendly bloggers and mom bloggers and all of that. So I think the reason I had success with my soap business and the Facebook ad is because I really targeted to specific audiences who liked all of these other companies and I assumed that if they like this company then they probably would like my soaps as well.
Steve: Okay, so the whole point of that was to get email addresses which you then would market to directly once they were on your list?

Andreea: Exactly.

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: Yup, mm-huh, exactly.

Steve: Yeah that’s what I was actually getting at when I asked you that question because a lot of people they buy Facebook ads and they just point it at their store and that traditionally doesn’t work very well.

Andreea: It’s right, that’s true, you have– mm-huh.

Steve: Okay so also on your website you they always say that you teach a course on Pinterest. So I was just wondering how you use Pinterest for your businesses as well.

Andreea: Sure, so it’s really interesting because with Pinterest I sort of discovered it by accident and I was looking at my Google analytics one day and I think Pinterest was like the third or fourth refer on my website and I thought how much this Pinterest thing I’ve never been on it. let me go check it out and then when I went on it I was kind of confused because I thought okay, I’m seeing mostly products for women here and I have LaunchGrowJoy which – where I teach people how to market their businesses so how do the two tie in together? And then I Goggled you know how do you know what has been pinned from your site and all of these things.

So I found out what articles people were pinning and I think the reason I was having success with Pinterest is that with some of my articles I created little graphics that had the title of the article in it, so that way when someone came to my site and they would see my articles that– and they were relevant to them they would actually pin my image that was on my site. And the other thing that I did too with Pinterest is that I– when I first launched LaunchGrowJoy I ended up interviewing a lot of entrepreneurs, and a lot of those entrepreneurs would pin their own articles from my site to their Pinterest board which I had no idea they were doing that I think that went for a year before I even really knew that they were doing that and then it slowly started to gain traction.

And then I decided to open up an account and really get more– have a plan around Pinterest, so I ended up launching this infographic and it had nothing to do with like product or fashion, but it was an infographic titled 30 ways to promote your blog post and it was targeted towards entrepreneurs that had a blog, and I was giving them ideas on how they can get their content out there rather than having to write more, that they would have to promote more and get a lot more over it. So, that infographic was crazily enough reap end over 50,000 times now which is crazy and I still you know I don’t spend that much time on Pinterest anymore now although I still like I still pin all of my articles that I write or any other let’s say now that I’m talking to you when your podcast goes live if you post it on your site, I’ll pin it to my Pinterest board as well.

So I still do things like that every time I have a guest post or an interview, or I write my own post on site as well. But it’s not as you know obviously that doesn’t get rip end 50,000 times but for some reason this infographic people just loved it and I still get so much traffic and I think still now my– so much of my traffic comes from Pinterest even more so than Facebook and I spend so much more time on Face book. So once I really realized the power of Pinterest, and I started to get really specific and I started to talk to other entrepreneurs who were having success about it, I realized that I probably this is a great tool for any entrepreneur that has a product. So I started teaching entrepreneurs how to do it, and that’s when I decided to create my own Pinterest course as well.

Steve: Okay, so did you use Pinterest at all for your soap business or?

Andreea: I did yes and I was getting the turn of traffic from Pinterest. It was my top-refer outside of Google…

Steve: Really, wow.

Andreea: From my Pinterest as well, yes. Mm-huh.

Steve: So what are some of your strategies on getting people to pin your soaps?

Andreea: Sure, so some of my strategies is that I also did a contest on Pinterest just like I did on Face book and I was able to– now that I had built the list, I was able to reach out to list and ask them to pin their favorite soaps. I also– the other thing that I did that worked really well is that I had my designer create quotes. So I did some research, made a list of like my top 200 favorites quotes, and I had my designer create these little images that reflected my– the branding that I had on my soaps and put one of each quote on these– it was like maybe like a 400 by 400 image and every day or a couple of times a day I would pin one of those images and that image had my URL the SoapsToLiveBy.com URL at the bottom and I would link it back to my site.

So I started pinning these things a couple of times a day and quotes are spread like crazy on Pinterest, and people would see that quote they would love it, they would re-pin it and a lot of times people clicked through to see where that quote leads and then they would land on my soap page and sometimes I would link for example if I had a quote about hope and I had a soap that said hope on it, then I would link from that code directly to my hope soap and that helps.

Steve: Yes.

Andreea: Yeah I mean it really, really helps. So a lot of times they weren’t even pinning my soaps, they were pining or and re-pinning these quotes that my designer had created and I would just upload on a daily basis.

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: Yeah.

Steve: That’s a good idea. So how did the contest work? How did you know who’s been pinning your stuff and how did you announce the winner and that sort of thing?

Andreea: So with the contest I– well on Facebook I had all of their email addresses so I just randomly picked the winner, but on Pinterest I asked people to tag and I think it was like a soaps to live by tag, and then I would see who tagged their photos with that and then just pick a random person to win from there. But Pinterest was a little easier because you could do this hash tag thing and that really, really helped and sometimes I would ask people to leave a comment. So another way you can structure a contest is to have people– so I put a photo of all of my soaps on one board, and then I would ask people to say which one of the soaps was their favorite and they could just leave a comment in the comment section, but then the other requirement was for them to also follow my boards.

Steve: Okay.

Andreea: So that was easy because all of the comments were right there.

Steve: Right and so you draw traffic to Pinterest and Face book pages through your email list as well for this contest initially right?

Andreea: Yes and I also had it at times on my home page of my soap business.

Steve: Okay, these are all great ideas.

Andreea: Yeah, I mean they worked really, really well and by the time I was doing this for a few months with the soap business I was starting to see some of those press mentions in magazines, so then traffic started to grow from there as well and I didn’t have to spend as much on doing Facebook ads.

Steve: Okay, well great we’ve already been talking for 50 minutes, it actually blew by. I don’t want to take up too much more of your time, but a couple of questions I ask everyone, you seem to be a very driven person. Were there any books or publications that kind of influenced you in any way to take on this world of entrepreneurship?

Andreea: I mean I love reading books especially business books, so I mean I’ve read everything from– like one of my first books that I remember, it was called “The Attractor Factor” and it was by Joe Vitale and it was basically a book about how you can have anything you want if you just go out and start working towards it. So I think that really inspired me because instead of like waiting for someone to hand me a job or to hand me a promotion or a raise, I realized that wow I could really do my own thing here and build my own future.
So I think that was one of the earliest books that really, really influenced me in terms of deciding to launch my own business, and then obviously I read things like “The 4-hour Work Week” and “The E-myth” and all of those kinds of books as well that I think every entrepreneur reads at some point. And then one other thing that I wanted to mention I think Entrepreneurial magazine was huge for me as well and just reading stories from other entrepreneurs, and learning about different ways that people have success as an entrepreneur was really inspiring and I mean I still continue to read Entrepreneur magazine and Fast Company and all of those business magazines as well.

Steve: Okay great, and so Andreea where can we– where can people find you online if they want to contact you?

Andreea: They can find me at lauchgrowjoy.com.

Steve: Okay and you mentioned earlier that you started a podcast; you want to tell us about where we can find the podcast as well.

Andreea: Sure, so that podcast is on iTunes and if you search for launch grow joy that should definitely come up and I love doing the podcast. I think it’s such a great way to connect with my audience on a much more intimate level, so I’ve been having a lot of fun with that.

Steve: Okay, great. I know I will be going to check it out right after this interview. So, thanks a lot Andreea, thanks a lot for coming on the4 show.

Andreea: Great. Thanks so much Steve; it’s been fun talking to you.

Steve: Okay. Take care.

Isn’t Andreea cool? After this interview ended, Andreea and I spoke for another half an hour, and she really is an amazing person. Even with two kids, she still manages to go full steam into her various businesses, she’s willing to try new things and she’s constantly learning. Now, when she didn’t know anything about making clothing, she picked it up; when she knew nothing about publicity, she figured it out. In fact, her interview gave me some great ideas on how to promote my own online store via publicity and Pinterest.
For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode 27, and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud, but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks, so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show, and please tell your friends, because the greatest complement you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person, or just share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information about this contest, go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest, and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six-day mini-course, where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit, in our first year of business; go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information, and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

026: How Autumn Wyda Quit Her Job To Sell Wedding Invitations And Thrives In A Competitive Niche

Autumn Wyda

Autumn Wyda quit her job cold turkey in order to start Shine Wedding Invitations, a beautiful website that sells wedding invitations online. Now quitting her job took a lot of guts because she gave up her salary even though her business wasn’t making any money.

But she had tremendous confidence in her abilities and today she runs a very successful online stationery shop that makes enough money that her husband quit his job too to join her.

Autumn is a true entrepreneur she shares a lot of the strategies that she used to promote her shop in a very competitive niche. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Autumn manages to compete in competitive niche
  • How Autumn used Etsy to test some of her designs before launching her main site
  • Why Autumn does not offer online personalization previews on her website
  • Why it’s more about the product than fancy technology
  • How Autumn got a publisher to take a chance on her business
  • How Autumn drives traffic to her site
  • Which advertising platforms have worked the best
  • Where Autumn focuses her marketing efforts today
  • How Autumn uses a blog to drive traffic to her site
  • Autumn’s experience with Elance and 99Designs

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast” where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring in famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information.
Now onto the show.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have Autumn Wyda with us on the show. Now I actually didn’t know Autumn at all until she randomly entered my podcast contest and in the contest entry she wrote the following: Steve, I just wanted to take a minute and say thanks for putting yourself out there for blog and your podcast. I own Shine Wedding Invitations and I have been working in wedding ecommerce for the past 5 years. I just read your blog and just recently subscribed to your podcast. Both are fantastic. And she then went on to tell me you know how she quit her job in order to start her online business and that her husband recently quit too to kind of help her out with the business and that her husband recently quit too to kind of help her out with the business and this last line is the one that actually hooked me. She said, “If I can ever be of any help to your linens business please let me know. It looks like your website is ranking pretty well right now, but if a blog post and some back links would help you, I’m happy to put something together as a thank you providing such great information on your blog and your podcast.

So here is what struck me about Autumn’s email. So one, her email caught my eye because we shared something in common, and two she didn’t ask for help but instead offered to help me out instead. So what did I do? I immediately went over to her website, checked it out, it’s awesome by the way and I immediately asked her for an interview just right then and there. So Autumn runs shineweddingsinvitations.com, which sells you guested wedding invitations. Now, wedding invitations is an extremely competitive niche. My wife and I ran a store in the wedding industry and its just a very competitive niche to begin with and you know what’s funny about this is that in my course that I teach on the side, I actually advise students to stay away from such related niches like Autumn’s. But she’s made it work really well and she makes enough money that both she and her husband quit their jobs. And with that I’m very impressed so without further ado, welcome to the show, Autumn, how are you today?

Autumn: I’m great, thanks Steve.

Steve: Yes, Autumn, so how did you come up with wedding invitations and give us a brief overview about what sets your invitations apart from the hundreds of other stationery shops out there.

Autumn: Oh gosh, well just how I came up with the idea is basically, I had always wanted to run a business. And I worked in engineering for a long time and I kind of knew that I didn’t want that to be my career. I wanted to quit my job, start something on the side. I got into sales and that position gave me a lot of flexibility and time and I started reading some interesting books like the 4-Hour Work Week by Tim Ferriss and it was just total inspiration I just going and get something started. So I actually followed Tim’s book pretty closely, he had some homework sessions as the end of each chapter that asked you to brainstorm business ideas and make list, I did all of these things.
And you know I had a list of dozens and dozens of ideas and I would just go through and kind of cross them out, or circle different ideas and of course the classic thing you know I was planning a wedding and I thought “Hey, wedding invitations, I can really do this”. I had a background in commercial printing, I was working in Kodak at the time and kind of in that industry so I knew about that and then I looked at the sites that we were going to purchase invitations from. And I certainly think that they were all that great and it is funny you are saying it is a very heavily saturated niche.

We opened in 2008 under a different name at the time. And at that time honestly I looked at the sites and I thought a lot of them were dated. One of the biggest competitors today which I think you just interviewed Wedding Paper Divas, they actually only had 50 designs at that time and their site was one of the better sites and I thought, hey, the site is ranking well, they are advertising, clearly they are making money and they only had 50 designs I can get in on this. So while you know it is a saturated and competitive market I think even just a few short years ago really wasn’t that bad. And I saw an opportunity that I could possibly make money you know if other people were advertising and making money, I felt that I probably could too.

Steve: That’s interesting because let’s see, we got married in 2003 and I think the first place we went to was just local stationery shops. I think we went to places like paper stores, we didn’t really think to look online actually.

Autumn: Right, absolutely and that just really came about I mean I would say in the mid 2000 starting to get popular we were looking like I said a lot of stores just weren’t up-to-date, they didn’t have modern designs to choose from, and I really only saw one or two stores that did and that’s why I thought hey, this looks like an opportunity.

Steve: Ah, okay so maybe I was just thinking in the present tense. Now, there’s lots of places that do wedding invitations, but I had to be honest with you know I actually looked at your site along with my wife and your invitations do look very classy, much more elegant than some of the other competitors out there. So I can completely tell why you are successful.

Autumn: Awesome, thank you so much. Yeah, and it’s funny because I kind of started off on a different path. I kind of focused on the lower mid market price point and we kind of had just we didn’t even take photographs if you look on our site we actually photographed the product against a white background and before I was just taking design screenshots and a lot of sites were doing the same thing. And our designs just weren’t that great, they are more on the modern side, and as we went along I saw it was selling. And it wasn’t the modern designs; it was all of our classy designs.

So I thought, hmm, this website is selling this is what I need to make more of so instead of adding to that site I decided to branch out and you know test a different market segment and test different designs and we actually did that on Etsy. And immediately the Etsy store just totally took off, and I could see that this is what people wanted and this was an opportunity in the market that you know wasn’t being met. There was a need that wasn’t being met, and so that’s kind of where I started to focus our store and our designs and I think that’s what has made us successful.

Steve: Okay, so let’s talk about that it sounds like you have tested the market on Etsy. But there is actually a lot of different factors that kind of come into play based on you know people who sell on Etsy. For example, I know for a fact that Etsy have changed their algorithm through visibility several times over the course of the last 5 years or so. So, was there anything special you did to drive traffic to Etsy shops to test the market or you just let the Etsy search engine to do its own thing?

Autumn: Oh gosh, yes things did change so back when I started my Shine Etsy Store, they were doing like eBay is doing, so they would put the most recently listed items first, and we were constantly at the top and I actually had my husband who is a pretty good [Inaudible] [00:07:39] bring in little algorithm that would constantly push the listings. So we would just pop up at the top. We’d sell something we pop back up, we sell something we pop back up and you know we would sell the same item over and over and over again the same day, it was awesome. So I kind of heard a little bit of a [Inaudible] [00:07:54] right there but even after they changed their algorithm, we continued to do well. And honestly I just think it was the products themselves and the product photos that made us successful there.

Steve: Okay, so walk me through how this whole process works because I remember, I still remember actually when we got our wedding invitations done locally at the store, and it was just this long drawn out process. How do you guys handle order fulfillment and kind of how does your business model work?

Autumn: Right, so we kind of handle all the ecommerce and the design. So somebody comes to our site and they place their order and they actually just fill out a form. And they don’t get to see a live preview like many other wedding sites. And just to note on that funny budding entrepreneurs when I first started my site had an online personalizer where you could actually see your wording and how your invitation was going to look. And I was so completely set on the idea that my customers absolutely had to have this great technology where they could see what they were going to get otherwise they were not going to buy. So I spent all this money on a custom website that I had made overseas, I’d outsourced it and that first business kind of failed and it was because the designs just weren’t what people wanted.

So then I moved the Shine where you just fill out this form on a website. So I just wanted to make the point that you know you may think that your customers need this fancy technology but it’s more about the product and that’s what I found. So we actually have a really simple process where they just go online enter the wording and then one of our designers actually puts it into our software, lays everything out, makes it beautiful. We send the customer an email with their proofs, their PDF’s and then once they are all good to go they actually get some to print through our printing partner filled that way.

Steve: Okay. So one question I had in my mind actually was you mentioned that you had all the software to give your customer the live preview of the invitation. Do you think that failed because the live preview just didn’t look as nice as what your designer’s could put together themselves, or was it just because you had completely different designs back then?

Autumn: I think that was part of it. I think that you know our designs had some elements when you really do need that human touch and the eye to do it correctly. I mean also I think our customers just didn’t want to deal with that, they didn’t want to sit on a computer for an hour and a half and move around lines of type. You know we are catering to like the made and high end market, and I think they just want to add another wording in and leave it up to a professional. And so it works out for us because the online personalization software was kind of a bear and it just had so many bugs and you still had the designer proof anyways, so it’s kind of nice, I mean when I started my second store Shine, we actually started on a 40 dollar WordPress template and we’ve taken in hundreds of thousands of normal sales through our 40 dollar template, so it can be done. So you don’t necessarily need crazy technology to do well and be successful.

Steve: You know that actually directly applies to our store because we do personalization on our handkerchiefs as well. And in the back of my mind I was thinking about doing what you just described which was provide a live preview. But I kind of started coating it up and I was like this thing is going to be slow as heck, it’s going to slow down my site…

Autumn: Definitely.
Steve: And they are going to be glitches where the photo doesn’t pop up sometimes, and so I just kind of dropped that idea altogether . It’s good to know that your experience was it didn’t actually really help complete the sales so.

Autumn: Yeah, it gave us some experience, you are probably totally fine (laughter).

Steve: So you know one trend that I have been actually noticing with a lot of other people that I have been interviewing is that people have chosen to do many more– I don’t want to say the word ‘manual’ but people have been just taking that extra mile to really take care of the customers. So like you said, since you sign up and you place an order you actually get assigned a real human designer. And how much of that has– you know how did you kind of juggle scalability versus the personal human touch with your business?
Autumn: Right, so when we initially thought of this idea and started it I mean we wanted it completely automated it. I’m all about automation, I love watching how it’s made on the discovery channel. I can’t see anyone they have human process it drives me nuts. But for our business it just turned out that you really did need someone there personalizing the invitations. And it’s actually not that bad, you know we had several employees and the company is totally virtual, so everybody works from home. So it’s not like we had to rent space and you know get a big building and pay all these bills everyone is still just been working from laptops. So while human is in there we have it set up in a way that it’s actually so pretty efficient.

Steve: Okay, in terms of your designs do you actually design them yourself, or the designers just constantly channel out designs on their own?

Autumn: I did design the initial 40 or 50 designs and we have additional designs now and my employees definitely contributes so its kind of a group effort, and that’s one of the fun things that we get to do, we don’t often see each other since we are all virtual but you know once every Fall we get together and try to put together you know 15 to 20 new designs. So that’s kind of a fun part of it. So yes, I definitely hire my people based on their design skills and they definitely contribute.

Steve: So are all these people full time employees or do you just kind of pay them as business comes in?

Autumn: They are full time yes and we definitely need them full time as well so.

Steve: And so how does the fulfillment work, so you don’t have an office space from what I understand, is that correct?

Autumn: Correct, so we have a printing partner, and they’ve actually shared part of their space for us so we have like a little bit of access to a room there.

Steve: I see and so how does that deal work out in terms– like how did you approach them in regards to just becoming partners for your business in the very beginning?

Autumn: Right, so basically I had just called all over town. I had called numerous commercial printers asking if they did short run and many printers aren’t set up for short run and they wanted to do like thousands and thousands of prints. So once I found a few digital printers that were able to do short run I evaluated a few and looked at you know chose a few different that passed out. And really I had two partners and I went down to one. And one thing was the envelope printing we had a heck of a time finding someone to print envelopes. Nobody wanted to do it and I must have called I can’t even tell you like 60 or 70 places just asking if they printed envelopes. And finally somebody bid and they gave me an excellent price and that’s who our partners today.

Steve: Interesting. So do you guys– in the very beginning did you have any sort of deals in place or was it just straight here is the business I will pay you full price in the beginning, and then we will just from there?

Autumn: Right so, I mean I didn’t get definite wholesale pricing from the get-go but I promised everybody that I would grow. And our current printer I told him that you know look, just give me a chance and I promise I will become your number one customer and we have become his number one customer. So you know that was great for him and also great for me because by committing to that and you know just giving that verbal agreement it kind of made me get off my bar and make sure that I went out and got the business and did fulfill my promise to him.

Steve: Okay, so let’s talk a little bit about just the industry in general. So I mentioned it earlier that you know it is a pretty competitive niche. So how did you actually get customers in the door earlier on?

Autumn: Right so, we did a lot of advertising through blogs, AdWords, Facebook and the thing with that is it just constantly changes from year to year. Every year one place for traffic is really expensive and a new one comes up it gets really cheap. So I kind of always just looked at the numbers and tried to find cheap traffic, and I was able to do that successfully. And then I did mention Etsy earlier you know we are kind of like going along with our business and then we decided to test Shine on Etsy. And the reason I did that is because I was having another stationery colleague and she had a pretty successful store as well, we were kind of trading information and she mentioned that Etsy was 40% of her sales and I was just absolutely blown away. That’s why I decided to give that market place a try, and I was a little concerned that you know maybe if you were on Etsy, you wouldn’t be taken as seriously kind like an eBay store which is a full flagged website but it turns out that’s where customers are shopping. And if your audience is there, you might as well sell there. So I decided to give it a chance and that was really great way to test pretty much no cost. And it showed that my product would be successful and then from there we went and built a website.

Steve: So today do you still have that Etsy shop up?

Autumn: Yeah, we definitely do and we still generate a lot of sales through it. For wedding Etsy is huge. So we have to kind of stay there.

Steve: So in terms of once you get an Etsy customer, do you actually provide incentives to shop on your real sites or doesn’t really even matter to you.

Autumn: Oh I would love it if they shopped on the real site because Etsy is just like eBay, it has fees. However you know Etsy has rules and regulations and if a customer comes through them– through Etsy they want to retain that customer and so I respect that and I try to follow the rules there. So,

Steve: But you are allowed to include marketing collateral once you make the delivery right?

Autumn: Yeah, that’s correct. Then it’s up to the customer’s choice if they want to place a follow up order on our website or Etsy.

Steve: Okay. So you mention a whole bunch of things. So you mentioned blog advertising, AdWords, Facebook and that sort of thing. So, let’s just kind of go through each one because I am curious myself. So blog advertising– so which blogs did you target, and how did those ads perform for you.
Autumn: Right so, I tried to just focus on the large wedding blogs at the time. And the biggest one was Style Me Pretty, that’s kind of where I made the largest investment and that definitely has paid off. We run advertising with them, they do a great job and we have just gone through lots of different blogs through the years and some work some don’t, you know we’ll commence for a few months or a year and then pull out if it’s not really performing. And it is a little bit hard to tell on our niche just because we sell– a cycle is so long, so often times the bride will be looking for her wedding invitations eight to twelve months before she actually places the order. So you can’t always tell from Google analytics where the sale is coming from and you can make a good guess. So I kind of just evaluate what’s performing well and make marketing decisions based on that.

Steve: You know what’s funny is you mention that it’s a long sales cycle. For us it’s actually the opposite. So invitations are a necessary thing for a wedding, whereas our products are just kind of like an after thought.

Autumn: Yeah.

Steve: So, we actually have people call us like the week before. Sometimes there’ve been people who called us two days before their wedding wanting our handkerchiefs, so it’s a little bit different. I’m just curious though, so let’s talk about Style Me Pretty so did you buy like a side bar ad or a post or you know what type of bar did you buy.

Autumn: So we set it up this side bar ad and then we’ve done posts with them which are really successful, and we’ve done the same on other wedding blogs.

Steve: Okay, and so how is the arrangement– so what works better the side bar or the post or?

Autumn: You know a little bit of both. I mean they are both great. The only thing I found recently is that I think a lot of our audience is moving over the Pinterest so– I don’t know– are you aware of Pinterest or you, definitely.

Steve: Absolutely, Pinterest is awesome. Anyway go on, yeah.

Autumn: Yeah, so we found that over the years it seems like our audience is moving away from blogs and actually doing more of their shopping and looking and planning on Pinterest. So we’ve kind of you know migrated a little bit from spending as much money on the blogs, and actually doing our own work on Pinterest.

Steve: Okay, and let’s talk about that. So what are some of the things that you do on Pinterest?

Autumn: So we definitely tried you know paint on our own boards. We do work with other people to kind of promote pens and get our pens out there to larger audiences. But you know it’s just painting a little bit every day does make a difference, and we also have a company blog where we you know show our invitations in different colors. And so everyday we are photographing new things and posting things there and then we show on Pinterest. So it’s kind of like a combination of things that you do along in those channels that can actually get more visitors.

Steve: So I’m just curious. You mentioned you have a blog. So how does the blog kind of come into the entire strategy of bringing customers to your shop? Do you find that you got a lot of blog visitors who find you through the blog and then go on to buy your wedding invitations?

Autumn: Definitely, our blog is one of our biggest referrals now, and I absolutely love it and I definitely recommend blogging to any entrepreneur just because you know if you are paying for lets say a side bar tile on a blog like a wedding blog. You are paying for that side bar tile but then at the end of the year you have to pay again if you want it to continue to be there. Whereas when you blog you know you invest that time or money right upfront, you make your blog post and it’s there forever and you know Google indexes it and its there forever so you’re going to continually get traffic basically for free after you have put in the initial work. And you know a lot of companies will blog about you know ideas or inspiration we kind of focus right on our products, I mean we know people are searching for wedding invitations in different colors and styles. So we do blog posts on invitations in different colors and styles. And you know some people may say that’s pimping your product a little too much but it really does work for us. So that’s what we are going to continue to do.

Steve: I can tell you why it works for you Autumn, its because your photos are awesome.

Autumn: Oh thank you so much [laughter].

Steve: Because I know for a fact, I look around wedding blogs out there and a lot of times it’s just a collection of pictures. I don’t know if you’ve noticed the same thing.

Autumn: Definitely.

Steve: Very little text so the pictures is really what draws the people to a wedding blog and I think that since your pictures are so good naturally people just naturally gravitate there, and I’m sure you sell a lot through it. So it’s kind of a rhetorical question that I just asked you [laughter]. So do you do anything to promote your blog post at all or is it just straight you post and that’s it?

Autumn: We just post. And you know sometimes we mention on our Facebook but people are just finding us organically through the blog post.

Steve: So just curious in regard to your photography. Do you– are you a photographer yourself or did you hire somebody.

Autumn: Well in school I did minor in photography, I’ve had a passion for it since I was in high school, so I do take my own photographs. I’m glad you like them but you know I really think they could be better, but that’s just my own self criticism– my own perfectionism coming into play. So, I do have a little studio south of my house with a white background and I just photograph right there in the spare bedroom.

Steve: So that certainly helps out a lot that department. You know our photos admittedly aren’t that great, but they are doing the job right now but you know at some point we want to invest in some more professional photography I don’t know. So what was I going to ask you next, oh yes, AdWords. So have you had success with AdWords because I imagine those key words are really expensive to purchase.

Autumn: They are really expensive. And four or five years ago I did a lot more of it and I’m just doing barely any today. I don’t focus a lot because it is rather expensive and you know there is only a certain amount we can spend per customer to make an order profitable for us.

Steve: Yeah, I guess the difference between the wedding industries is like hopefully people are only getting married once, and so there is no like lifetime value with the wedding customer per se right unless they get divorced [laughter].

Autumn: Right, yeah and they can come back for programs and place cards and they have accessories. But you know not everybody does so we definitely have a certain value for each customer, and we just can’t exceed a certain marketing budget for them.

Steve: Okay. And what are your experiences with Facebook advertising?

Autumn: Up and down, so again same thing four or five years ago I was doing so much on Facebook. I mean I was getting clicks for like 10 and 15 cents it was just awesome, and they were converting. It was great and then you know over the years Facebook changed and it was just not working at all, so I completely stopped and then just recently with the news feed ads which changed, and we’ve tried that again and we were seeing some success but they can get expensive as well. So I’ve just kind of been playing around to see what pictures have the best conversions, and then and the best clicks through rates, but it is nice because they can see a picture of the product upfront through the AdWords but they don’t see a picture. So you know if they see the picture and they click you already know that that lead is more qualified than let’s say someone clicking from AdWords where they’re just clicking on text. So I do think that Facebook is a little more successful in that way.

Steve: So I was going to ask you so do you just send them to your product landing page or do you have like a sign up form with the Facebook ads?

Autumn: I do send them right into our website, and then we have been doing free samples of our wedding invitations so we kind of mention that in the ads as well, and we see a lot of conversion from that.

Steve: Okay, and then do you kind of try to grab an email address at that point or is it just customer engagement when they sign up for free samples?

Autumn: Just the customer you know from the free sample. Yes we don’t do a ton with email. Yeah, I kind of mad at myself for that I need to get on it, but you know being small you can only do so much.

Steve: No, yeah no, I totally understand. I was just trying to understand you know all the different avenues that you use. So out of everything what is working the best for you right now?

Autumn: I would say probably Pinterest and just doing our own blog post. It’s the cheapest and therefore I mean its kind of the best ROI.

Steve: Do you invest in SEO at all or it is just from your blog’s natural SEO?

Autumn: Basically the blog’s natural SEO you know years back I’d done some reading and I tried to incorporate some SEO on our site, but we can always be better. We are ranking pretty well for some key words, but it’s hard to gain that system so we kind of that just figure let’s just make a lot of nice looking blog posts with some decent key words and see what happens because its not worth obsessing over.

Steve: You know it sounds like you are doing the right thing because you mentioned that you are creating your blog post based on what people are searching for, so you are choosing probably multi word phrases that you know like blue wedding invitations with birds on it or something like that, right?

Autumn: Exactly.

Steve: You are more likely to rank with that than you are if you were just trying to target the wedding invitations by itself.

Autumn: Right, even though that would be the absolute best keyword to have, but we are doing pretty well there but we are not on the first page yet [laughter].

Steve: Well, I can imagine that wedding invitations in itself is a very hard keyword to rank for. So, okay let’s see what else was I going to talk about. Okay, so what would you say is your primary source of customers today, is it word of mouth or is it just through these other sources?
Autumn: You know it’s a really huge mix just between Pinterest, organic through the blog, regular organic search results, the wedding blogs. I can’t really pin point one thing, but pretty equally distributed which makes me feel good because then if one area starts to drop your whole business isn’t going into the tank. So I think definitely diversifying your traffic is a good strategy.

Steve: Okay and I also noticed on your site you have actually got a ton of press coverage for your products. How did you manage to get in the magazines and get the press coverage that you have gotten and so far?

Autumn: Honestly I wish I could say I had a certain strategy but it’s been more luck, just you know editors seeing our things and you know requesting samples and putting them on the magazines. So you know I would like to have a strategy in place where I did reach out to these people but it can be difficult to get the names and addresses of editors. So right now we just kind of put our stuff out there on our blog and at the Pinterest and that’s how we get contacted.

Steve: Okay I mean incidentally that’s the same way we’ve gotten in magazines and that’s– you just get randomly contacted and then and they are like “can you send me something?” I’m like yeah, I’ll send you everything I have, whatever you want.

Autumn: Definitely.

Steve: So have you actually– I would be curious also to have you seen significant uptakes and sales whenever you get featured in a magazine?

Autumn: You know I will be honest, I actually haven’t. We even did a full page national advertisement in the knot magazine which goes out to– it was like 330,000 households and issues and we just didn’t see a huge return on that. So I’ve just decided the key part of our business is much online as possible. That’s where we excel, and that’s where our audience is really shopping.

Steve: Okay, you know just to share some of our experiences. Our magazine features have been kind of hit or miss. So believe it or not, so when we were brides and Martha Stewart weddings that actually didn’t generate that many sales. Then we got featured in like Country Living and this magazine called House Beautiful then all of a sudden you know a lot of people started buying those products featured in those magazines, so there was definitely a correlation like so one day I think we sold like 5 or 6 ex what we normally sell that particular product so clearly its weird but certain magazines even the smaller ones especially seem to be doing better for us.

Autumn: Interesting, that’s good.

Steve: And you probably heard about our today’s show parents so that was ridiculous like if we get on the today’s show it just blows up traffic, I don’t know.

Autumn: Wow, I can imagine.

Steve: All right, so it sounds like you are pretty talented in yourself. You are able to do these photos, you can design your own cards and that sort of thing. So if someone wanted to start something similar to what you do, would there be any advice like if I wanted to start a wedding invitations company– not that I would because you would crush me, but what advice would you give me?

Autumn: Well you know I actually didn’t start out doing everything myself, so initially I had outsourced a website design overseas, I had outsourced all the invitation designs to someone in Texas and another one in Canada and I actually used Elance and 99Designs so you know it can be done. You don’t actually have the skills, it was just that I also happen to have a passion for photography. So I decided to give it a start myself after I saw what was performing well and what wasn’t. And that just kind of worked for me because I chose a niche where I did enjoy doing the work that was related to the actual products. So my advice would be that you can outsource a lot of things and it can work just as well.

Steve: Interesting, so 99Designs you can just actually put out a rack for a wedding invitation and a whole bunch of people will compete for that? Is that…

Autumn: Right, and I think I had found that may have been later on. But I think I had found you know designers that way, so I may have started a contest and then actually just reached out to someone individually and formed a contract with them. I can’t exactly remember it’s a while ago.

Steve: Oh no, that’s okay and then what was your experience with Elance?

Autumn: Elance, it was interesting I will say that we worked with a company in India and the cultural barrier was just huge. There were just a lot of different expectations, so if you can find someone in the US I think you’d a lot better off, or just use you know a free resource like I said our current site was actually based on word press and it was a 40 dollar template so again you don’t need to have technical expertise. I can only coat a tiny bit of each channel on CSS. So really I downloaded a template and changed the colors and started selling immediately. It was only later that my husband really started to help.

Steve: So what platform are you on now, are you still on word press?

Autumn: Yes we are, so caught we kind of grandfathered into this 40 dollar template but you know we have made tons of modifications to it. So we kind of own it right now and you know we are looking at redesigning it maybe in the next year or two. But really I mean we are doing tons of sales through it so you don’t have to be that sophisticated.

Steve: So Autumn I just thought I would share with you my experience as well so we are actually running a shopping cart that’s really antiquated but you know it works, right?

Autumn: Exactly.

Steve: It, doesn’t matter what platform you are as long as you are making sales it’s all good. So one mistake that I notice that a lot of people make is they want to switch to the most modern platform but in doing the transition they screw up and sometimes they completely screw up their SEO rankings.

Autumn: Right.

Steve: So.

Autumn: Right and we– that’s one thing we talk about all the time. We love to transition to something that just makes our back ends smoother and makes updates easier but you just don’t want to risk messing up a good thing.

Steve: Yes, so I thought I would ask you a little bit about this. So you mentioned that your site makes more money now and your husband actually quit his job to help you out. Since this is something that I’ve been kind of struggling with myself. You know what was the decision making process for him and quitting his job to join you?

Autumn: Right, so basically he was really unhappy at his job and you know there are a lot of layoffs going around we were just waiting for the other shoot to drop and we just said you know what, let’s just make this decision, let’s just do it and it’s been great. You know we love being home together. It can be a little grading at times and there can be some arguments for sure I mean we see each other 24/7. But it’s nice, I mean you know he doesn’t have to put up with his creeper job anymore, and you know we make plenty of money to cover both of our salaries. So I mean it can be stressful because it is a business so you don’t have that solid pay check coming in for the rest of your life but you know once you are doing pretty well, there is not a whole lot of risk like you know you are sacked so.

Steve: Yeah, actually that’s one of the things that I tell would be entrepreneurs you know once you’ve been in business for several years, it’s actually pretty stable. Like I can project the revenue, like my wife can predict– I shouldn’t say me my wife does all the finances, but she can predict the revenue you know for next quarter within you know plus or minus 10% pretty consistently. So it’s not like it’s this random thing where you experience a certain crush or you know of course it can happen but most likely it’s not going to.

Autumn: Right and one scary thing is we will have a slow week or sometimes a slow two weeks, but then the next two weeks after that are absolutely insane. So it is kind of annoying how you know there can be lows and highs but over time it evens out and you just get used to it.

Steve: So I’m curious too, since it sounds like we have a lot of parallels, your husband is an engineer I’m an engineer. I know for a fact that when I work with my wife on our business together and I only do it on the side not full time, we actually end up fighting over a lot of things. So how do you kind of keep the business stuff separate and not get into these arguments about the direction of the company?

Autumn: I’ll be honest we’re still learning.

Steve: Okay.

Autumn: Yeah, there can definitely be a lot of arguments and I know just enough technical stuff to be really annoying and he knows way more than me so he gets super annoyed with me. I mean, we get into like a lot of brawls, but at the end of the day its just work and you just have to put your marriage first.

Steve: Okay, that’s much easier said than done.

Autumn: It’s much easier said than done [laughter]. So yeah we are still learning and we are still getting through it, but I won’t trade the business for the world. I do a lot of it and I think he enjoys it too. So it’s much better than a day job even with all of its faults, much better than a day job.

Steve: Yeah, just– I thought I just share this also. So one thing that my wife and I do is now we just completely split up the work to the point where we are not overlapping at all, and she just rules the roast in terms of you know running the business the day to day, and I kind of work more on the marketing and the tech side so at least that’s how we’ve minimized the arguments.

Autumn: Yeah, definitely and he does mostly only coating. So that keeps things separate as well.

Steve: Okay, so you are putting him in a cubicle and just throwing him some pizzas every now and then right.

Autumn: Well that’s a key side that I do, I don’t think I do [laughter].

Steve: Yeah, it’s funny because my wife occasionally comes up to me, she says, ‘I need this feature, this feature, this feature and this feature. And I’m like that’s a lot of work that will take me like the next couple of months to do it.

Autumn: Well that’s what he says and then it’s magically done in three weeks after a lot of mourning and groaning so I don’t know [laughter].

Steve: So I have to make a note that you and my wife should not talk because I think if you compare notes it would be kind of scary.

Autumn: Oh God, you should totally talk to my husband, I’m sure you guys will conspire on a lot of things because you vent, get your stress out [laughter].

Steve: So you mentioned that you like the 4-Hour work week, were there any other books that kind of influenced you to take this leap of entrepreneurship.
Autumn: You know I did read a lot of ‘Rich Dad Poor Dad’ and then I really got into Tim Ferriss “The 4-Hour Work Week” and that book really– that was really my jumping up point. That just got me so pumped and I would say you kind of have to be a little bit insane to start a business because you’ve got to totally shut out all the naysayers, all the negativity, all the skeptics and you’ve got to focus and put in just a ton of work upfront, and take a lot of risks. So you’ve got to be kind of crazy to really start something and that book just really inspired me, just put me in the right state of mind, and I was able to just get all that work done upfront when it was needed.

Steve: Did you quit your job first, or did you work on your business while working full time?

Autumn: So at the time I was working as a sales rep. So I had a flexible schedule and I really wasn’t working all day, it was kind of nice. So I had plenty of time to do a little bit of leg work. So I’d say I worked on the business for about 5 or 6 months, and then I just started on quit and my husband supported me in this decision because I really wasn’t happy in my job as well, and I had no revenue at that point.

Steve: Oh you quit with no revenue?

Autumn: Yeah, I quit and I pretty much launched the site that day and we had the first sale the following week and you know I made a small amount of money the first year almost replaced my salary. I would say about like 60% but it wasn’t enough to really say it was a huge success, but then from there you know things kind of changed, Shine launched and then things just went really well from that point.

Steve: Just real quick tell me about that first sale where did it come from?

Autumn: That first sale, I am not sure where it came from [laughter] to be honest. I think it was just a direct hit in Google analytics, and it was funny because we were selling wedding invitations and our first sale somebody used our wedding invitation template for an engagement party invitation. So they didn’t order the response cards, they didn’t order anything else it was a tiny little sale and I kind of got really worried. I am like we– our first sale isn’t even a wedding invitation oh boy [laughter].

Steve: Okay, that’s really interesting. I was just curious because I remember my first sale as well, it was just this random guy who found us through AdWords and just bought something for like 20 bucks but I was ecstatic.

Autumn: Oh yeah, you can get so excited and I knew that first sale would come because I had been in test fully on marketing, and done a few little informational sites before that, and I was doing click bank books if you’ve heard of that. So I was kind of referring eBooks and getting commission off for that, so I knew if you’ve got a certain amount of traffic, you will eventually get a sale. So I had confidence but boy getting that first sale it was– it’s definitely awesome

Steve: Yeah, yeah so you are definitely more bold than I am like I wasn’t going to let my wife quit until you know we recently exceeded her salary with our business, and fortunately we did so she was able to quit but… All right Autumn you know we’ve been talking for quite a while now, I don’t want to take up too much of your time because you got a business to run. If anyone has any questions about this podcast where can they find you online?

Autumn: Yeah, you can reach out at autumn@shineweddinginvitations.com and then feel free to check out our site shineweddinginvitations.com .

Steve: Awesome, I will be sure to plug all of your stuff in the show notes because I do sincerely believe that your invitations are awesome and they are among the best ones that I’ve seen so far out there. If we were getting married again, we’d probably use you.

Autumn: Awesome, thanks so much it’s been great.

Steve: All right thanks a lot for your time Autumn.

Autumn: Yup.

Steve: All right take care.
If there is one thing about interviewing successful boot strapped entrepreneurs is that they simply find ways to get things done without a large upfront investment. Now Autumn got started with just a 40 dollar template for WordPress and then she decide to take on Adhorn and Tiny prints who I actually interviewed in a previous episode. Now Autumn makes a lot of money selling stationery, and it’s all because of her hustle and her emphasis on testing before investing.
For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode26, and also if you enjoyed listening to this podcast please go to iTunes, search for the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it also helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, and find the show more easily, and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment that you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner a month. For more information, go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course, where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.
Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s Blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

025: How Jeff Rose Created A 6 Figure Blog To Drive Clients To His Offline Business

Jeff Rose

Jeff Rose is a good friend of mine who I met a long time ago randomly via the social networks. And the reason I asked him to be on the show is because he is easily one of the most charismatic bloggers that I know. Plus he’s a genuinely nice guy.

He makes 6 figures with his blog, Good Financial Cents, and owns various web properties that all generate a healthy income. But what’s unique about Jeff is that even though he makes a healthy income online, he primarily uses his web properties to drive new clients to his financial planning practice.

So if you own a professional services company and are looking for new ways to expand and attract clients, then this interview will teach you exactly how to do that. Oh and he also publishes his income reports online at DollarsAndRoses.com and runs a life insurance site at LifeInsuranceByJeff.com

Below is an example of how Jeff puts himself out there and makes financial planning more entertaining. Personally, I wouldn’t have the guts to put on a video like this but he pulls it off.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Jeff cranks out content fast and efficiently
  • How to utilize an online business to improve your offline business
  • How Jeff recovered from a severe Google penalty
  • How to leverage every medium possible to get the word out about your business

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working, and what strategies are not. Now this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast, please leave me a review on iTunes, and enter my podcast contest where I’m giving away free one-on-one business consultations every single month. For more information go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you’re interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now, on to the show.

Welcome to the my My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have a good friend of mine on the show Jeff Rose. Now if you don’t know who Jeff is, he blogs at GoodFinnancialCents.com, DollarsAndRoses.com. He’s got like three podcasts, his own financial planning practice and he actually makes a bunch of You Tube videos as well. And out of all the bloggers that I know, I would say that Jeff is probably one of the most charismatic personalities out there, and he’s actually built quite a brand for himself. Not to mention the fact that he also makes a good deal of money with his various businesses, and in fact he puts out all of his income online for everyone to see and I’ll go ahead and link that up with the show notes because it’s quite interesting where all the income sources come from.

Now Jeff is actually a hard man to track down. First of all you have to get past his virtual assistant, but fortunately I know all of his weak points, in and out burger, juicing and crossfits. So, step number one if you want to get a hold Jeff Rose, include in and out burger in the subject line of your email, and I may have also led him to believe that this podcast was about eating burgers. So sorry man no burgers here. Jeff is actually one of the reasons why I started this podcast in the first place. So welcome to the show Jeff. How are you doing man?

Jeff: You’re saying there is no in and out burger with this like– I’m sorry dude I got to go man.

Steve: I got you here, it’s too late, it’s too late we’re already recording.

Jeff : Cool man, thanks for having me on.

Steve : So you got a really interesting story, and I don’t know if a lot of people know about your back story. You kind of came from a poor upbringing. You joined the marines. What kind of made you decide to start your own business online?

Jeff : You know I mean my father struggled with that. I don’t want to make it sound like I was poor, poor but, let’s just say that both my parents they separated when I was a young age. My mom you know she has my step dad– he was pretty successful but, they just– both of them, mom stepdad and dad really did not know how to manage money at all. My dad filed for bankruptcy twice, my mom filed for bankruptcy once. At times, they had– my mom had five mortgages at one time.

Steve: Wow!

Jeff: And which like that’s what the [Inaudible] [00:03:37] but, they actually ended up losing like three of those like five properties because they just didn’t know what they were doing.

Steve: Was that during the craze with the real estate?

Jeff : No, no they– that was well before that. They actually– its funny you mention that because they finally like started doing better, sold their house in LA, moved to Las Vegas before the boom, and then they had cash left over that they actually were sitting pretty but, instead of sitting pretty, they invested it to a Vespa property in Las Vegas. Prior to that, they ended up losing two more houses to foreclosure. So yeah like that’s what I’ve been having to work through growing up, seeing some of those financial shortfalls along the way.

Steve : Man, okay. So you know what’s ironic about all of this, is that my parents, they kind of made their money through real estate, and you know at least that generation– they’ve always advised my brother and I to always buy real estate because that’s something that can never really go down. So it’s just interesting that your parents actually lost money during the boom with real estate so.

Jeff : Yeah, so like and you know my dad dropped out of college. You know when he was younger, he joined the army and after that he just kind of I don’t know he was like a car salesman, just kind of bounced around a lot of end jobs, and he always told me like you know he always wanted me to be– to do better than he is. So he really wanted me to go to college, you know do the whole degree thing, and I ended up dropping out my first semester of college, and started working a dead end job basically. And then I joined the army national guard, not the marines that you mentioned.

Steve: Oh my bad.

Jeff: It’s okay, it’s all good and you know joining the national guard for me was– that was my life savior I mean that, that’s what basically got my butt in gear, got me back on track just career wise and just getting focused again. And– but even still even getting my career back on track I still like knew nothing about investing or financial planning or really even how to manage money, and I end up becoming a finance major. Actually my dad suggested I be a Finance major, and you know I always listen to him so I went that path and ended up getting internship with a brokerage firm that ended up me becoming a financial planner and as they say the rest is history.

Steve: So.

Jeff: Go ahead.

Steve: You broke off from that to start your own practice eventually right?

Jeff: Yeah, so I did I was working for ‘the man’ for about five years building my book of business and probably one of the best things that happened was my old firm got bought out by a bigger firm and had that never happened I don’t know if I would have left, because I really enjoyed the company. That was the only coolade that I had drunk at that time and I liked the coolade I didn’t know any other, I didn’t want to try any other coolade, because I liked it. But, when they got bought out it forced me to kind of look at what other options existed and that’s when I ended up leaving with three others and co-founded our own investment firm, and we’re independent in our space is a common way of hearing that.

And when I went independent that allowed me to market myself a little bit more differently than others. I had a little bit more freedom and that’s really where the blog ended up. That’s where it all came from. With that ability to market myself and just looking for other unique ways to get myself out there and stumbled upon blogging and registered domain GoodFinnancialCents.com and it’s been a blast ever since then. That was back in July– I left December of 07, launched the blog in July of 2008.

Steve: So you actually started good financial cents to help promote your practice is that right or?

Jeff: Yeah, no that was that was basically the only reason. I mean I did have a passion for educating others, that was kind of the other underlying thing to it. But you know it was what it was. It was to market myself being an independent financial planner, and to hopefully get new clients. And along the way I learned more about blogging, about key words, and driving traffic and the fact that you can actually monetize the blog. First I started with Adsense, then eventually grew to using affiliates and other means. So it all– once I started blogging and networking with other bloggers, I just was opened up to an entirely new world that I was completely oblivious to at the time.

Steve: So let’s go in a little bit more depth. So how does JFC make money today?

Jeff: A combination, you know right now I still get the occasional new clients. Actually kind of a cool story I– this is three years in the making, I but I had a guy who I kind of knew here locally and he had seen some of my posts on Facebook where I share some of my blog comments or some of my blog articles and he emailed me. This was three years ago and said “Hey, I really appreciate your willingness to educate people on personal finance and investing. I have a friend that I want to introduce you to.” That was three years ago. Long story short that person just now finally got the money that they’d been waiting on to settle and brought in like 1.5 million dollars all because of my blogging efforts. But, that was like three years in the making, and at this point in time that is not the biggest client that I’ve got from my blog.

Steve: That’s awesome so I’ve been on your blog obviously many times. Is there– there doesn’t seem to be like a funnel that goes directly to your practice and at least as far as I could tell?

Jeff: Yeah, and that– its funny you mention that because we’re going to talk about a pivot here in a little bit, correct?

Steve: That’s correct at the very end. I said it out too early, didn’t I.

Jeff: You did that’s okay. You had an original question I forgot what that was?

Steve: How does it make money and yeah.

Jeff: Oh yeah. That is that is one way getting you know getting new clients that feed in to the practice. The the first way that I used to make money was using just using Google Adsense. Just because I really didn’t know any other way to make money. That was the easiest way, just slap some Adsense code on there, and let the money roll in. From there I started doing affiliates. My– probably my top revenue producers are like brokerage firms, Scottrade, TDAmeritrade, E-trade etcetera. I also do pretty good with the pure and pure lenders like lending club and Prosper and savings accounts like Capital One 360 and a few others. So affiliates are another revenue source and then banner advertising. I got a pretty good ad network where I get a fairly competitive CPM which you know is based on impressions. And those are basically the three ways I guess that bring in revenue.

Steve: So let me ask you this. So you said that you started Good Financial Cents to actually get more clients to you your practice, that was the initial intention. So doesn’t adding ads and you know Adsense and that sort of thing kind of– isn’t that kind of contrary to the kind of goal so to speak because you’re clicking on a banner that takes you off the site, so how does it all work together.

Jeff: That’s a great question. That’s something I had someone ask me the very beginning when I put ads on there, and what I– the logic that I went through to come to the conclusion why I left the ads on there was I cannot be a financial advisor for everybody. People are going to come to my site, they are going to– they’re maybe want to work with me maybe not, but if I can at least monetize that and get a few dollars from all the effort that I put into it, I’m okay with that. And the amount of clients I‘ve been able to get even with having advertising on there I think kind of speaks to that. So I feel like it’s just a nice secondary income that you know comes in and it’s a decent secondary income but…

Steve: Right, yeah, yeah, I’m definitely going to link up you’re your income reports in the show notes because it’s pretty impressive.

Jeff: Yeah, it’s just something that I wrestled with for a long time, but the final concluding factor or the thing I came to was Jeff you cannot be a financial advisor for everybody, and not everybody is going to want to hire you. The people who really want to hire you, they are going to look past the ads, they are going to contact you, ask a question. I get questions all the time, and I think that’s where, that’s where I guess that connection really builds. They contact me via email or contact form and really just share their entire financial history, and if I’m able to provide value you know that’s where there’s going to be– going to build that trust even having ads on the side.

Steve: So are all your clients kind of local to where you live or do you get people from all over the country?

Jeff: Actually majority are local, I do have a few that were not. I’ve got several that are out of state, but not huge. I think the furthest one I ever got which– this still amazes me was I have a client that is in the air force, and at the time of us starting our working relationship, she was stationed in Japan. And she found my blog for whatever reason, and like she wanted to work with me. And we– we’ve never met face-to-face, we’ve chatted on Skype a few times, and that’s it. She’s actually in the states now. I think she’s in Virginia, but she’ll be going to Japan I think in the next year. So that’s like my first international client per se, but I’ve got several on the west coast, and you know several scattered but I mean I’m not in every single state. I think maybe we have clients in about ten different states right now.

Steve: That’s actually really cool that you have clients that you’ve gotten from all over the country through your blog. Just curious, do they ever tell you why they decide to go with you?

Jeff: Yeah, you know there is one lady who recently, this is actually another lady. She is in my state, but she lives five hours from me and she called me, which happens every so often. And she told me she’s like her husband was in a situation where they were in their early 50s, and they were I guess something came up where they thought they needed a financial advisor, and the husband said to the wife “Hey do you know anyone that you feel that you trust.” And she is like, you know she’s like the only guy I know is this guy that I’ve been on his email list for about a year and he’s got a blog FinnancialCents.com, and she told me this when she called me.

She’s like I’ve been on your email list for a year and she’s like either you are super trustworthy or you have the biggest scam going but you know just the content you put out, I feel like that I know you. And I just thought that was funny that she was very candid about contacting me, because I love when people do contact me and want to work with me. I love just finding out how did you find me, and you know and just like with the lady in Japan like you know what was it about me that– because I told her, if I were you, I don’t know I could trust somebody to transfer all of my retirement assets even though I’ve never met that person face to face. I mean that is a huge leap of faith you know I would think, I couldn’t do it but I’ve had people do it.

Steve: It probably has something to do with your dance in You Tube videos. So for everyone listening, Jeff has all these You Tube videos where he’s actually dancing and acting kind of silly on the videos, but it somehow ties that in with personal finance in a very– in a very well done way. I can’t I can’t really describe it, I’ll just have to link up one of these You tube videos in the show notes for you guys to see. So okay, so you’re getting these clients through your blog. How do you actually get traffic to your site?

Jeff: You know, initially it was all just key words, it was– so kind of like my journey of really understanding how a blog works. The first key word that I ever wanted to target was financial planner Illinois. Actually, no correction, the first keyword that I ever wanted to target was my name Jeff Rose because before I started the blog if you goggled Jeff Rose like you didn’t see me. You found Jeff Rose the actor, Jeff Rose the golf polo maker, and Jeff Rose the superintendant in Oregon and you know that was it. So I wanted to own my name you know people wanted to do research on Jeff Rose they would find me, and that wasn’t that hard. After setting up the blog, setting up my LinkedIn profile and all that good stuff. But then I realized you know what, if people needed a financial planner they know, they don’t know Jeff Rose, they are not going to Google Jeff Rose. So I thought okay I’m want to target financial planner Illinois. So I went on this like campaign of guest posting and linking back to a landing page I created you know focusing on those key words, and I was able to do it. And I think it was two or three short months for the most part. And it’s pretty good considering the fact that I live in Illinois which you know I’ve got Chicago which is a pretty big city you know competing with all the financial advisors up there, and I was able to get at the time three listings on the top ten for financial planner Illinois.

Steve: Nice.

Jeff: I think it’s only two but I think I’ve got like three in the top twelve. So for a guy that really knew nothing about blogging, I was pretty impressed with that fete. So when I got that– when I was able to rank for that, then the thought was okay how do I rank for search terms for people that might need my services? Like 401k rollover, how much life insurance do I need to buy, how to do a Roth IRA conversion you know. Just figured basic thinking of key words or relevant search terms that people would need my services. So that’s when I started to write articles that were trying to target those certain key words. And this was all pre panda, pre Google panda which if people don’t know what that was, that was an algorithm update that Google did that just basically wiped out a lot of sites searching new traffic. So I was doing really good pre panda, and then Google for whatever reason didn’t like me, and I promise I wasn’t doing anything that wasn’t legal in Google’s eyes, but I got spanked pretty hard, I lost 70% of my traffic.

Steve: Wow, I didn’t realize it was 70%.

Jeff: 70% over night. April 11 2011[laughter] I actually just thought I looked at the date and I’m like you know what, that was like three years ago.

Steve: 2nd anniversary.

Jeff: Yeah exactly. It was horrible man, I mean I spent two and a half, three years building up this blog that was getting at the time a 100, a 150 unique visitors per month and lost it poo over night. And I just cried and you know kind of looked at myself but… So that was how I initially got traffic and you know since panda you know I’ve done more You tube videos like you’ve mentioned. Just focused on doing You Tube videos good content you know, just really putting out better content and doing like guest posting. I started writing for other major sites just to get more back links back to Good Financial Cents, and here recently here it’s the podcast. Launched the Good Financial Cents podcast earlier this year I think or last year I forget exactly, but you know but just basically doing things outside the box to drive traffic back to the blog. I guess the other major thing I shouldn’t have probably forgot about was my book…

Steve: Oh, yes.

Jeff: That came out last fall soldier sort of finance I released that got published in fall so you know all these different things I was doing all to get people back to my main hub which was my blog.

Steve: So are you still trying to get back in the rankings or is this just kind of your way of driving outside traffic and kind of Google proofing your site?

Jeff: You know, honestly, now like I used to do a lot of keyword research. And occasionally like I’ll start doing keyword research again, and like then I realized I’m never going to write the article to rank that term anyway. So now it’s like I don’t even– I don’t care as much as I used to. Like I think for example a recent post that I did was six things– I forgot things like title you know ‘six ways that retirees screw up their retirement’. That’s actually the worst title ever but, there is nothing about it that was targeting SEO. You know it was just six tips that I just felt that I’ve seen people continually screw up, with a lot of the clients that I’ve worked with. I took that article, I made the six tips, I’ve turned it into a podcast, I had my new assistant create a prezi which is kind of like a really sexy– like PowerPoint 2.0 presentation. So we created a nice prezi which I uploaded to You Tube, and I did a– when I recorded the podcast I also did a presentation with it as well, and I’ve got a nice image that I’ve created for Pinterest, and I’ll pin it on Pinterest. So just what I really want to focus on especially like my really good midi content is just to make it available, and as may [Inaudible] [00:20:19] as possible.

Steve: So out of all your referring traffic sources outside of Google, which ones do the best for you?

Jeff: Right now it’s actually Pinterest that’s actually driving the most referral traffic other than Google.

Steve: Really?

Jeff: Yeah, it’s my wife– she’s helped me a lot with the Pinterest pics and just making me knowledgeable with Pinterest and actually if I could check, let’s see. I mean Pinterest and then I think Facebook would be the next as far as social media referral.

Steve: So I’ve actually never gotten anything really hot on Pinterest and I was just thinking it was because the topic that I write about isn’t really geared towards that audience. Are you trying– are you kind of adjusting your content to appeal more to the Pinterest audience in any way?

Jeff: You know it’s something I go back and forth with, but the I just rebranded Good Financial Cents you know I just came out of doing site design not too long ago, and I started focusing more on the younger investor which is actually totally different than the actual clientele I work with. Most of my clientele probably 85% are of baby boomer age. But I– my wife who also has a blog and she gets a lot of young families to her blog which is kind of her residence because you know we’re a young family, we’ve got three young boys, so it’s just natural that those people kind of are the readers of her blog. And you know she always mentions me in her blog, so I’ve got like carry over traffic. So I just have a lot of people that come over from her blog that are all you know that are all younger they are all you know young families getting started financially. So it just kind of made sense to start devoting more content to that. And that’s kind of what’s been in our focus.

Steve: So I’d be curious, do any of those Pinterest people– have any of them become your clients?

Jeff : I’ve had a few people that we started on that path, but its– I– to protect my time, I don’t have like a minimum of clients like I formally announce you know like on my practice, from my blog anywhere, but I have you know have a mental minimum that I just know like to make it worth my time you know I have to have a minimum as far as working with people especially virtually. So I actually just more enjoy if they contact me, I like to give them the information you know they need, and it’s just kind of like point them in the right direction.

Steve: Okay. So let’s talk about some of your other web properties. So you got Good Financial Cents, you got Dollars and Roses, and you have a secret niche site which we I guess won’t go into too much depth about. But how does everything come together? So what is Dollars and Roses about?

Jeff: So Dollars and Roses was one of my– one of my many brain childs I came up with, but when my wife quit her job back in the fall of 2008…

Steve: Hey that’s already taken man, you can’t use that URL.

Jeff: What’s that?

Steve: You just said my wife quit her job. That’s…

Jeff: Wow, that was like totally, I’m going to actually register mywifequitherjobHq.com. It’s funny I just said that. So when she did quit her job and started helping me with my blog you know her– she didn’t have more time to focus on her blog, and that’s when she became more passionate about it. And I just thought it’d be really cool if we started a blog together that showcased our blogging efforts. And the initial intention of that, I mean it was basically a mirrored kind of a pathlin {phonetic] model, you know smart passive income, but to be more like the couple version.

And in the time, I really had no desire to be another you know Pat Flynn [phonetic] or you know another male in the internet marketing world. But my big vision was I thought you know if Mandy could really become more of a voice of this blog because in her niche I mean in the mommy blogger or lifestyle or whatever you want to call it. There just aren’t many mom bloggers that are very open and transparent with how much traffic they get, how much money they make from their blogs, you know it’s just kind of more of a taboo thing. They all want to pretend like they make money but they are never really open to share what that really is.

So that’s where I kind of– that’s where it all came to be. It was something we could do together, kind of a fun project and from that we started the podcast. But you know we don’t spend a lot of time on it because we’ve got so much other stuff going on that it’s not our main revenue maker so you got to kind of spend the time where you make money. But the same token I think that blog has done– it’s been good for us as far as like social proof like with the online space. You know her and I actually– we got asked to be a– to do a key note talk in San Diego this summer at a conference that you know that wouldn’t have came about if it wasn’t for the Dollars and Rose’s blog.

Steve: Let’s see so the purpose of Dollars and Roses in a way then is to just kind of strengthen your online presence, not necessarily tied to your practice or anything like that?

Jeff: Yeah, I have like this secret I think obsession of– I love being seen as an entrepreneur and you know one day if I ever want to sell the practice and then focus more on the online space you know this is kind of like setting those kind of like those steps to get there. So that’s kind of what the intent is I think.

Steve: I see, that makes sense I mean, I started my blog at the time as my retirement plan as well. So you know even though I’m still working the blog actually makes more than my salary so I could in theory I guess quit at any time. So since were on that topic. I often get asked actually on my blog what the best business model is in terms of making money online. You’ve tried a bunch of things including niche sites, blogging, writing a book, podcasts, You Tube videos. What would you say is you know for someone just starting out at least what should they be focusing on?

Jeff: Yeah, I think when people that are just starting their online business, starting blogging for the first time and they see someone like myself or even like yourself you know that has like the course and all these sites and now a podcast, and it’s very overwhelming. It’s like where do you start, and I think maybe what they realize like for me– for me it was just a blog. I started the blog, I did that for my goodness, I want to say at least a year before I did anything major like with doing any You Tube videos. And I actually think it was longer, I think it was like two years. So I mean it was just like finding that groove and just figure out one if like they even like blogging.

A lot of people– they’ll read the income reports or they’ll see myself like a Pat Flynn and everyone else that is like killing it online, like I want to do that, I can do that, and they’ve never even written a blog post before. And you know it’s like you start that and you realize crap I don’t like to write. And I’ve kind of had that epiphany a few times myself, so probably I’ll do a few more videos. So I think it is just starting, I think it’s just putting it out there, and trying to launch the blog and just seeing if you’ve got the mental fortitude to persevere because there are so many little hang ups that can frustrate you. And you know for me, my hang up like I didn’t even like want to go to word press because I didn’t even know how to install word press, which is kind of funny now, reflecting back for me that was like a big thing for me like I just didn’t know how to do it.

So I didn’t, I was using Jumbo because I was too afraid to go to word press but– and I remember one time the first time I installed my own theme, you know my first thesis theme on word press like I didn’t install right, and didn’t know where to go, had no one to talk to, and it was just frustrating. I spent like a whole freaking weekend trying to figure out how to reinstall a theme, like I’m not exaggerating, like an entire weekend. My mom was actually visiting at the time and so she had our– we just had one son at the time, and I was seriously behind the computer for like 48 hours trying to figure that stupid thing out. And most people don’t do that, like that’s weird.

Steve: It’s not weird. It’s fair to say that you don’t have a technical background is that right, Jeff?

Jeff: Oh my goodness absolutely not. No, I still laugh to this day like how I even have an online business, like how I ever blog because there was like the red button that you press to blow my blog up, like I’m surprised I haven’t pressed it like two, three times.

Steve: But say you got. I’m sorry go on.

Jeff: No, it’s like I think that’s it, I think most people– they have all these big pictures, they get overwhelmed and it’s like just start from beginning, start a blog if that’s what you want to do, and just see if you like it you know try it out for 90 days, and if you realize man this isn’t my thing you know delete and move on.

Steve: What about, you know podcasting? What about You Tube videos? Have you actually monetized any of your podcasts yet?

Jeff: You know actually just– I got my first sponsor that was the route I went. I just tried it, it was just actually more of a test to see if I could actually get somebody to do it. And you know I got a sponsor that is paying 7000 dollars for like a 90 days spot. I don’t know if I’ll continue that route. I don’t know if I like the idea of having sponsors. I guess this was the right fit. This is– I actually approached I think it was three different potential sponsors. So these ones I felt comfortable partnering with. You know one of the said yes, so I may go to the other two and see if they are interested for the nest quarter, but I don’t know, like it wasn’t always about making money. I just wanted to see if I could do it and I did it so.

Steve: So the podcast is again just one of those things just getting your name out there right?

Jeff: Yeah, it is you know and so you know for me and I slightly mentioned this but like with my blog and I know you and I talk about this several times. Writing for me– that’s not my strong point. Yeah I’ve got a blog, got over a thousand articles. Yeah I wrote a book but, [Inaudible] [00:30:11].

Steve: Yeah, and I was just about to say you just wrote a book.

Jeff: It’s like writing still it takes the most like– writing takes more energy than doing a crossfit workout. Like it literally just takes– there are times that I enjoy it but like I have to be in that perfect Zen state, where I’m heavily caffeinated, and it’s like fresh in the morning, I don’t have any kids and I’m not tempted to watch walking dead. I mean I have to be in this perfect state to write. But, you put me in front of a camera or if you put a microphone in front of me like that– those are my unique abilities where I can just do it, and I get jazzed to do it. Like it doesn’t take– it doesn’t require as much brain juice from me.

Steve: I see, so do you still write articles on JSC or?

Jeff: Yeah, and like the strategy that I do now is I use– I have a– what do I call it transcription service that I pay for, its called mobile assistant and I pay its like 50 bucks a month. Where it’s on my cell phone so I can call, and I can talk for how long and right now, I’ve figured out that if I talk for about 12 minutes that’s about a thousand word post .

Steve: Wow, okay.

Jeff: So I’ve got it down to a t man. And actually an article I’ve just written if people want to check it out it’s– it’s kind of boring but it’s how to cash out an annuity. And I– it’s probably not relevant to this podcast, but why I’m so excited about this post is that I’ve got my new headset. Illinois just passed law and now we’re finally hands free if you’re driving finally after I don’t know how California has been like after they applied for it.

Steve: It’s been like that for a long time yeah.

Jeff: Yeah, yeah, you feel like it just passed like two months ago. So I’m on my headset driving to crossfit mind you, and I’m on the phone for 12 minutes to mobile assistant talking out this post. I get the email later on that evening, I forward it to my new office manager who has an English background and she edits the post for me, to make sure I’ve got no comma surprises and everything reads properly and I copy and paste what she’s done, and it was ready to go the next morning. And so I was able to write a 12 minute post or a one thousand word post in approximately about 15 minutes.

Steve: That’s awesome dude.

Jeff: And that was like the fastest turn around post I’ve ever been able to do, and so that’s how I’ve been able to now crank out content so much faster you know I– having an editor you know that’s something that I was trying to find somebody. I tested out a few other people but this one here was by far like amazing.

Steve: So this is a human on the other end right?

Jeff: This is a human yes, with mobile assistant it is. Yes so these are all real people, they are all US based so it’s a phenomenal service that I freaking, I recommend all the time because I use it a lot for client meetings too. I use it for client meetings, detailing client notes, sending letters to clients. I also use it for emails, like any time I want to email somebody, I’m in the car and I want to email somebody, I just call in an email so that when I get that I can just quickly do a scan over an email. One thing I hear– I’ve used lately, how many times have you had to do text interviews Steve?

Steve: I did a bunch of them but they just became too much work, so I started declining them.

Jeff: Yeah, because like they take a lot of time right?

Steve: It’s like writing a blog post.

Jeff: It is, and like then some so this is how I answer like I just had a 12 question text interview that I did via mobile assistant. Had It done in 12 minutes, got it to my assistant just to make sure, and actually lots of times I even tell him hey I used my mobile transcription service you might want to check it for edit, you know when you get a chance to look it over. And so that way I can knock out these interviews and get– because I’m getting links from all these sites and doing all these interviews. I hate to decline them but you know they are, it would take me three hours to answer this interview via text but I can do it now in less than 15 minutes.

Steve: So instantly I would like to let the audience know that Jeff has actually been one of the big proponents in kind of influencing me to start outsourcing some of my activities. Those of you guys who follow my blog know that I pretty much do everything in my business. It’s just recently that I started outsourcing stuff and it’s because of Jeff’s success in kind of outsourcing and making his activities much more efficient so.

Jeff: I tell you what man, if you get Chris Tucker on– if he was here on your show like I think I’m doing pretty good. I have interviewed Chris for my podcast and after talking to him like offline for like 12 minutes like I realized I wasn’t even close.

Steve: Is that right?

Jeff: Yeah I mean he just– he like just he opened my eyes just all these other little things that I’m still doing that I shouldn’t be doing. And it’s just kind of like wow, okay it just opened up the door like how much more I could be outsourcing. I mean I’m doing a pretty big a job, but it can always be improved.

Steve: Well, I’m just glad that you didn’t outsource this interview because if I got your VA, I would have been a little pissed off. All right, so let’s talk about this major pivot that we mentioned earlier on. So what is this major pivot that is going to take your business to the next level?

Jeff: Yeah so you know the funny thing so with me was like– I’ve talked a little bit about the growing a practice, and what not and I really became a little bit more disenchanted from growing the practice. I don’t know what happened I think I just got so infatuated with building this online persona and this online business, and you wind up become more– I didn’t want to be tied to the office. You know I love it when I can go work in a coffee shop, and just be out of the office. I just like I thrive more or even when I work at home, like I’m now actually in my down stairs studio which is basically an unfinished spare bedroom in our basement that is in our recording studio. But I really didn’t want to grow the practice as much so I mean I was growing it just because you know people were referring clients to me. But I think you alluded to it at the beginning of this call where I didn’t really have a clear call to action on how to work with me.

And when I first rebranded Good Financial Cents, like that was actually intentional. I didn’t want people like if people really want to work with me like I always going to make them work for it. So they would have to like figure out how they are going to contact me, or find my contact form or really just like seek me out, and which is kind of cool because those that did really did want to work with me. I was able to talk to another advisor that has grown his practice exponentially, I mean he’s killing it. It’s like ten times the size of my practice, which once again like that has never really been a goal of mine but was really– what I was really impressed with this guy was his practice is like 90% virtual.

You know he actually relocated from Michigan out to the southern California and most of his clients are all virtual, they work basically via Skype or email and that’s it. And he showed me the process he has done to do so, and it really just got me fired up because my– the traffic that I get on my blogs and my online properties dwarf what he’s been able– what he gets. But he’s been able to grow it substantially just because you know clear call to action, and he has a really good process to kind of to streamline it.

So I now have embraced the fact that Jeff I have this digital asset with the blog, I have the financial planning practice. I haven’t really done a good job of processing, building processes it’s something I’ve been wanting to work on, I just haven’t been focused on it because I wanted to build more of a process on the online business. But here recently I finally launched my own unique process for the financial planning practice which is called the financial success blueprint, and it’s just the six step process that people walk through if they want to work with me.

And so now if you go to the blog its fairly prominent, you’ll see they work with me you know and the top navigational bar, and I have other call to actions that I’ will be implementing here soon as soon as my developer can get those going. And just going to have more of a clear hey you want to work with me, here is what it is, here is the type of clients that I work with, you know if you’re the type of person that needs contact from me like needs to talk once a week, like we’re not a good fit. Yes I’m really doing a good job of actually showing people the exact kind I want to work with, and to keep myself honest and fair to myself like I’m going to hold true to that.

Steve: So are the clients that you bring in– is this whole thing kind of scalable? Like can you handle like thousands and thousands of clients?

Jeff: It is, I mean thousands and thousands actually not. Could I handle 5-10 new clients a month? That would be a lot of work for me. My– what I want to do is I want to perfect the process, if we’ve had a few people go through it, they’ve been kind of like our guinea pigs. So just to see what are some of the pinpoints on our end, like what are some of the things that could be– like the stuff that I was doing that my new office manager can be doing, or maybe some of the stuff that the client could be doing more on their end like more home work or filling out more of the spreadsheets and stuff. So we’ve had a few people going through where we’re just trying to streamline it even more. Big picture would be bringing on a junior advisor that could facilitate you know some of the dialogue between going through the process. So, absolutely I think it could be could be streamlined even more. I could bring on other people to kind of walk you through that process once we have it perfected.

Steve: So it could be in many respects kind of almost as scalable as your online income in a way?

Jeff: I firmly believe so, and the guy– and I have my the guy who’s done it already that shown me how he’s done it and like he doesn’t work for people now. He has his initial clients that he’s built up and anybody new that comes in they all get funneled to his team.

Steve: That’s really interesting.

Jeff: So that’s what I’m jazzed about. You know it’s basically, it’s something I’ve been running from for like the last almost two or three years, and now I’ve just finally embraced it. And I’m just kind of excited to see how it can grow.

Steve: Yeah, so let’s talk about this change. So, was it due to any books that you’ve read? Or how do you network? How do you meet these people?

Jeff: You know it’s funny because– so this guy that I’m mentioning I, he’s somebody that I’ve seen online. You know like that’s the beauty of like seeing people online and just kind like social stalk people, but he’s been mentioned in a few trade journals you know that I read, and then I actually got like a sales call for to join some internet marketing company or specific towards financial advisors and once again his name was mentioned. And I thought his name came up like three times over the course of like four weeks and I’m like okay I got to reach out to this guy and see what’s going on. You know Like so I just emailed him like kind of a cold email and he responded immediately, and was like hey its actually funny because I’ve actually kind of like been following you for the last like three or four years.

Steve: Oh, okay.

Jeff: So that’s kind of how that came to be but I think it’s just monitoring your space like my space is financial planning, so anything I– anytime I read anything about anybody that’s marketing online or blogging or using You tube, I mean that immediately catches my interest so I’m always going to read up on it and kind of stay up on it so. I love seeing what other advisors are doing on our space.

Steve: So your blog actually probably got your foot in the door with this guy in a way?

Jeff: Yeah it did, I mean I said that, I mean yeah, I mean he always calls me his blogging superstar you know like he always looks at me like– but you know like I might be the blogging superstar, but he’s been able to grow his practice you know more than I have because you know he’s been more focused on it.

Steve: So any books that have influenced you in any way?

Jeff: Oh, my goodness. You know I think, I mean the usual you know Tim Ferriss’s “4-Hour Work week” you know that’s actually what inspired me to hire my first virtual assistant. You know it’s like that book, no question. I think another book that I love is “built to sell”.

Steve: Built to sell is that John Warrillow?

Jeff: Yes, yes and if your into audio books, I say that is actually probably the worst audio book. Did you– are you– do you do audio books?

Steve: No you know I actually have a copy. He actually sent me a copy for free a while back when he was launching it. I don’t know why he reached out to me. So I kind of wrote a little thing for him to help him promote it.

Jeff: The guy I wish he would have self like read it but he hired another writer and this guy man it’s just, it’s horrible. I mean, but it was good content so I mean I got through it, but I just love that book because it really talks about streamlining your business and having that clear process. And a coaching program that I’m in, they really talk about having a unique process and I’ve never done it. I’ve always wanted to do it you know so for me the financial success blueprint is that and you know kind of like I know this is a big picture, but if I can actually streamline this business to where– I guess I’m never doing it anything with it, I’m just like following lead that’s a good thing, but you know ultimately one day this is an asset I would like to sell, and if I have a streamlined unique process that you know I’ll basically just hand it over to the next person. I mean that makes the practice that much more valuable. Now the multiple becomes much more. I kind of have like a secret, see I’m 36 now, I have like a secret four year exit strategy. So if I can actually build this thing and sell it by the time I’m 40. Not if I want to sell, but if I could sell it I want to see like what I can do over the next four years to build it to make it potentially sellable.

Steve: Yeah I was going to ask you about that because you know for Good Financial Cents at least, your personality is a big part of that blog and likewise with my blog my personality is a big part of it as well. So how do you kind of divorce that to make it sellable?

Jeff: Yeah, so I mean I think that building up the process to where you know eventually I want to– I don’t mind being the face, but I think it’s a matter at that point in time you know I guess having to bring on a co-face, in especially the practice. But if I’m not the main guy dealing with people, that it’s my team that’s working with people, then I don’t think it will be much of an issue with the practice. With the blog, that’s something that I’ve wrestled with, but you know I think if I sell the practice, I don’t know if I could ever sell the blog. It be easier– it be easier actually to sell the practice than the blog even though the practice brings in more revenue. But I don’t know, I just love the blog and I think there is always going to be potential to monetize the online persona. You know I mean there is so many different angles I could go if I really needed to monetize it.

Steve: Right, absolutely.

Jeff: So I think that’s something that would be hard for me to let it go.

Steve: Cool, well Jeff I don’t want to take up too much of your time. If anyone wants to contact you, or give you their money to manage, how can they reach you?

Jeff: Yeah, you know GoodFinnancialCents.com that’s my main hub. You can also track me down on twitter, twitter I go by jjeffrose. There is two j’s cause Jeff Rose in Canada took it. But I’m active twitter, Facebook but also the hub is Good Financial Cents.

Steve: Okay, incidentally, what does that extra J stand for Jeff?

Jeff: You had to bring that up didn’t you dude?

Steve: I can [Inaudible] [00:45:37] this out if you want but.

Jeff: All right if people really want to know, my middle name is Jeff and then for some reason my parents named me Jan. Jan is my legal name, so Jan Jeffery Rose is what I go by, but I never really told anybody, but now your whole podcast community knows.

Steve: Nice, nice maybe I’ll leave this out and use it against you later.

Jeff: How sweet.

Steve: All right man well thanks a lot for your time. This was a really good talk.

Jeff: Yeah man, I appreciate having me on.

Steve: All right man, take care.

You might not have been able to tell from the podcast but the reason why I admire Jeff, is because he always has an open mind. And he is basically willing to try anything. And it’s because of his open mind that he’s constantly finding new and innovative ways to increase his brand and grow his business. And like I mentioned in the interview, Jeff is one of the main reasons why I started this podcast in the first place and for that I’m thankful.

For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode25 and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review it not only makes me feel proud, but it also helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, and find the show more easily and get awesome business advice. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web.

And as an added incentive I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information about the contest go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini-course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a 100k in profit in our first year in business. Go to mywifequitherjob.com for more information and thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the my wife quit her job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

024: How Dan Faggella Leveraged Email Marketing To Create A 6 Figure Jiu Jitsu Training Site

Dan Faggella

I learned so much from this interview that afterwards, I went and revamped my entire email marketing autoreponder sequence. The information from this interview with Dan Faggella is that good and I guarantee you’ll learn something from it.

Dan runs the popular site ScienceOfSkill.com, where he sells Brazilian Jiu Jitsu training videos online. He also runs 2 other online businesses at TechEmergence LLC and CLVboost where he helps other businesses improve their email marketing.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Dan has created such a large mindshare among Brazilian Jiu Jitsu fanatics even though he’s not a world champion
  • How Dan found the right marketing angle to pursue with his BJJ business which has allowed him to stand out in a crowded niche
  • How Dan gets people on his proverbial “bus”
  • How Dan segments his email list to maximize conversions, open rates and clicks.
  • How Dan gets people to sign up for his email list
  • How to get the attention of experts and bigger players

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You’re listening to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now, this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve in deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses.

If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest, where I am giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information, go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Dan Faggella on the show. Now, Dan runs ScienceOfSkill.com where he runs a blog and a six figure online store selling Brazilian Jiu Jitsu training videos. So here’s what’s interesting about Dan, he’s been studying BJJ which is Brazilian Jiu Jitsu for all of you guys who don’t know what it stands for since 2005 and owns his own BJJ Academy in Rhode Island which he started which he started when he was a student at the University of Rhode Island.

Now he’s placed in the top three in many Jiu Jitsu tournaments around the world, but here’s the thing, I have a lot of friends that are really into BJJ and Dan is not the number one BJJ practitioner out there and he’s not like the champion of the world in this sport, now don’t get me wrong, he’s really awesome at what he does but the thing is– is that when I ask my friends who are into BJJ, they’ve all heard of him because of his online presence and all that he has done for this sport. Now, within the BJJ community, the guy is all over the place. Now, he’s created this amazing community and he’s an expert at what he does, and in fact he’s the perfect example of taking a skill that you have and creating a profitable business around it. So, welcome to the show Dan, looking forward to hearing your story.

Faggella: Steve! Glad to be here my man! Glad to be here. Thanks for the– such a warm into. I don’t think I’ve ever gotten one that good.

Steve: Is that– you know it is funny so, I have like three or four friends who are into it and they’ve all heard of you so–

Faggella: That’s great!

Steve: Clearly you’re doing something right in your own part of [Inaudible] [00:02:47].

Faggella: Yeah, yeah we have– we do you know, 700 blog posts and now 350 videos later somebody’s going to– somebody’s going to hear something I guess.

Steve: [Laughing] Yeah what’s– what’s funny about that is that there’s like this huge names like Marcello Garcia and that sort of thing and yet you know, in terms of online presence I almost feel like even though he’s like the champion of the world, you have an equal presence it seems in terms of people hearing about you so…

Faggella: Yeah, yeah it’s just to focus on that particular stuff. Again, I never pretended to be Marcello but we certainly focused on– and at least being able to share our material with just as many people.

Steve: Yeah. So give us a quick background story? Tell us you know, tell us how you got started with this, and how you make a living online.

Faggella: Yeah, exactly. So interesting tale as you had mentioned you know’ it started with a very small Martial Arts Academy in Rhodes Island. So basically here’s how it goes, I mean, I was in the University of Rhode Island–very little town I mean 8,000 people or so in my town of Wakefield, URI is in Kingston. And URI has a significantly larger population at the university alone than my entire town.

And you know, I ended up getting into UPENN because I’m very interested in human potential and psychology for my Masters, and at the time I was kind of running like a fight club in the back of a carpet store just because you know, I like fighting more than working and I was getting a couple of bucks for private lessons so that was cool. And then I got the bill from UPENN and I was like, ‘Men! That’s pretty wild I guess I better– men! I better make some money or something.’ So, I was like men! This Masters Degree isn’t cheap if I decide to join.

So I ended up turning that thing into a real Martial Arts Academy and teaching Brazilian Jiu Jitsu and driving back and forth from Pennsylvania to Rhode Island while I was running that thing and then, while I was kind of growing it right after I graduated, we had our roof collapse at the gym, and I was doubling a bit in internet marketing but at that point I realized, ‘Men! You know what? If I’m counting on this many square feet of map, in this town of 8,000 people for all of my income, I’m in a pretty rough spot.

So I decided to take– you know, I’d won enough– I’d put enough shinny stuff up on the wall at that point you know, from national tournaments and whatever, I was to–to, you know, to be able to share some expertise online and so we started building that as a more serious presence and pretty soon we were doing more per month than we were in the physical– the physical gym.

Steve: So your physical gym eventually you– you decided to sell that is that correct?

Faggella: Yes it is. Yeah I sold that in maybe around year or so ago. I’m still teaching there for a little bit right? It’s now like a larger mat. You can’t exactly just plug in a new owner and have it work the same. But– but yes, so I sold that about a year ago and then I moved up to [Inaudible] [0:05:20] essentially all the stuff that I used to sell the gym was– because we automated the marketing very well and we did email marketing really, really well with software for that business so it made the sale easier because a lot of it was [Inaudible] [00:05:32] and those same systems, those exact same systems, put to a bigger scale with the entirety of the online BJJ community ended up picking up very well.

So I had to become very neurotic about how to make the most of every lead, how to maximize profit per prospect when I’m in a town where I run out of human leads very quickly. So when I took that to the internet where there’s more people, it grew and I was able to carry that thing right up Bosnia after I sold the physical one and now obviously we do a kind of consulting in that world but– but yeah so the physical one is now sold, but I still go down there and train sometimes.

Steve: Okay, so what does your company sell exactly?

Faggella: Yes.

Steve: Just training videos?

Faggella: Totally yap! So what we sell now just to kind of make things clear for the folks out there, there’s a lot of models you can do with selling information. So we’re an information marketing company. We’re not primarily selling like you know, uniforms and things like that. I’m not all that big on inventory, so we sell information. So primarily we sell downloadable video courses about very specific niche components of Brazilian Jiu Jitsu for example, if you want to know how to do a particular leg lock, or you’re interested in you know, beating bigger opponents with chokes or arm locks or something like that, we’ve very, very specific niche courses and a lot of my staff because I walk around about 128 pounds, is you know, how a smaller guy can beat a bigger guy. So we sell niche videos courses and subscription memberships to a particular niche BJJ skills.

Steve: Okay, so there’s actually quite a few BJJ training courses out there. I was just kind of…

Faggella: Oh yeah, tons.

Steve: …looking around. Yeah, so how do you kind of distinguish yourself from the rest of the packing? How do you stand out?

Faggella: All day. Well, a couple of things. Number one, I like to think and there’s a couple of guys they’re okay marketers in that space and I basically know all the guys that are really in that game and they’re all really nice folks but I like to think on the aggregate, we just put a lot more attention first and foremost into our funnel. So in other words, when we collect a lead we can make that a more profitable lead than most of the people simply because our follow up is really dialed in, or our automatic sequences, and then our, you know, broadcast messaging in our kind of continuous circulation of various products and services to our sub segments.

So maximizing profit per prospect is a big thing for me but in terms of positioning which is probably what you’re talking about, ultimately, my shebang is this; you know, there’s a lot of people and Steve, this is– this is a really curious thing about sort of teaching your passion is a lot of people do only want to learn from world champions so oddly enough, me, Dan Faggella, you know, when I watch BJJ, I’m not watching really anybody besides you know, the Marcello Garcia’s and [Inaudible] [00:08:12] and the [Inaudible] [00:08:14] is that the world– I mean, I paid for private lessons with a lot of those kind of guys and seminars and what not and I really only tune into that.

But, most people aren’t actually like that and a lot of people will really resonate with the small town 128 year old white dude who, you know, who competed nationally and like has a bunch of videos of you know, screaming Brazilians with their legs getting torn off you know because, he’s on their leg or something right? So, a lot of people resonate with like the you know, small town kid who kind of had to figure things out on his own and had to train with a bunch of white folks in a tiny town and really [Inaudible] [00:08:48] in his training to figure out how to beat all these who are you know, bigger.

So they kind of resonate with the struggle, they resonate with the story, and so for me it’s beating bigger opponents and it’s also sort of you know, training I guess for the guy who doesn’t live in the heart of Rio and you know, trains seven days a week like a killer but still wants to get better right? So skill development at UPENN was my focus so, that’s a little bit of the angle but it’s mostly you know, how a regular dude can kind of beat bigger stronger folks and that’s really the angle, beating bigger, stronger opponents is the major thing.

Steve: Okay, yeah, I noticed that on your site, there’s a lot of personal stories and a lot of personal videos on there which kind of, you know, allows me to get to know you a whole lot better and in that way it might make me more attracted to learning from you as opposed to some of the bigger names.

Faggella: Yeah, that’s exactly it. I mean, again, this is all just marketing right? I mean, I didn’t make any of that stuff up, I mean, there’re is a– you know, the things that I think we can sometimes do better than the world champion guys, and you know, I love and respect all those guys, I mean I pay bunch of bucks for private lessons with you know, a big long laundry list of world champions but you know, there’re obviously I mean, my main focus was getting into you know, intravesting and other things like that and scaling in internet business.

Their main focus is mostly, you know, growing their Academies and winning national tournaments so they’re not going to invest a ton in let’s say creating a whole bunch of little niche front end and tiny products so that anybody with a credit card can kind of take a step through the front door and really get a feel for their products you know, they’re going to create a DVD set here and there but that’s it. They’re not going to take the time to do a million different tiny front-ends to attract a million different people and they’re also, you know, not necessarily going to sit there and kind of lay out their tale in kind of bigger personal pieces to sort of build that bond and relationship simply because you know, that online business usually isn’t their main priority.

So people see that with me and they do get to know me as a character. They get to know me as this you know, funny little guy in this tiny town who you know, scrapped and scrambled to make it happen and they know a bit about my story and they know that I got slammed and had back problems because I was such little guy and I was getting beat up by all the big guys and that makes them really connect with me.

There’s a concept called– that a marketing teacher of mine once said of kind of getting people on the bus, so when I tell my story, and there’s other great marketers that do this exceptionally well but when I’m telling my story, I’m essentially telling individual little personal snippets about myself, and different parts and different snippets will get different people on my bus.

By on my bus I mean for them to say, ‘You know what, I resonate with this guy. You know what, I like this guy.’ And those different segments that can get people on the ‘I like this guy’ bus could be that when I talk about how I came up in that 8,000 person town, could be the part that I had to drive five hours to go to all these different seminars and stuff and how I was always like the smaller kind of weaker guy. You know, so they’ll resonate with some aspect of that, and now they’re kind of part of me. They have a little bit of a relationship with me and that is I think what helps differentiate us as well.

Steve: So you mentioned that email marketing is a large part of your business right?

Faggella: Yeah.

Steve: So, can you just kind of walk me through one of your funnels and how they’re structured.

Faggella: Sure, so on a really basic level, we do a lot of front end past segmentation. So– and now again, we’re in kind of the consulting space and we’re clogging the same with bigger scalable businesses. But in BJJ it looks like this very simply.

We’ll have a YouTube video, about let’s say a leg lock technique so you know, hey, I want to learn how to do a leg lock or something. I got a lot of competition videos doing that kind of funky stuff, so people look it up on the whole of YouTube and at the bottom of the leg lock video is a link, and the call to action on the link is a free eBook or video course about, you can probably guess it Steve, leg lock! For crying out freaking loud! And then once they land on that page, we’re testing that squeeze page if we’re doing our job correctly, and getting people to opt in for leg locks and then once they opt in– so the– bringing them into the email sequences is just as important as the communication, just to make that clear.

I mean, I’m passing the segmentation, anybody who will watch that video, who will click that link, they’re into leg locks enough to be at least in the market to potentially buy. I don’t know if they have a card yet, but they’re at least in the market. So they’ve opted in and I already know their interface, they’re not a ‘BJJ lead’, they’re a ‘YouTube I’m into leg locks and watching leg lock videos lead’. Which means if I’m trying to sell you leg lock videos, there’s a decent chance you’ll at least consume that content? So that’s a good box for me to check before I start pitching.

So, what happens is, they’ll end up getting let’s say a 24 to 36 email sequence, which will be a combination of great interviews I’ve done with world champions, exclusive educational content particularly about all the different dimensions of leg locks and how they can use leg locks, and around email five or six, we’ll have a very easy front end offer on– with– about leg locks that might be, you know, sending them a DVD or sending them a downloadable course as well as a free trial on a leg lock membership program or you know, different cool and fun bonuses all related to getting really good at leg locks and we’ll give them one of those offers.

Now that offer will last maybe four or five days, and then you know, we’ll go back in education mode and we’ll go teach them some other cool stuff, other cool interviews, other cool competition breakdowns and then we’ll take another swing. Most people will take only one swing, we like to take at least three. So we’ll take another swing, we’ll do a different cool bonus, we’ll send two different DVDs and maybe there’s some other cool extras that come along with it like a drilling sheet and some other stuff to help people learn. And then you know, we’ll relate that to our educational content then we’ll go back to education and then we’ll go back into another offer at the end and that takes us about 36 emails or so.

And now somebody buys one of those front end programs, then they’ll automatically go into a higher [Inaudible] [0:14:32] follow up sequence, where we’ll start to talk about 97, 77 dollar products and we’ll have maybe a 12 or 15 email sequence to move them to that level. And that will move me to broadcast and it gets a little bit more complex but that sort of a basic front end funnel is we know what you’re into as soon as you come in the door, we already know what you’re into, we feed you the best stuff we’ve got and we give you amazing deals and super cool programs about that stuff, and then we repeat that process with multiple what we call roller coasters. So it’s like it’s all education then it’s kind of you know, some cool offer stuff and then back in education then it’s a cool offer stuff and we really ride people right through those and we don’t like to give up early.

Steve: So, a quick question on the initial sequence, so do you not even mention any products at all in the first four or five emails?

Faggella: Sometimes. So for example, I mean, there is a bit, so every now and again, like we’ll have something in the PS, we’ll have something in the signature, that will at least be a link to it. and often Steve, in fact, probably most of the time, as soon as they opt in, there’s a thank you video, that talks about you know, why we’re literally giving away one of our leg lock DVDs, just for the price of shipping, and why you know, why it’ s a good idea to check it out, right?

So often there’s an offer thrown out there right on the thank you page or on some kind of a ‘read more’ page after the ‘thank you’ page. They are exposed, but what we generally like to do is– I think about it like this in general, so, general best practice in info-products style is ‘let the hot people buy’ so if someone’s super hot, they should be able to buy, but if we don’t know if they’re super hot yet, let’s kind of heat them up a little bit and then sell.

So is there an opportunity to buy? Oh yeah! Right on the Thank you– if you’re looking for it I mean, it’s there. And sometimes email two, email one in the PS there’ll be a link to the store or link to a special so, if they’re hot and they open up that first email, they can buy but we’re not going to go you know, kind of pitch mode so to speak, no, not at first. So we’re not going to pitch mode till later. Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, the reason why I ask is, there’s a lot of practitioners out there who recommend that you don’t pitch anything but with my own personal email funnel, I found that people either buy on email one or the last email at least in my experience and I was just curious what your…

Faggella: That’s very, that’s very interesting. Now, if I’m not mistaken you’re selling physical goods?

Steve: No, no, no. This is for my email train– my ecommerce training course.

Faggella: Oh! This is your course? This is your course– very curious. Well, you know, I suppose it’s not all that uncommon, let me ask, I mean, is there a scarcity element at the end of these emails sequence like, ‘hey guys, you know like this is the last email about this, you know, here’s the last bonus you get’ is there anything like that? Or is it just like ‘hey, another email from Steve’?

Steve: It’s a pretty straight forward– there’s no scarcity element. I was debating with myself whether to add that element because it would be in a way some sort of false scarcity element in a way right?

Faggella: Yeah, you don’t have to actually I mean, I’ll tell you know, I do it in and on, I don’t like false scarcity really, but usually I will say– I’ll often say this, ‘hey, I mean, this is– this is the last email you’re going to get about this.’ So, that doesn’t say the software won’t exist but here’s the think, who the heck is going to go back into an email that got sent to them four months ago and find a crazy link that isn’t listed on Google for a special? Nobody does. So–so I won’t say this offer is going down, I’m taking down the website, I do think that’s deceptive and I don’t like to do that, but I will say something like, ‘hey guys, you know, we’re going to be headed right into some educational stuff and honestly, it’s the last mention, you know, I mentioned in the last email I want to make sure you can get in on this, because we’re moving right along into other stuff.’ You know, that kind of thing is a bit of a [Inaudible] [0:18:07] you know, last chance without you know, saying something that isn’t in fact true.

Steve: That’s very interesting. So, do you have separate funnels for each one of your niche videos?

Faggella: Yeah.

Steve: So you mentioned leg locking, there’s– I imagine there’s like an arm bar video or whatever.

Faggella: Yeah, yeah, yeah. You’re right so, we have a certain number of core continuity programs. And there’s sort of this principle in information marketing of splintering your offers and particularly of splintering continuity. So the idea is, we have a number of different free front end products, that people can download, like free eBooks and video courses and other stuff that we’ve created based on interviews of world champions, based on match break downs, all kinds of different content that people like to consume, and what we’ll do is you know, the opt-in for the arm bar video, the opt-in for the escape video, the opt-in for whatever, and they’ll get a very tailored email sequence leading to a continuity program.

Now, we only have three continuity programs, and really true, I mean we have five total but there’s only three we care about, and then– but we have probably 20 of 18 different funnels. So those different funnels take people down different kinds of trickling paths to our core offers.

Steve: Okay, wow, that’s very interesting. So your email funnel’s a lot more tricky than mine. I only have one product and it goes– everyone goes down the exact same path, they’re interested in starting an ecommerce store.

Faggella: Yeah.

Steve: But in your case, I can see how it’d be useful because many little intricate skills involved in Brazilian Jiu Jitsu, and you kind of all take them as individual splinters and you just kind of funnel them towards your three main products it sounds like, right?

Faggella: This is– this is true, now, I would say it sounds like you know, I mean to be frank, this– it’s so much like you know, what Dan invented for this crazy little online business. It’s kind of like these are general best practice for maintaining the highest open rates and getting the highest [Inaudible] [0:20:01] rates and ultimately making the most profit per prospect. So for your businesses you’re learning how to build an ecommerce store, what are like the three main motivations that people are into to build an ecommerce store, some of them want like let’s say they want to it to be– you know, grow a really big business, and kind of scale it, some of them want to kind of live at home and be able to kind of take care of the kids and have some fun like yourself, more of lifestyle oriented, and maybe some of them want an income on the side, is it safe to segment folks those three ways or you let me know if there’s some other segments.

Steve: That is a good question but yes, certainly those are three segments that I target.

Faggella: Okay, so here’s the how this applies to your business, because again, I want you thinking like this is some fancy Jiu Jitsu trick that the folks at home can tune into. This is you know, this is– this is email marketing so for you it might be you know– so we sell all other kinds of stuff and other niches to the point of we’re being redundant if we talk too much about it but if you’re coming in for let’s say learning ecommerce store, oh, okay great! You know, what’s your name, email and what’s the main goal for you for starting an ecommerce store? Then every educational snippet, every testimonial and every call to action is all about why this is going to build your lifestyle. Every educational snippet, every testimonial and every call to action is about how you can grow this to a million dollar business. Every testimonial, every educational snippet and every call to action is all about building a great side income.

So that’s how you get every single email opened at a higher rate because you’re appealing and that’s how you get higher click throughs appealing to particular values. So a simple drop down on the front end, and you can apply the exact same tenet to your business. You can do it by motive, you can do it by interest, you can do it 50 different ways but front end [Inaudible] [0:21:35] up all your opens and your click throughs, it definitely is not a Jiu J4itsu specific thing.

Steve: Sure, yeah absolutely and clearly you’re very good at what you do, and so that’s why I thought I’d ask.

Faggella: Oh yeah!

Steve: Just curious, what do your open rates look like on some of your funnels?

Faggella: Yeah, I mean it’s been a very front-end funnel and to be frank, it also varies on lead source so I imagine– I don’t know what you’ve tinkered around with but if you are getting folks from reddit and stuff like that, you know, nobody in internet marketing really does all that much with that, I mean I’m sure there’s some people that do but you know, within the first eight emails or so, you know, getting higher than 33 or getting higher than 25 is you know, pretty rock solid from let’s say either paid or Facebook.

Steve: Okay. Okay, I’m sitting around 40– between 30 and 40 I think in my funnel so.

Faggella: That’s good.

Steve: I just want to gauge what a good number would be.

Faggella: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: Sorry Dan, we won’t have big tangent because I thought…

Faggella: That’s fine.

Steve: Well, let’s go back to your business. So your business is– it sounds like it’s email marketing focused and you need people to actually come into your funnel, so…

Faggella: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: How do you actually get people into your funnel in the first place?

Faggella: This is a big question and there’s so many ways to skin this cat and it’s an interesting game. So, one of the ways we’re doing now is paper clicks. So I think that having a functioning paper click segment of any kind of online or ecommerce business is a very, very important simply because if you have anywhere you can spend one dollar and make about 50, you should have that dollar being spent a whole bunch and have that buck 50 coming in a whole bunch and you should be aiming to up those ratios and instead spend 10 bucks and make back 15. So, paper click is one channel, mostly Facebook for us right now, just giving the level we’re targeting. The next big channel for us is our YouTube channel.

So, you’ve probably seen some of our, you now, stuff kicking around there on the YouTube, but we have a lot of different niche and specific videos, we’re always popping up new stuff and fun interviews and those all have specific links to squeeze pages. Another way is posting and guess posting so, earlier in the game I wrote for a while the Jiu Jitsu magazines and the bigger print publications and that made it pretty easy to get on any of the websites like ‘hey I just did an article with this world champion for this you know, Jiu Jitsu magazine in our Jiu Jitsu style on the United Kingdom, you know, is it cool to shoot you a draft of some other interview insights that this you know, seven time world champion gave me about you know, arm bars or something. You know, usually, people don’t say no to that. So you get a lot of articles up on other sites and then eventually get log-ins on those sites.

So, another way that we drive a lot of traffic is, we guest post on you know, eight or so other decently size blocks in the Brazilian Jiu Jitsu niche and we’re able to drive a trickle of traffic from there, more importantly from that though Steve, is also search engine optimization which I’m sure many of you folks you’re doing, you guys are doing pretty well with and the idea there is when we’re guest posting on a whole bunch of these different sites, so long as you’re not black hutting it up, and so long as you’re not being kind of silly about your anchor text, and your link patterns and whatever else, we’ve been able to get certain portions of our core website, to rank very high for terms like BJJ over 40 because all of our buyers are over 40 years old that just is…

Steve: Interesting.

Faggella: Yeah, it’s just– it is what it is. A lot of people think I make all my money from 22 year old tattooed guys, very much– very much not the case. So…

Steve: Was that on purpose by the way? Do you specifically target or?

Faggella: Not at all, when I started, you know, the way I learned Steve was you know, learn about your customers right? I mean start up the concept so I just called all my buyers when I got into this game. ‘Hey barber how’d you find me? What do you like?’ and you know, I decided to build stuff that these guys would enjoy. I figured that was kind of the best way for a win, win and you know, they’re all 42 year old dudes who you know, can’t train on the mat seven days a week and they have disposable income and they don’t know how to legally download stuff. So they’re the– they’re the people that buy. So we found that out and decided to rank the stuff that people wanted.

So we did a lot of pooling, a lot of research, a lot of talking to our actual customers and decide to rank on things like BJJ escapes. Biggest trouble areas, a lot of people really have trouble with a couple of key positions so we use those guest posts to rank for those terms. And then some of those terms drive the most traffic to our blog and of course we have opt in opportunities right on our blog. So SEO guess post in YouTube– those are all some pretty major in bound channels for us to drive leads.

Steve: Okay, and so which one would you focus on if you would start all over today in the beginning?

Faggella: Oh, well, I would say focus on joint ventures so–all those are really slow man– those are slow. I don’t think we’d have a 25,000 person list if we only did those so, I mean, maybe but you know, I would have had to do that fulltime we’re doing a lot of other stuff. So, joint ventures are really big so finding a way you know, one thing that we did early on, I think this is replicatable for anybody who’s listening is we did a lot of guest posting, we became featured writers on six or so other websites, and then we went to the major players in the niche. People with fan pages, with you know 50k plus people on there people with email lists that were you know, substantial compared to ours at the time, and luckily we kind of caught a good deal in the last 12 months.

But you know, they were substantial at the time in the martial arts space and say, ‘Hey, you know, I write for these six sites, you know, I’d love to interview you for a blank, blank, blank and then once you interview them if you could be an affiliate for some of their products and help to kind of spread the word on a bunch of different websites you write for. Now writing for six different websites is a hot berried entry because you actually do have to be on the right but it’s not nearly as hard as building a 20,000 person email list. So, normally in order to get somebody to mail for you, you have to mail for them. When I heard a zero flipping person email list, instead of saying I‘ll mail for you, because I couldn’t, I said hey I write for six websites. I like to interview you about blank, blank, blank and if you are able to send me email to in all this particular squeeze page you know of giving 90% of whatever you sell down this funnel.

That was actually an interesting value plot and despite the fact that I was brand new fresh in the game, I was writing for six websites a day never been thought to write for, and they would have to go through the wrong address process I did and they did not write for any of the magazines I wrote for. So I had this entrenched position that was hard to get to, I had something of value to offer that they didn’t have themselves, so instead of taking the time to build a continently size email list, I gave them a hook in angle of something that I built in a matter of a month and a half and I was getting better aisle of 15,000 plus email list pomp into an opt-in funnel and that’s ultimately how we built our business.

Steve: I see, so you are already writing for these six publications so you pitch people with larger lists and you give them all the revenue from any– almost all the revenue from any proceeds any sales that regenerate from them.

Faggella: Yeah.

Steve: Okay and then meanwhile you get the subscribers from their list onto your list.

Faggella: This is true, this is true yes and then of course they get the benefit of hey we’ve been featured on, featured on, featured on, featured on and now they have back links back to their site from these other relatively authoritative websites so they would not have gone otherwise so it’s a win on both sides.

Steve: So how do you pitch the guest posts on these six sites?

Faggella: Yeah, the first thing is– the easiest way to pitch a guest post and man, I’ll surely write something about this, I mean it is so– it’s so simple though, like I use the same algorithm over and over and over again and it’s almost like sure fired stuff. It’s– I interview somebody who is a big deal, so I interview somebody who that publication would love to have unlike the first page somewhere, right who would make them look good if this person was there, because they don’t know me. They want to look good though so I pitch– I get an interview with somebody that these people would love to feature even if it’s only email correspondence and they send me back eight paragraphs about, you know, something or even three paragraphs, that’s good enough, it’s a correspondence.
So I say, hey, you know I’ve had a correspondence with blank about blank, and you know, and I read this, this and this on our site recently and you know, again I just talked to this world champion and I have a feeling that you readers would seriously resonate with his stuff and I like to make it timely as well. So the world championships had just ended and you know Tenkino [phonetic] who just hacked Medes in the finals actually broke down a lot of how his training strategy worked out for that actual match, I think it will be a great thing for your spa and nobody else’s got this content, you want me to send you a draft? Very hard most of the time for them to say no especially if you’ve written for bigger publications.

So I have written for blank – you see you say I have written for blank, blank, blank I have interviewed blank expert, here’s why it’s timely and here’s why you’ll the only one that will get it, do you want me to send you a draft? Very inviting very low berried entry all they have to is a yes email. You send them a draft and you do the same thing with three other people, and someone is going to buy and normally I will just write a different article for each one of them and put them up on all those websites.

Now, once you are writing for these websites two, three, four times, you simply ask, hey man this seems to be good fit, you know I hate to be bothered every single time with an email, does it make sense to just have a log in and be able to kind of post some stuff up and most of the time if they post it two or three of your articles and they’ve been very good, they’ll say yes at which point you now have a log in? So when I interview xyz world champion, or xyz you know a person who wants my help with getting their content around, I take their interview, I turn it into great content and then these websites are happy to have me distribute it because I’m talking to the best experts all the time.

Steve: So if you were to take a step even further back, how do you get the attention of the experts that you want to interview?

Faggella: Yeah, well this is kind of a– this is a pretty easy numbers game actually, so I mean if you‘re already writing for a couple sites that’s a good way to go about it, but you know relatively simple approaches – I’ll see if I can pull up one that we did recently so – I’-l-l- b-r-i-n-g t-h-e g-r-e-y. I’ve done this in the kind of the tech niche in the emerging tech space as well, so I figure out, I mean, if even have a nominally size podcast or blog of your own and then you have, you know, two or three places that you’re going to depend to put up content, what I like to say is, it’s usually something along the lines of, hey my name is blank with blank you know whoever you are writing for.

I recently saw and then you know something that they’ve done whether it’s a blog post, a competition, a video or whatever and you know, I’m going to be putting together some articles for blank, blank and blank and then you list some other publications you can be writing for and you’re like you know literary my interviews are literally 18 minutes long or so, so it’s pretty short stuff but I figure if we can catch up on Skype it’ll be great to get your name out there and I’ll be happy to plug any of your websites, your events you have coming up as you know– is there a time we might catch…? So this is the closest, is there a time in the coming three weeks that might paint out well to grab 20 minutes? Or, you know is there a time in the next two weeks that might paint out well to grab twenty minutes?
A lot of the time I’ll get a yes to that, and if you do a numbers game, and you have somebody on Odesk get 24 names, you put them on a spread sheet, you set down on a template, you know normally– you normally get a really good number of people, even people like, wow man like this guy is given like 18 different ten talks and he’s like multi, multi millionaire and you know, you never think you’d talk to these guys, and you get them to buy in.

Steve: That’s very interesting here, the reason why I’m asking all this questions is because I get readers who come to me and they are unable to get any traction with their blogs or their stores and that sort of thing, and often times it just borders on the leg work, right, which is reaching out and contacting people. Yeah, these people are just mainly waiting for the SEO speaker to turn on and it never does and then they get discouraged, and then here you are hassling and contacting people and getting traffic deal fashion way which kind of snow balls in the end.

Faggella: Yeah it’s real fashion, I mean now we have one of the, you know, it’s not like the biggest because I never focused on it to be as such, really I care a little bit more about my email list and my monthly hits. But yeah, now we have a really good size blogs simply because we did the hassle of what we talked about we got, you know, the biggest names. I want you to check three or four boxes as you already know Steve, you’re good to kind of have a fuel in the door to interview almost whoever you want, if you do a great job. So now that I write for essentially all the sites and I’ve interviewed, you know, a good majority of you know – it’s hard to say majority it’s a lot of blackmail job there but so many done black belt world champions, it’s hard to even shake a stick out of them anymore, it’s not all that tough to get anybody else out there but the initial grind is same as the grindest today and you know it’s not all that tough but I just gave you the template I mean that’s literally what I do to get on those sites to write for them. It’s literally what I do to talk to experts. I’m doing the same thing in the technology niche now as they did in BJJ same process.

Steve: Okay sounds good, so you mentioned that you have this email photo is there particular piece software that you use to help manage all these photos?

Faggella: Yeah, Yeah, I can certainly use whatever I need to get my hands on because I’ve had twos and other we were working with other folks that were doing photo related stuff it’s, you know, poured out on fusion soft et cetera. My correct photos are in fusion soft 95% of the way so I’m…

Steve: Okay.

Faggella: infusing guy really helps with segmentation and I’d recommend him for anybody else out there.
Steve: Okay, so, wow, okay this is a lot to information, so how did you become such an excellent email marketer? Were there any books that you read or were not–

Faggella: Yeah.

Steve: Courses that you took?

Faggella: You know I’ve always done these weird things, so I have this thing Steve, and I call it the black Lamborghini test and I don’t know if I’ve ever talked about this on an interview but it’s a very interesting habit that I have, where whenever I’m interested in doing something, I essentially find someone who is doing the same thing I am doing in terms of business but they drive a black Lamborghini. Now this is important not particularly because of the car, but because they’ve made that much money from that business.
So I don’t find who has the biggest blog about how to be successful, I find who drives the black Lamborghini because of that business. So when I got into email marketing I just said, you know who is making the most in information marketing? Who is really doing it? And I found people on the martial arts niche, and I found people outside the martial arts niche and well before, you know I had the safety net to go out and do it, I invested in myself to learn from these guys.

I mean I bought a Infusion soft for, you know, 2000 box down and I immediately spent six more grants to work with six division which is the one kind of top consultancies for a fusion soft for like a big two day thing for my martial arts gym as soon as I got the software. So the short story is I always found learning from the best in person to be really the way to go not the best because they have a blog that say so, but the best based on the black Lamborghini test of which I’ve already told you. And then the other thing is, you know, the people I can’t learn from the other black Lamborghini test in terms of paying for their expertise may be they are too expensive may be they are just not available. I will muddle what they are doing. So one thing I did earlier on, this is more valuable for me than any book I‘ve read. As I said, hey I am trying to build a monthly membership program that makes– that funds me and I can eventually sell and, you know, become a virtual investor in Cambridge.

You know, who makes enough money in information marketing they can do that. Raso Branson [phonetic] is like one of these people. He used to have 100 employees in a call center and now it’s a little bit smaller but he’s a very big name in the internet marketing space may be you’ve heard of him. And Raso Branson has a number of different continuity programs and you know relatively similar price plans. So I said, great, what does Raso’s emails look like? What is his videos sales really look like? What is his sales page look like? And what is his kind of flow to that sale look like? Cool replicating BJJ, run in BJJ and then iterate from there. So it wasn’t a book it was iterating from best practices based on the black Lamborghini test and that not only with the biggest accelerators of my learning because there’s nothing like riding somebody else’s successful sales letter in your niche.

I mean how about that for getting a good copyrighting immediately, it’s in my opinion it’s way, you know that’s the higher– that’s really good stuff so long as you understand the basic principles and then you know– and it’s a good place to start testing because somebody else is driving a black Lamborghini because if it’s so by galley, I mean unless you’re really screw it up, you should be able to get some traction. So in terms of learning that’s what I would advice anybody else out there to do.

Steve: So what are some news letters that you recommend that people look at in order to gain ideas of how to do the final and the correct way?

Faggella: Yeah, Yeah, actually you know, interestingly enough a lot of the time the email side and the internet marketing in the real tailoredness of the follow up is not something that is really all that talked about. If you want to get an email list that make a bunch—what is it? There’s something about extra viable, I forget…

Steve: You can send these to me after this interview and I will just post them here.

Faggella: Okay that’s fine, I mean, easy stuff I mean guys to follow I would say tune in to automation clinic which is a guy by the name of Jermaine Griggs. He’s probably the most famous infusion soft marketer and in terms of like his own success story. He does – I forget what he does like 12 million box a year selling essentially how to play music by ear. And that’s the business he is in, very interesting business and he’s one of the best infusion soft technicians that lives and breathes on earth. So I drink in with his guy, and then otherwise I just hop in on the email photos of Rione Dias [phonetic] and Rosa Branson. Now these are guys that are big in the internet marketing space. I’m eventually moving into other business, I’m not going to be here forever. But they do email marketing far better than most, and if you are going to pay attention to them or Josh Moore with an e-book book, I would say them.

Steve: Okay that’s good news, I’ll link that stuff up. So just curious you know once the funnel is done in your email marketing sequence, what do you do with your subscribers after that?

Faggella: Yeah, so I’m– [Inaudible] [00:39:22] waste to kind of again skin that cat too. So sometimes I have a funnel that’s really designed to be a front end funnel. It’s not necessarily designed for me to hit my current list with, but you know I can test it before I start paying for traffic to send to that funnel, but you know, one thing that I do if I want– if I build something like for example I just put together the copy for a sales pay join take downs it’s not all that long ago, and it’s going to be this week or next where we do some kind of 127 dollar offer to my Brazilian to get two lists– four for that particular course.

Pretty big course, lots of stuff in there haven’t really formerly relisted. So once that sort of built, I will take a segment of my list and expose them to that but here’s the segments that I’m going to expose that Steve. So I think what a lot of people would do is they take– okay it’s time to test this page. I’m going to send my list to this page; I’m going to send this to my list. List is a really dangerous term. You’ve probably heard the term like blast emails or whatever. So blast email is really just unsophisticated boat a ride offensive marketing, and you know it’s what people do when they don’t how to market stuff. So they just send the same email to everybody whether you bought or whether you didn’t buy, whether you– you know no matter you’re interested in, no matter what level you’ve purchased at, no matter what lead source you’re from, everybody gets the same message you are a customer, a year ago you’re a customer now.
You’ve been on lead for two weeks. Everybody gets the same email all the time. That’s just called like you know sucking it marketing basically. I mean the short hand for that is just being actually bad at legitimate marketing. So what we do is you know we’ll say okay who’s raised their head and explicitly said, I’m interested in take downs. Take downs is what I’m here for Dan. So we have a survey that everybody on our list will eventually get a send to them in about 11 days deep into being in our system, and then they’ll be reminded that if they don’t fill out which asks them for all their various interest areas, and they can tell us what they care about and what they don’t, because I don’t want to hear about take down Steve, if they are not here to learn from me about take downs, then why would I want to bother?
You know, I only want to send them what they like, so we have a survey that helps tailor those messages. So what happens when a final list is built or a new offer is constructed is all saying, who’s told explicitly they want that? And maybe who has spent at a relatively consummate level in the past.

So we are not going to send this 127 dollar offer to zero dollar buyers, we are going to send it to people that have spent 100 box or more in the last 60 days. That’s who’s going to get that offer because that’s not going to offend them. The seven dollar buyer in the brand new guy, I probably not going to send it to them, probably not, and the guy– but the guy who said even if he didn’t buy, the guy who’s said he was interested in take downs, I probably still will expose him but only because he raised his hand. So you can see Steve how we calibrate exposure based on standing interest?

Steve: Yes so, It sounds like you really need a program like infusion soft and just a regular email marketing program will probably not be adequate enough to do this.

Faggella: Yeah, yeah with some of it right. So you can do some basic segmentations some other programs, but at the end of the day like it boils down to this and I actually nothing against infusion, in fact I– I mean they’ve built a far – they’ve built a fantastic company. Their logo is adorable. They are– all the staffs love them because they have a free trial. I think their emails honestly look great on phone and everywhere else but when you get to a certain level, you don’t use mail chip, period. You know it’s just– it is what it is, it’s like you know if you are raising cars, you know it’s like a certain level of cars raising, you know, like a certain level of a car partition where you no longer take, you know, your jail prison or whatever.
You know it’s not like mail chip is a bad product or it’s not a rickety product, but it is good for a certain number of things it does not– if you say I am going to make as much money from my email list as humanly, visibly, considerably possible mail chip isn’t your bag, point blank period. So yes you do need something that can actually segment, that’s infusion, that’s product, that’s entrepreneur, that’s something with some actual functionality.
Steve: Okay, sounds good that’s extra advice. Well Dan I don’t want to take up too much of your time, surprisingly we’ve already been talking for almost 45 minutes. So, yeah, exactly and you’ve given me a lot of things to think about as well with my own email marketing.

Faggella: I’m glad.

Steve: And for that I’m very appreciative and– so where can people find you if they want to contact you about anything.

Faggella: Yeah of course man. My main sites though orderly enough now when I moved to Cambridge, I am planning on selling the martial arts business and where I share all my stuff about email marketing and marketing automation is clvboost.com [inaudible] [00:44:01] for customer live time value boost but clvboost.com is one of the site for our consultancy. We have a basic white paper that kind of breaks down a lot of plug-in play strategies, so people are like ah you know I’m interested in doing some other segmentation. I do want to understand email a little bit better, that’s about a simple soot to not break down as we have this right down that site. So people want to get a hold of me, they can reach me that way.

Steve: Okay, sounds good Dan. Well, thanks a lot for coming on the show really appreciated.

Faggella: Thanks for having me Steve.
Steve: Hi man, take care. I actually learnt a ton from Dan today about email marketing. Now this episode was recorded about a month ago and after talking to him, I completely revamped my own email auto responder sequence and my info product has actually been converting like crazy. Now I’m not sure if it’s the new mail sequence or the podcasts that’s been bringing the business, but business has been picking up dramatically ever since Dan’s interview. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode24 and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to I-tunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review it not only makes feel me proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice.
It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consults to one lucky winner every single month. For more information about this contest go to mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information, thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we‘re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

023: How Joe Cochran Started A 25 Million Dollar Company Selling Outdoor Products Online

Joe Cochran

My buddy Joe Cochran tells us how he started a 25 million dollar company selling outdoor products online. Joe really knows his stuff especially when it comes to pay per click services.

What’s crazy is that his store stocks well over 15000 products and is capable of processing over 1000 orders per day. Compared to my puny shop, Joe’s store runs on a much larger scale. Stay tuned and check out his story.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Joe started out selling rubber duckies online
  • How he grew Northline Express to 25 million dollars
  • He he got into the business of shipping fireplaces
  • How he decides what to carry in his store
  • How he convinced vendors to allow him to sell their products
  • When Joe decided to transition to carrying more inventory
  • Why Joe is able to beat the brick and mortar stores with his products
  • Joe’s content medium of choice
  • The key to working with vendors in China
  • Why Joe thinks paid traffic is king

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I have successful bootstrapped entrepreneurs take us back to the very beginning of their journey and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. Now, before we begin, I just want to congratulate Ken Schneider for winning this month’s free one on one consultation. For more information on how you could win a free 30 minute business consultation, go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest, and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have Joe Cochran with us on the show. Joe is actually someone who I met virtually via the ecommerce forums at EcommerceFuel.com. So, what’s really interesting about Joe’s story is that in 2003, 2004, Joe joined his dad and started an online store called NorthlineExpress.com which sells fireplace and outdoor products. And what’s really awesome about his business is that in the past decade, his business has grown to doing over eight figures in annual sales. Now, they started this online store in their spare bedroom and basically shipping out of a detached garage and today they’re operating out of a 24,000 square foot facility.

And you know, Joe operates multiple ecommerce sites as well as a wholesale business and just get this; these numbers kind of blow my mind, their store now offers over 15,000 products and is capable of processing over 1,000 orders per day. You know, if you just compare his store to my little tiny store that’s just pretty crazy in terms of scale. So today what we are going to do is we’re going to take a time machine back to the beginning when Joe started. Now, Joe is a great guy and I’m really happy to have him here on the show today so, welcome Joe.

Cochran: Thanks Steve.

Steve: So, you know, for all those who’ve never heard of you, can you just kind of give us a quick background story and just talk about your baby here Northline Express, and how it all started. How did you decide what to sell and how did you come up with the idea?

Cochran: Yeah, so… back in the late 90’s early 2000’s, my dad and I both were working for Fireplace & Hearth, literally the wholesaler and retailer. So they wholesaled spas and fireplace products to a chain of their own retail stores as well as to other brick and mortar retail stores. And I had been working there right out of high school, I did installation and service on fire places and spas and hot tab and things like that, and he had been in the business really since like the 70’s, I think back in the mid-70’s. He owned his own fireplace retail shop in Michigan and it eventually sold out and, you know, and then went to work. So he sold the business and then went to work for the people who he sold to, and eventually became the GM so he was running a lot of the operations for that company and…yeah. So I’d got in so, we essentially knew that business really well but the funny story is that, that’s not where we started sort of, we actually launched this back in 1997 and it was in the car stereo and home audio market.

And it was kind of funny just because my dad had this idea, he wanted to start a website, I was not a computer guy whatsoever. He– he’s really the computer guru. And so he wanted to start a website but he didn’t know where to start, and I was installing car stereos for my friends on the side in high school. I actually had a wholesale account with a distributor where I would buy big sub-woofers and stuff like that and sell them to my buddies and then charge them for installations. So I was doing my own little entrepreneur thing out of the garage and… yes! So he needed an idea I had a whole sale connection, so we started there.

And we shut that site down, made about 10,000 dollars in six months but we ended up shutting it down because there was so much fraud and I think it was just the age group that we were targeting with people trying to burn us with bad credit cards and back then the checks and balances weren’t nearly in place like they are now. And we just– we ended up just shutting it down but few years went by and he started thinking, wow, you I know this other business really well and so it wasn’t, you know, I’d love to say that it was a very calculated, you know, we saw a big opportunity and jumped at it but, I mean essentially it was just something we knew and so we got in.

Steve: I actually remember really being into car stereos back in the day also, I think got all my stuff at Crutchfield.

Cochran: Yeah, that was one of the things we realized after we launched our site we were like, wow! We’re competing with these guys and even back in 97 they had a pretty robust website and here we were, just this little kind of pathetic looking yahoo store but we saw the opportunity because we still sold like 10,000 dollars worth of products in six months so…

Steve: Yeah, so [laughs] I remember I used to look forward to getting that catalogue every single month. It was pretty sweet. Yeah.

Cochran: Yeah, oh yeah! I was– I was– you know, you always had to have a lot of stuff around so that people would come to you to ask what you did and then that’s how I would sell them basically.

Steve: So yeah, back to Northline Express, so I’m just trying to think you know, in our store we sell really small items that are easily shipped but I was just looking through your website and for some of the stuff that you guys sell, I can’t imagine how the logistics work in terms of shipping let’s say a fireplace– an outdoor fireplace– and selling that online. Yeah, so, how do you make a customer comfortable with buying that stuff online?

Cochran: Sure, so, if…if– we kind of revisit the start over conversation when we were talking about how we got started. The first products we added to the site were rubber ducks [laughs]. Like rubber ducks that go and then float around on your hot tab. Okay so we figured nobody is going to spend that much money online so we’ll just start with this small item and it’s cheap and we started selling some but, really not much and then we started selling spa chemicals and then we started testing with small fireplace products. All with the idea that people probably aren’t going to spend more than 30 or 40 bucks online. And you know, we just kind of kept pushing that envelope. So every time someone would buy one of our higher end products, we would start adding more higher end products.

Eventually we did get to the point where we were adding wood stoves that sell for 3,000 dollars and selling them you know, and we were probably more shopped than anybody else that– that people were spending that kind of money online, but there is a need for that stuff, it’s hard to find some of these items depending on where you live. So that actually kind of adds to the complications that, typically the people who buy a wood stove online live in a remote area where they can’t get one locally, or the pricing just doesn’t, you know, there’s no benefit, or they don’t have the option they want or the type that they want so they go shopping online and as far as delivery goes, we essentially just ship it out free, I mean it goes…it goes LTL carriers, so a semi truck delivers it and it usually shows up with a lift gate and the driver will lower the freight out of the track on a pallet and a pallet jack and then wheel it up to your garage and that’s it. They leave it there and then it’s the customer’s job to get it into the house from there.

Steve: So you mentioned that you kind of gradually built up your product portfolio, so how did you kind of decide what the next step was in terms of what to carry? How do you decide what to carry in your store basically?

Cochran: Yeah, well, so for the first few years that was really– my role in the company was just adding everything we could get our hands on because back then, most people wouldn’t even sell to us. We didn’t have a retail store so, when we would go to our industry events like the expos and things like that, I mean we would actually like turn our badges around or just hide them under our shirts so people couldn’t see that we were an online retailer. I mean, frankly sometimes we would just lie [laughs] and say that we had a showroom because people just wouldn’t sell to you back then.

And so when we were getting started it was really tough to even find a company who would be willing to wholesale your product as an online retailer only but we built it up. So what we essentially did was took anything we could get our hands on and added it to the site, and so it was pretty funny because back then we didn’t have all the fancy stuff we now so, I would take a catalogue and scan the pages of the catalogue and then I would use like Photoshop and crop out the image and then just use like a paint thing to paint the background in and that was our images for back then.

Steve: So that’s crazy, does that mean that you didn’t actually carry the product then when you listed it on site? How did it work?

Cochran: Yeah, so we would get you know, essentially, we would get a few people to sell to us and so once we were approved as a dealer then we would go to work adding the product on the site and– but no, we didn’t hold the inventory in the beginning, most of it was drop shipped…

Steve: Okay…

Cochran: Some…some of it we did stock, we were shipping; we had a little–a two car garage that we were shipping out of it at first and so we had a couple of hundred items in there, 20 rubber ducks and…seriously.

Steve: [laughs] so you were not joking about the rubber ducks, you…you– rubber ducks was really your first product?

Cochran: Yeah [laughs].

Steve: That’s hilarious.

Cochran: Yeah, yeah so…So yeah I mean, that’s…that’s really what we did and so I would spend all day scanning catalogue pages and cropping out images and writing descriptions and just adding– you know, I got a system down to the point where I was personally adding about a hundred products a week to the website, doing it that way which you know, back then was– I was cranking you know, now it’s like I look back at then I’m like [laughing] yeah.

Steve: So, I’m trying to think– so these vendors that you were working with they had huge catalogues right? So that’s what you mean you were adding products…

Cochran: Yes.

Steve: Oh! Okay. So, how did you– and this is actually a question I often get in my course. How do you get around some of the facts that some of the vendors who require you to have a retail store in order to sell online?

Cochran: Well, I mean, back then we just told them we had one and it was new enough where some people just took our word for it, you know, and if they showed up, we’d open the garage doors and say, ‘here it is’[laughs]. Busted! I mean we just kind of took chances with it back then that…that a rep wasn’t going to come up to the house. Nowadays a lot of them tell you they want a picture of your store front, they want to see an ad, if it would’ve been that way when we were starting we wouldn’t have been able to do that but for the most part, people just didn’t really check up on that, and so we were able to get around it.

Eventually, when we built our…our warehouse, and our call centre and such, we did build in a little spot that we call our show room. And so that’s how we get around it now, technically we have a show room which has like computer station at it and a couple of products and a counter…

Steve: Okay…

Cochran: Where we can talk to people but you know yeah, back then we just kind of told them we had one and gave them our home address and hoped that they didn’t come up to look. Yeah [laughs]

Steve: That’s hilarious; okay so today it sounds it can be a little bit harder to get around that.

Cochran: Yeah, I think it can be, I mean, I talk to people still today that won’t sell to us because we don’t have a show room; even with what I show them they go like…well yeah but… you know, you don’t really have a show room, you need to do a 10,000 dollar order, and have inventory on display and you have to have five display units and all that kind of stuff which we don’t really mess with.

Steve: I see, and so for those vendors you just kind of skip them.

Cochran: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: Yeah, I mean we learned that– and because we did…we did get busted from a few people back then and it turned into a situation where it was like you know, they didn’t want to work with us, and so it just made the whole relationship bad right off the start anyways. So we kind of learnt at this point in time, I think nowadays really, there’s enough people wholesaling out there that you can find people; if you look hard enough and you know where to look and you’re much better of working with people who want your business than trying to get around it and scam someone into working with you, that’s going to be unhappy if they find out because you do a bunch of work, you add a bunch of products to your site and then you know, they find out you weren’t honest and then they pull the line and now you just did all that work for nothing.

So we don’t really play games any more, the reality is, due to the size of our site, once we started gaining momentum, people were coming to us. And so for the most part, I spend most of my time now turning people away, because they’re not going to– because adding their product won’t really add value to our site.

Steve: Right.

Cochran: I don’t have to go in search of products too much often anymore in our current market now. When we go into a new market obviously we’re starting afresh but that’s the nice thing about gaining momentum and building a site is that once you’re up and running, you’ll find that people will come to you if you can get your site listed in some other directories and such.

Steve: Okay, so you started out drop shipping and then when did you decide to start carrying inventory?

Cochran: Well, we started carrying some inventory right off the bat and for a few vendors that required it, but it wasn’t much so we– I would say when we got started we did a mixture of both, we had some inventory and we were drop shipping, but one of the vendors that we found earlier on was a big drop shipping– they were a big vendor, they had thousands and thousands of products and they were drop shipped, so we really grew the business based on that one vendor because we essentially added their entire catalogue to the site and just drop shipped the majority of it until we saw what volume moved, and then we started bringing in inventory on the heavy movers.

Steve: Okay, and do you build any of your own products?

Cochran: We do, we do some manufacturing in China and then bring it in containers, so we’ve slowly grow– been growing that department and that’s where we started into the wholesale side of things. So we actually developed our own products and then both sell them retail on our site and do some wholesale.

Steve: Okay, so we’ll get into that a little bit at the end but I was just curious, since your space is, in my opinion at least, pretty competitive and since you’ve been handling all the marketing and sales for your company, what were some of your strategies early on at least, to generate sales? So you have this website now what?

Cochran: Yeah so we– for the most part we built the business off of paid traffic, so…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: We used you now, it wasn’t Google PBC back then, I forget what it is called now but, we used paid traffic right from the get go and pretty much have used that– has the majority of our business driver for traffic and revenue and our business. SEO kind of came later you know, as we grew the site and just gained SEO but I certainly wouldn’t consider myself as an SEO expert. We did most of our stuff with Paid and we still do.

Steve: So, what are some of the Paid avenues? So I imagine you use Google today?

Cochran: Yeah, Google– we use some advertising like the PLA’s through Google as well and then we use Yahoo– Yahoo and Bing for paid ads as well. We don’t really do anything on facebook or much social media stuff, it’s mostly going to be Google and PLAs. I think we do a little bit on Amazon with their end Platform but that’s pretty small.

Steve: Okay, so the majority of your business is just from Pay-Per-Click service, that’s pretty amazing. .

Cochran: Yeah.

Steve: So how does it– how do you– so how does this grow? Do you just keep increasing your budget, are maxing out? How do you manage your– these campaigns, I mean, you have 15,000 products?

Cochran: Yeah, so for– like up until around 2012, we managed it all in-house, and my dad and I are really just kind of self taught, figuring it out as we go. In 2012 we did hire an agency to kind of take over and you know, paid dividends I mean they’re definitely experts much more that we are in it so now we work with them but up until then it was just– it was a daily thing. We had an in-house guy that we trained, and we would meet once a week to cover the strategy and just keep working those bids. So it was a huge– a huge job, yeah [Laughs] for one guy but he– he tried.

Steve: So primarily Pay-Per-Click, so how do you compete with like the Brick and Mortar guys and the guys with show rooms? Is it price? Is it you know, what are your value propositions for your business?

Cochran: Well, I mean, we add a lot of content on the website so the reality is that we typically give a lot better information than you are going to get if you go into a Brick and Mortar store and that’s just what we are told. So we knew that in our industry, you know, if you want to go buy a barbecue grill for example, where are you going to go? Unless you’re going to buy something from home depot in which you’re not going to get really good information. Not everybody has a high end barbecue grill outlet that they can go and actually get any information from, or look around or see much option. So in certain categories on our site it’s a matter of having a large selection and having unique things that nobody else really has available in their local area, and then combining that with giving high quality information…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: and videos and things like that. We have a lot of the common stuff like free shipping and easy returns and– but I consider that stuff these days to be part of the requirement.

Steve: Of course, yeah.

Cochran: I mean that’s just kind of what you need to offer to be in business online. So– and then we do have a call centre. And that’s one of our biggest things is, we’ve got an in house call centre, with really highly trained people. We get emails from people who are impressed with that every day. Really, I get complements from people saying, ‘Wow! I talked to so and so in your call centre and it was so nice to talk to someone who actually knows what they’re talking about– because we sell some complex products so….

Steve: So, how did you handle all that early on though? Like you… [Laughs]

Cochran: It was crazy [laughs] we– everybody was also a customer service rep, so my dad and I both took phone calls, our accountant who you know, our in house person who did our books–she took phone calls, everybody in the business took calls and there was actually one of our– one of the first years that we really started to do some volume in like November, it got so busy that we couldn’t take calls, like none of us had time to take calls. So we actually put some message on our answering machine saying, ‘we’re sorry we’re just too busy we can’t take your phone calls right now, we’ll call you back in January’ [laughs] and we just shut the phones down, you know, so…

Steve: That’s crazy.

Cochran: But the online orders were coming in so hard that it was just you know, impossible to keep up with it all and, looking back we still laugh about it, but that’s how we did it and we just kept adding to the team as we needed more people.

Steve: So walk me through the process, so someone orders online, and then do you have a tie end to your vendor’s database or?

Cochran: Well we have– no, so we don’t do any– there’s no like EDI or anything like that set up with our vendors into our database. It’s pretty much all run on our end so, if we’re drop shipping then we don’t actually know necessarily if the vendor has inventory on our site, so we’ll just post out the time frame that it’s going to ship within, and if it ends up out of stock or back order or something then we just pick up the phone and call the customer and work with him that way.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: But you know, we stock a lot of products now, we really have pushed more towards the stocking model, so we stock a lot of our big movers anyways, and when we run out we– well we try not to run out but when we do we back order until it comes in.

Steve: Okay. So I guess the customers don’t really exp– they expect that there will be some time of lead time.

Cochran: We post the lead time on every product on the site, and so if it is stocked product, then we’ll probably say one or two business days for shipping for– to leave our warehouse and then if it’s not on stock it’ll have whatever the vendor’s lead time is, and we hope that it’s in stock and if it isn’t, we deal with it then.

Steve: So let’s talk about more of the content that you’re talking about. You said that you started creating videos and reviews of the products that you sell on your site. How is that kind of like formulated into your overall marketing strategy?

Cochran: Well, we found you know just a few years back that shooting videos, basically adding a video to a product page, immediately increased conversions…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: and so we’re really the type of people– my dad and I are the type of people where we don’t really tend to over think, as a matter of fact we usually just jump in and go nuts with something, and then try to make it better as we go, you know [laughs]…

Steve: Sure.

Cochran: So with video, we shot a couple of videos on some of our best products, the conversion rates immediately jumped, and we immediately bought lighting and another couple of cameras and stated shooting videos like crazy. And so, we have a real simple formula and we basically intro the product, talk about some features and benefits, we try to talk about practical use of the product, and a little bit more on the benefits side of things and features and then we close it out with a pretty light call to action.

I mean, our videos are pretty simple, we don’t go high editing or anything like that, we just shoot them– try to shoot them one shot, you know, one take, one shot and edit the front end and the tail end and get up there, but that’s where we spend most of our time in content because video is– ultimately it’s the most leverageable type of content I can find so far. So we can shoot a video, have it transcribed, turn it into a blog post, upload the video on multiple video sites with YouTube and Vimeo and things like that, and so we’ve just been able to take that one piece of content and turn it into multiple pieces of content and it’s actually easier for us to produce a video than it is to try to sit down and write a blog post. So I would much rather jump in front of the camera and give a five minute video on a product than try to sit down and type that all up. So that’s you know, that’s kind of our content method of choice…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: Just because it’s pretty fast for us and it’s leverageable.

Steve: So, do you hey– do you get a lot of customers from YouTube? Do you find or…?

Cochran: We get a pretty fair amount of traffic…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: from YouTube. Yeah, I mean I– we watch the actual sales, and so through Google analytics we’ve got a funnel set up so if they come in from YouTube we track that, if they specifically come from You Tube and buy, but it’s not a real exciting number, it’s not a huge number for us but I think what happens is, by having those videos embedded on our pages, the conversion rates easily justify the effort.

Steve: Sure. Absolutely. So, what sort of lifts were you seeing with– once you started adding video?

Cochran: It’s really been all over the board, based on the product but I mean, we’ve seen some products have you now, double– instantly double conversion rate on a product just by having a video added to the description so– we’ve also seen it where it doesn’t seem to make much of an impact and that could be video or the video or the content in the video didn’t really hit the hot buttons so it’s– we do a lot of testing with it but so far there’s not one thing that I could say is right or wrong because we get so much sporadic data from it…

Steve: Sure…sure.

Cochran: and the only thing that I’ve really been able to realize is that in almost every situation, we get at least a small bump from video so…

Steve: Now that makes sense, I mean, what you’re selling is kind of complicated and for me at least if I was shopping for a barbecue grill like your example earlier, I would definitely want someone explaining that to me because–actually recently, when shopping for one, a year ago and I had no idea, there was like a bajillion barbecue grills out there. So it totally makes sense.

Cochran: Yeah…yeah, and that’s really not even the more complex products, you know, when you start getting into fireplaces, and things like that you end up with tones of technical questions and installation questions and all kinds of stuff so between building learning centers and all that kind of stuff, I mean we try to go as deep into that information as we can.

Steve: Okay, so outside of Pay per Click, where does the rest of your traffic come from and so, where does most of your other business come from outside of PPC?

Cochran: Well, I could say we’ve got– you know, we get some traffic from You Tube, we don’t get much from facebook, and I wouldn’t say that we spend much time on it, we’re not real focused on social media–yet–we see the value in it and the potential but we’re just not, we haven’t quite developed a strategy for it yet or how we’re going to deal with it, but I would say that between paid traffic and the SEO traffic that we get, that’s really the bulk I mean, we don’t really have much coming in from other sources.

Steve: Okay, are you doing anything special on the SEO front?

Cochran: Not besides the video marketing, we optimize our videos and we just really put most of our eggs in that basket right now.

Steve: And what about in terms of email marketing? Do you have a strategy there that…?

Cochran: Yeah, yeah, so we have, you know, we have an opt in when you land on the site there’s a pop up that will offer a coupon if you opt in, and so we build a little– we’re always list building with that, and then we do have other segmented lists on certain areas of the site. So if you land on say areas of wood stoves you might find there’s a list that you can opt into if you want more information about wood stoves specifically, but generally once you opt in you’re going to get a welcome series which just kind of introduces the company, what we’re about and why you should buy from us and some of our policies and then, yeah, we go right into marketing after that.

I’ve talked to other people about what we do and we’ve looked at it and some people would say we go too heavy with the marketing and we should add more value and add more content because we hammer people, I mean, we pretty much send out a minimum of one email per week and it’s almost a 100% focused on marketing. It’s– you know we’re pitching product constantly.

Steve: Okay, obviously it’s working for you so…

Cochran: But yeah, I mean we do that because we measure the results, and the return is there so that’s why we do it and some people get upset and unsubscribe. But we are focused on the people who are buyers that want that kind of information and the ones who don’t, then they can unsubscribe and that works too. So, it’s– that’s just our strategy with it and yeah, we use email marketing, you know, we send like I said about one email per week…

Steve: Uh-huh.

Cochran: and then usually when holidays come around we’ll send out multiple emails for each holiday as well.

Steve: Okay, and so I was just curious, you said you had a pop up, how has that performed? I’ve always been a bit weary of including a pop up on you know, pages where I have actual product. What are your experiences with your pop up?

Cochran: Well, before we had the pop up we had the typical you know, sign up for our newsletter box hidden somewhere at the bottom of our website, and we would get like four or five opt-ins a day maybe. And we lure traffic so I mean, we drive a lot of paid traffic to this site and so for four or five opt-ins a day was like basically nothing.

Steve: Right.

Cochran: And when we started posting– when we started testing the pop up, we immediately went to 40 or 50 opt-ins a day.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Cochran: Yeah, so it was an immediate kick and to my surprise, other metrics actually improved like bounce rate actually went down, which is because I think people were looking at the opt-in and looking at that offer and staying at the site a little bit more.

Steve: Huh, okay.

Cochran: So some other metrics actually improved with it as well which we actually tested it multiple times. We added the pop up and then we pulled it, and then we added it again and we pulled it again because we actually had a lot of conflict in our own business as well, our own employees telling us, ‘oh God! I hate that pop up’ you got [inaudible] [00:32:43].

Steve: Yeah, yeah!

Cochran: And so, we just let the numbers talk and speak for themselves and we finally realized that, yeah, we can add about 600 people per month to our list, and that’s after we talk about unsubscribe so for us, it was a no brainer. It is– you know, our strategy is to offer discount which can be looked at as a giveaway and also here people are already to your site they’re already interested and now you’re offering them a discount, that might confuse them or whatever but we’ve tested it for us, and it’s worked well across the board and to be honest, the funny thing is, as many opt-ins as we get not too many people actually use the coupon. And so we constantly–our whole marketing department– we just crack up because people will opt into the list, buy something that we’re specifically offering at 10% off discount on, and they won’t use a coupon.

Steve: Joe, I’ve had the exact same experience and in fact during check out on every single page I had a coupon code at the top and a lot of people just did not use the coupon code.

Cochran: Yeah.

Steve: It makes absolutely no sense but, yeah it’s funny to hear that someone else has had that experience too. So let’s switch gears a little bit and you know, I don’t want to take up too much of your time but I did want to talk a little bit about your wholesale business, and I just wanted your take on kind of the differences in running a wholesale versus retail.

Cochran: Yeah, we’re not great at it, so it’s not a big part of our business. We started offering wholesale because we got a lot of installers wanting to buy wholesale from us, and for a long time we just told them, ‘no, we don’t do wholesale’ and eventually it was just like, men! We’re turning away– let’s say you got landscapers who are building out a custom you know, outdoor kitchen, and they’re wanting to buy the grill, and the customer already knows what they want and they can’t get you know, they don’t have a wholesale account so a lot of these guys go online to buy stuff but we weren’t offering the wholesale account.

So we were just basically blocking people out and we decided we would start the wholesale business to gain those customers and so we eventually worked it, and now most of them still don’t buy. So we have a few brick and mortar stores that buy products from us through the wholesale network and it’s specifically the products that we get manufactured now, but it’s not a big part of our business, and so as far as running that side of it, I mean, we do some of it but we almost treat it more like the same as our retail. We don’t really spend a bunch of time on it.

Steve: Okay, what is the margin difference, just curious between retail and wholesale, typically?

Cochran: It’s– it depends, I mean, you know, that’s the beauty of importing is that, when you
are manufacturing your own products and importing them in and you know, you can get some pretty huge margins, I mean, 60% margins aren’t unheard of…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: and 40, 50% depending on how you’re buying, so at the wholesale level we’ll be able to do as much as 20 or 30% margin.

Steve: Okay, that’s pretty good.

Cochran: Yeah, and for other areas it’s only 10%. I mean it really is product by product, and I’m sure you’ve seen this too you know, it’s just a product by product.

Steve: Absolutely.

Cochran: Product line by product line, you’re making 60% on this product, and 20 on the next and they’re in the exact same category you know.

Steve: Yeah.

Cochran: But it’s just– it’s price points and so it really depends. Margin is so all over the board, there’s really no rule of thumb that I can really throw out there for it.

Steve: Where do you have your stuff manufactured for the stuff that you do create yourself?

Cochran: It’s– we have a mix of both US manufacturers and China manufacturers.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: Yeah, so.

Steve: Any comments on why you’ve mixed the two or?

Cochran: Well, just some– I mean, essentially some products are made better in the US, and some are made better in China as far as the value that you’re going to be able to deliver. So typically when we decide to manufacture something, we look at what the price point is going to be for volume because essentially to manufacture it, you’ve got to move volume too, to make that work. So you know, we’re looking– if the price point has to be in a certain range, and we can’t hit that range in the US, then we’ll go to China and we can almost always get to where we need to be with price point there.

However, if we can’t hit the range, then what we find is that we can deliver a lot of value in the product if we can get it made in the US just because people will buy simply because it’s made in the US. You know, we are focused, I mean, 99% of our business is US based.

Steve: Okay, right that makes sense.

Cochran: Yeah, so our customers definitely find value in that, and we’ll make sales just because we put a made in the USA symbol on it. So that’s why we have that mix, but it’s more price point for me. I mean if I’m trying to hit a specific price point in a category with this product, then I’ll start usually domestically, and then start moving out from there if we have to.

Steve: Okay, I imagine the headaches are a lot, they’re increased when you go overseas, at least that has been my experience. Do you actually…

Cochran: Automatically yeah.

Steve: Do you actually go over there or is it…?

Cochran: I’ve never been, no.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: We have a guy on the ground there that we work with…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: And actually we find it that’s just– it’s easier anyways than trying to break through the communication barriers and everything like that, then going over there. I have, I know people that go over there and if we were doing a lot, if we had a bigger business in the– especially in the wholesale side where we doing 100 container a year or something, then we’d probably have to go over there to check quality control and stuff but…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: We’re small enough where we can rely on our partners to handle that kind of thing.

Steve: How did you find your partner?

Cochran: Through Alibaba.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: Yeah. We started there and just– we ended up doing a couple of small buys through one manufacturer and then they kind of had a middle man that we were working with that found this manufacturer for us, and we started asking him for other information and help and we’ve been working with him ever since. It’s been great, I mean he– I’m sure we pay a little bit more to go through him but if I need a product I can take a picture and send it to him and he’ll go outsource it for me, figure it all out, doesn’t charge me anything for all of the leg work to find the manufacturer, and get it all figured out and then essentially he’ll help me with all the export and everything so, works pretty good.

Steve: That’s awesome.

Cochran: Yeah.

Steve: That’s awesome, cool.

Cochran: I think we locked out. I’ve heard some bad stories too on Alibaba and stuff and I’ve actually had a couple of bad experiences there but ultimately, we– I think here’s the key which is; focus on building the relationship. I mean, that’s whether you’re talking with the manufacturer or a middle man like we are; build a relationship. They’re you now, they’ve– we’ve been treated really well with everybody we’ve worked with because we focused on that relationship portion of it, not just hammer, hammer, and hammer for the best price you know.

Steve: Yeah, I mean, I’ve had the same experience in fact we should share our horror stories and success stories some time. [Laughs]

Cochran: Sure.

Steve: So, any advice that you would give to new entrepreneurs out there who want to create an ecommerce store of their own today?

Cochran: Yeah, I’m in love with ecommerce, I mean, I absolutely think it’s one of the best start up opportunities for any age group. If you’ve got the entrepreneurial spirit, and you don’t have a lot of start up money, I think opportunity is an awesome opportunity to grow a business.

And I think the biggest piece of advice would be to– if you want to get into it, commit to it, like for two or three years, not just two or three weeks, or two or three months. I think that’s the biggest mistake that the opportunity seekers have in any of the online spaces. So a lot of people who listen to your podcast probably follow information marketers and things like that, I do too and I love most of the stuffs that I see but you know, if you spend every other week or month reading the newest, latest way to make a buck online, you’ll never get there.

So if you feel like ecommerce is going to be for you, then unsubscribe from all that other stuff and listen to guys like Steve who know their stuff and you know, I read your blog every week. I mean, when you come up with a new blog post, I’m on there reading it because as somebody in the business, I want to be up on ecommerce. I don’t spend a lot of time listening to the newest way to make money with Facebook, or the newest way to make a dollar with selling information products or any of that stuff. I focus in one area and we’ve done that for a long time and so…

Steve: Yeah.

Cochran: The key is just staying focused, don’t look at it as a fast way to make a buck, it’s a business and if you look at it that way and think about it that way, then you’ll be a lot further along.

Steve: That’s great advice and in fact, you know, a lot of times it takes some time for a business to develop. Often times it takes more than a year for you to start getting traction. I don’t know how long it took for you guys to start seeing traction, if you can think back.

Cochran: We went from very small to you know, multimillion dollar business within the first couple of years but the first year it was like nothing.

Steve: Right.

Cochran: You know, so the first year was like, ‘men! Is this really going to work?’ And then the second year maybe we did like a million dollars…

Steve: Uh-huh.

Cochran: in sales and then the third four or five million. So I mean, it grew very fast once it started growing and the reality is for us, and I’m a huge proponent of paid traffic. It wasn’t until we figured out paid traffic that we were able to really scale. And so I don’t want to get up on my soap box and start hammering SEO and why I hate it, but I’ll say that if you want a truly scalable ecommerce business then you need to learn paid traffic because I can go out there and get into a new market. I mean, this is what’s cool about it now.

It’s now that we’ve had this experience, we can literally pick what market we want to move into, and be in business and going and selling hundreds of thousands of dollars in product in months because we understand paid traffic and we understand the math behind making that work and we’re willing to test and stick with it and keep putting money towards it until we make it work now. So I think that’ll be the biggest thing– is stay focused and if you can learn paid traffic it’s a much more scalable Model than trying to figure out SEO, and hoping that the Google gods are going to be kind.

Steve: That makes a whole lot of sense and in fact, with all the recent updates in the past couple of years, people who have depended on SEO have really been hammered whereas the PPC guys, you know, it’s much more steady. You have more control, so I totally agree with you there Joe.

Cochran: Even our business got hammered on PPC around SEO with the updates, I mean, we don’t really do much for SEO and we still got hammered. We see that our organic traffic is probably less than half as it was just a few years ago, and the revenue is even less than half of the revenue just a few years ago but because we don’t really focus on it, I mean, it was a hit, but it certainly didn’t put us out of business whereas yeah I have friends with large seven figure websites that practically went out of business because their whole focus was SEO and now all over sudden they’re looking into paid traffic and starting to learn it but, you know, I love SEO, I love free traffic and I’ll take it any day I can get it but when it comes to scaling your business I think the paid traffic is just so much more reliable and consistent, that, that’s where we spend the bulk of our time because of that reason.

Steve: Okay, so I didn’t want to take up too much of your time. Are there any online services that you recommend for your business that you just can’t live without?

Cochran: I don’t know who your audience is, I mean, some of our services are probably going to be larger than what somebody starting out would use. We use like Rackspace and we use Magento for our websites.

Steve: Okay, [inaudible][00:46:36] edition?

Cochran: Magento enterprise.

Steve: Oh! Enterprise, okay.

Cochran: Yeah and most of our email stuff and all that is not where we started, so I like you know if you’re getting started, I like as many of the free services as you can get, some mail chimp and some things like that are…

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: are great for getting started. I love Shopify and Bigcommerce, we’ve actually run site samples for those as well, and really our big site is what we run on Magento but if I was starting a new site today, I wouldn’t start there.

Steve: Okay.

Cochran: I’ll start somewhere where it’s a little easier and a little less expensive to get moving and try to stay small in your expenses for as long as possible.

Steve: That’s great advice Joe . So, thanks for coming on the show, for all those who want to be able to get in touch with you and maybe ask you some questions, do you just want to give the audience an overview of all of your sites and where they can find you.

Cochran: Yeah, so, I do have a site with just my name and it’s Joe, my middle initial is R like Robert, my last name is Cochran which is C-o-c-h-r-a-n.com and I do offer some consulting for other ecommerce entrepreneurs there, but other than that, our main site is NorthlineExpress.com. You won’t be able to email me directly through that site though, that goes in through our customer service department so, that would be it. I don’t have any– I don’t usually give out too much direct contacts though.

Steve: No, that’s fine. So I’ll point them over to JoeRCochran.com. So if they’re interested in consulting I imagine there’s a form on their way they can get a hold of you, right?
Cochran: Yeah, absolutely and it’s a really kind of lame site with like just you know simple opt in on it basically so…

Steve: I hope so, okay.

Cochran: Not so many detail, does have my middle initial so it’s JoeRCochran.com.

Steve: Okay, yeah. I’ll go ahead and put those– all those links on the show notes so…

Cochran: Okay.

Steve: So people can easily click and find you.

Cochran: Cool.

Steve: All right well, thanks a lot Joe, thanks a lot for your time.

Cochran: All right, thank you.

Steve: All right, take care.

Cochran: Have fun. Bye, bye.

Steve: What I admire about Joe is his hustle, even though he was denied by some of his early vendors, he kept at it and found ways to succeed. It’s also a great example of how someone can start out with little or no capital by drop shipping their goods and then gradually transition over to carrying inventory. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/episode23, and also if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review.

When you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest compliment you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month. For more information; go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/contest, and if you’re interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

022: How Phil Taylor Started FinCon And The Financials Behind Running A Popular Conference

Phil Taylor FinCon

My buddy Phil Taylor of PTMoney.com joins me on the show today to talk about how he started one of my favorite conferences in the world, FinCon.

Seriously. I look forward to attending FinCon every single year and PT has done an excellent job of bringing together an incredible community of like minded people.

I’ll definitely be there this year and I’m proud to say that I’m giving another talk. In case you missed it, you can check out my speech last year by clicking here.

Anyway, if you are considering putting on your own conference or event, then this podcast is a must listen. And in case you were curious about the economics of running a conference, I’ve posted FinCon’s financials for the first few years below.

FinCon Financials

What You’ll Learn

  • The benefits of starting your own conference as opposed to just attending one
  • How to mitigate risk when starting your own conference
  • How to get great speakers early on when you are a nobody
  • How PT structured his conference so that attendees felt a sense of ownership
  • The economics of conferences
  • The advantages of holding a conference at a hotel as opposed to a separate venue

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I bring in successful bootstrapped business owners, to teach us what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now, this isn’t one of those podcasts where we bring on famous entrepreneurs simply to celebrate their success. Instead, I have them take us back to the beginning and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses.

If you enjoy this podcast, please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest where I am giving away free one on one business consultations every single month. For more information, go to www.mywifequitherjob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own on-line business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course, where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit, in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now on to the show.
Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family, and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I am thrilled to have a have a good friend of mine on the show Phil Taylor, but everyone actually just calls him PT, so I’m going to refer to him as PT for the remainder of the show. Now, I met PT probably around four years ago, and he reached out randomly to me to do an interview and we’ve kind of kept in touch ever since. Now, PT blogs at PTMoney.com, but I actually brought him on the show to talk about how he started FinCon, perhaps the greatest conference in the annals of all conferences that I have been to.

Now, you probably heard me talk about FinCon multiple times already on this podcast, and that’s because it’s my all time favorite, now, lots of high quality people attend every year, and I‘ve met so many new entrepreneurs from attending, many of which I now call my friends, and, quite frankly I owe this all to PT. Now, anyways PT is an amazing guy, and did you know that he also raps? And I’m going to post a video below this podcast for you guys all to look at, but welcome to the show PT man, how’s the going?

Phil: It’s going great Steve, thanks man; great intro I appreciate you.

Steve: Yeah, so PT, let’s start briefly talking about your blog and give us the quick back story of why you started PTMoney.com and then cut to how this all evolved into the greatest conference on earth.

Phil: Yeah, sure. So, in 2007, I was totally passionate about the subject of personal finance, reading as many personal finance blogs as I could get my hands on, just really absorbing as many books and like Dave Ramsey, all this stuff about personal finance just totally kicking out about it. Eventually I just started, hey, you know, I’ve got a financial background, I’m a CPA, I’ve got some things to offer here a voice of my own, and so, that’s when PTMoney.com was born, and I just started to share my story with money, my tips and advice as well as kind of my experiences, what’s going on, getting well that beginning out of debt or starting cycle soles, or learning to invest, things like that.

And, what I discovered also was that having my own blog and they allowed me to tap into that community as well, so, not only could I continue to read those other blogs but now those folks who were my buddies, like those guys and girls who were people, who I could reach out to e-mails and say, hey I’ve got to this site as well like let’s talk shop a little bit, let’s talk about blogging or whatever it is. And you know, I eventually started going to you know, conferences, things like Win Press Conferences, Word Camps, New Mini Expo or affiliate summits and I just started meeting these people face to face, and it was through those kind of initial interactions where I saw the power of online communities coming together in real life and, especially for the financial community because a lot of those at the time were anonymous.

And so, we are out to share financial details online, and so there is this real connection between each other, and being able to sit down and have, you know, a drink with someone or have a meal with someone or just kind of talk, it’s pretty powerful in this community, and so I think that’s what makes things and will lead to kind of makes FinCon so special is the community, this sort of ready to corner face to face. And so, I just got tapped into that when I decided to eventually to start FinCon as well, but still the PTMoney, it’s a cool place I can still share whatever I want that’s going on with my finances, and how are other stores as well, like I did with you back in what was this– 2011 may be…

Steve: I think so, yeah.

Phil: When we talked about how you built your online store business and what– the great thing you’re doing there on your blog. So, that’s kind of a quick intro of me, and ready to dive into all conferences, yeah.

Steve: Yeah, I just thought I’d make a quick note to what you just said, so, prior to going to FinCon, I felt like I was just blogging in a vacuum, like I wasn’t really talking to a whole lot of people, and FinCon was actually the first time where I got to meet a lot of these guys face to face. People who have been sharing content for many years, I finally got to see eye to eye and that was just awesome, and so I’ve been hooked ever since.

Phil: Yeah, and there is going to two ways you could do that when you have your own media company like you do, I mean, you could have a lot of media companies– they have an event for the actual readers which I think is a cool idea, but for me it really resonated to have an event for the people who are also doing what I’m doing, like have an industry conference, right? And so, that’s really– really gave me energy with what I was doing with my blog and it still does to this day and so that’s why I think FinCon came about because that was really passionate, something I was passionate about was being close to those people, so.

Steve: Yes, what are some of the personal benefits of actually just starting the conference yourself as opposed to just attending other conferences?

Phil: Well, it gives you a lot more work to do, so you do a lot of work [laughter]. Let’s say, you know it certainly, you know, positions you I guess in a place where a lot of people– more people might know about you or know what you are doing or be grateful through what you are providing, and so, it puts you on a position where you can serve a lot of people – put it that way. What is the cool thing? You know, giving to a bigger group of people and giving them something that they didn’t have before, you know, it’s pretty special, and so being in that position is great. Also, back to me face to face, you know, and I’m close to a lot of my sort of blogging heroes, guys like you, Jeff Rose and Luke Landes from Consumerism Commentary and just so many others that, you know, are read for so long, and just kind of held on this, you know blogging pedestal but now it’s like they are speaking in my conference.

So, there’s kind of a cool factor there I guess you will, but, just in general– just to me the benefit was being at the conference myself because I’d really created event that I wanted to be at, and so I think that’s important with creating events if you are in their planner or you want to be inspiring. The biggest benefit is that you need to craft this thing that is perfect from meeting your needs right, that’s what FinCon is or at least when we started and unusually was– is something that met my needs, you know. So that sort of it made a huge benefit and also, kind of another benefit for me is that I struggled for a long time for having a real physical product or service. PTMoney has been a great business but it’s really passive, and it’s also out of my control [Inaudible] [00:08:15] with the businesses that are out of my control or the way I have structured now they are out my control. And so, I always struggled with, man I really need a real product or service that my blog can support, and while FinCon isn’t necessarily that, it is a real business.

You know, it’s something that has like real customers, real customer support, real, you know face to face customer interaction as well as like real monetary exchange like physical exchange, and so, it’s really been cool to have like a real business, you know, to sort of balance what I’m doing with my passive business of PTMoney. And they are– luckily they are sort of indirectly related as well because certain folks , you know, a lot of people knowing now just from FinCon, and that has a lot of added benefit when it comes to PTMoney because some of that love comes back to that site and gives a low light to boost. So, yeah, lots of benefit I would encourage anyone who is looking to be– who’s passionate about a community or a set of people, who you can tell want to be together, if you can put yourself in that position to be the guard and bring together, I mean there is a lot of benefits to do that. I would highly encourage that, yeah.

Steve: So, just curious, I mean, you mentioned out of control– out of your control the PTMoney. Can you just elaborate a little bit about that?

Phil: Right, well, PTMoney is primarily a site that gets its traffic from Google search engines or other search engines…

Steve: Okay.

Phil: In addition, I don’t have a product or service to offer my– the people who do come there, from that other source. So, what I do is I pass them off to a relevant advertiser whether that be through an agents click or through an affiliate marketing purchase. So, I’m getting the customers using someone else’s channel, and I’m selling them a product or service that is not my own, that I can’t control and I can’t– there is no guarantee that I can continue to sell it. So, I’m just a middleman, a pure middleman information marker, and so…

Steve: Okay.

Phil: …Because I don’t have full control of what’s coming in and I don’t have full control of what I can offer, you know, you are handicapped, you are limited and things can be good for a while, you know, if that person sending effect– if Google sending you great traffic. They can be bad if they stop, and it can be really bad if in addition to Google stopping those customers– I mean those advertisers don’t want to work with you anymore either, so, you know, you are putting yourself in a bad position. This is not a real– it’s not a business that you have enough control over in my opinion. So, always see ways to correct that, or learn how to create your own traffic and learn how to create your product or service that you can offer. And so, that’s something I need to do with PTMoney eventually, but I got sidetracked with this other real business.
Steve: Yeah, I know, so that’s a really good point you just brought up, the fact that, because you are referring people to other people’s products you are not really establishing a brand or a product for yourself. And that’s why you are at the mercy essentially of other traffic sources and if those things dry up or one of your affiliate decides to stop the affiliate program, you are in trouble, right? Yeah.

Phil: And in fact I have one more note in this conversation is that, when you don’t have the product or services of your own, it’s harder to do marketing, it’s harder to do customer engagement, it’s harder to do these things if you don’t have that sort of in goal, like what you’d have with My Wife Quit Her Job is awesome but because you’ve got a product now and back in the back end there. Everything– nothing has to lead to that, but it can lead that, right? And so, you have this like security in your marketing that, hey, at least at the end of the day, at least we can move people toward purchasing that product, and so, that feels like it’s cool, it’s like real business, and so, the speaker one time I heard things like it’s going to work out, it’s like real business ass, like real business sharing, you know.

Steve: Hey PT you’re actually breaking up here, I’m going stop and then call you right back. Go on where you left off really.

Phil: All right, I think I was talking about the benefits of having your own physical product or service. And so, for me it’s given me a lot of confidence in my business skills and in pushing the life like, email marketing is so much easier for me now, because I have something to offer and I can speak to– I can serve a community, and eventually lead them to a product or service that I’m matched in with. And so, within conscience, it’s really fine to do an online business that has a real solid in goal. I want to encourage someone out there to do that. You may be working on something that’s more passive or more sort of out of your control, to kind of put something out there that they can lead people toward– anything, just your business skills– keep shopping so much quicker when you have something like that to offer.

Steve: Okay, so I know that making money was not the primary motivation for starting FinCon, but is the conference profitable?

Phil: It is profitable, I haven’t lost money on it yet which is great. Well, I guess if you considered the time I put into it maybe I have lost little money, but it’s been profitable on a couple of ways we talked– we eluded to how it sort of indirectly helped what I am doing at PTMoney which has been great. It gives me a lot more contacts there, a lot more relations– great relationships in the affiliate marketing world as well. So that’s how PTMoney– but the conference itself– it is hard to make money with an event, and especially an event that I consider to be a community or industry tagged event , right, because I am not the star of the show necessarily and I am bringing together a community that is making the thing great, right.

Well, I’ve got to figure out how to, you know, partner with the right folks and continue to make it exciting and fun, but also make a little, you know, it will be nice to make a little return for the time I’m putting into the thing. And in the past it, and you can see this on my blog– I was just going to tell you, in 2011 the first year of the conference we made between I think 15 and 20,000 dollars. So, you know, a nice little fly income but probably not worth the time I put into it. Then next year, we probably make 5 or 10,000 more than that, and then same rules as last year we probably made around 30,000 as well. So, it’s not been a big money maker for me yet, but I really treated it like a side business up to that point. So I don’t want to fool anyone to thinking that, you know how to start it off, is a 100% full profit kind of thing, let’s crank this out money wise, I would not have made that amount of money, I mean, I was how doing FinCon for different reasons, right one of which was to make a little side income, and I did that.

This year things have changed, and so I’ve set my sights higher, I do want to make six figures off the conference this year, that is what I’m planning for, it’s what I’m budgeting for, and I was putting all to you know, put the numbers on the paper and it looks to me like it’s going to work out up to this point, so a few things we need to do, but you know, I’m heading that direction. So, I’m really thankful that this year I finally sort of grabbed it by the reigns a little more to ownership of that, and my ability to do that, and we can talk about some little ways of– some of the things have changed if you want how things have evolved there too.

Steve: Yeah, I was going to– actually start from the beginning. So, first of all, this is– is FinCon going to make more than your blog or is your blog still your primary bread earner, at this point?

Phil: I expect FinCon to slightly surpass my blog for 2014.

Steve: Okay, so, one thing that you just alluded to is– personally what I like about FinCon is that when I go every year, everything is pretty much covered, there’s awesome events day and night and you actually feed us during the conference. Now other conferences I’ve been to don’t provide nearly as much, and they actually cost many times more too. So, clearly, you know, I was just I surprised at how inexpensive FinCon is. How do you manage to provide so much value for so little cost at your conference?

Phil: Right, so, it is heavily subsidized by the sponsors that we get to blog. Whether that be a corporate sort of sponsor or a specific sponsor, or exhibitor type companies also come and exhibit there. So, you know we’ve build it up to where part of the ticket price is or the ticket price is covering so much of the cost and then sponsorships help cover the rest and so, that’s primarily where we do it, you know…

Steve: So, how does it? Sorry go on.

Phil: And I wanted it to be– I wanted FinCon to be compared to a Word Camp, or some other type of industry conference like TBEX or lets travel blog’s exchange conference, or you know, some of these other events, where it’s more of that bringing the community together than it is about, you know, provide– I guess, meeting like the needs of like meeting you. You’ve established our business, right. So, I wanted [inaudible] [00:17:55] there, I wanted people who were generous that might work for company who is not really necessarily paying them to be there. So I really wanted to have the feel of like a complete community there, and so when you shooting for that, I think you need kind of be flexible in terms of who or how much you charge. And so that was my goal and I was not just interested– I was more interested in having everyone there than I was making money individually off those people. Because people are at different spectrums, some people are doing great with their businesses, some people don’t even consider themselves as business owner, they are just blogging.

So, I’ve walked in there too, and so what I have learnt to do, and you can see that in the pricing this year is that I have created experiences, or more value for people who are serious about it. And they can come to the conference and get sort of a higher level of interaction and business and sort of a more mature experience–that’s a bad word, but more involved experience I think calling for a higher price. And so, that’s something I have done to try to sort of solve that kind of conundrum, the fact that yes, you Steve are doing real great with your business and you all have to pay not hand boxed some of them make actually I mean that’s ridiculous. And you just mentioned that, yeah you gain a lot for being there, a lot of food, which is a big expense and so, yeah, certainly, that’s difficult to do but sponsorships help a lot.

Steve: So, with the tradeoffs, I suppose so you’ve been to World Domination Summit, which does not have any sponsorships at all. I imagine it’s quite a hassle to get sponsorships for this conference, right?

Phil: Well, you know, surprisingly it wasn’t that tough, it’s something you have to work at and you have to kind of continue to pay attention to I guess, but with PTMoney I had sort of existing relationships built in. So, I was working with a lot of these companies with PTMoney. And so, I just called up the person I knew from Prencence [phonetic] ID-Direct, or at the time or Ally bank at the time and said, “Hey, I’m in your affiliate program, we do some content exchanges, by the way I’ve got this conference going now, and you can be in front of all these bloggers and, you know, help support what we are trying to with this little community.” And so, that worked out really well, so the financial companies got up really quickly and they wanted to be a part of it from the onset.
So, we really do well with the financial side of the house because they see the leverage value of the conference, right. They don’t look at it as hey, there’s just 200 bloggers in the room. They look at 200 bloggers times the number of readers and followers that these people have, and so, they see a lot of value for that. Now, what’s been challenging for me is convincing web service companies to be there, hosting companies, you know, marketing companies. I mean, they sort of want to be involved, but they don’t want to spend too much money, because they are looking at it from all our perspective as a one on one thing, right, they see five or 500 people in the room, that’s the 500 people they want to reach by marketing in this event.

Steve: That’s not necessarily true, right, because even bloggers can blog about their service and they can get money that way as well, right?

Phil: Right, Yeah, solely and solely folks like yourself who sort of touch on small businesses as well as finances, so.

Steve: So, this conference mainly target bloggers then?

Phil: You know, I started off as a financial blogger conference, and certainly that was the community I was heavily tapped into when I first started it, but I can tell you from it, from– as soon as I opened the doors on the thing, that all different types of folks wanted to be involved, so just generally internet marketers wanted to be there, folks like freelance writers wanted to be there. So people who may not never had a platform already, who were just writing online for different publications wanted to be there, traditional journalists wanted to come out and be a part of it, and because they know that they are needing to learn those sort of on your own short skills, to try and create their own platforms if the one you are working for, you know, goes [Inaudible] [00:22:08] which they are doing every day.

Also financial planners wanted to come out, because they are using online marketing to– and counter marketing to get people attracted to their service. So, lots of different types came out and we quickly realized that this is bigger than blogging, and from that point I’m really pushing FinCon toward really being a new media conference. A mere what you see going on with blog or next door which not New Media Expo…

Steve: Right.

Phil: …And so to try to move my brand in that similar direction which is why I only call FinCon, FinCon now, and I don’t speak about being a financial blogger conference, because I want people to recognize that it’s something that’s bigger than blogging. Blogging was at the core of it, you know that’s what of what– there was a true community of bloggers, that helped build it and make it awesome, but it’s just become– the demand for it is outside of that skill, and so I need to meet the needs of the people who want to be there, I think, but still honoring the spirit of what made FinCon so great to begin with. And so, that’s what I am trying to balance and do, and that has added benefit of growing the conference– helping to grow the conference too, which is something, you know, I’d like to do, so yeah.

Steve: Right.

Phil: It’s been interesting to kind of follow that.

Steve: So, most people don’t know this, but a while back PT and I were actually thinking about starting another conference focusing on site also businesses, but the idea fizzled when I realized that I still had two kids, and all these businesses around and PT just had another kid. So, we don’t really have the time, but if someone wanted to start a conference of their own where would they start? So, take me back me to the first FinCon and just walk me through the process.
Phil: Yeah so, when you’re thinking about doing this, having an event, you sort of have a vision in your head, it’s maybe what you think this thing might look like, and that’s great, that’s great to have that vision and to hold onto, but it’s also good to have a community to test this idea against, and what I did was I started with a sort of a bit of group of folks, ten folks who I knew really well and I was talking with online every day. And I knew that if I made a conference for these folks that a lot of other people like minded may be at different points in their experiences, if building something online would want to come as well. There was also the factor of inviting folks who like J Ross, who really people just wanted to see and meet who are really super stars in the community, and so there was a little bit of that as well.

So I want to encourage everyone, now to tap into the existing community if there is one. If there is not then find some stake holders that you can kind of create a community around. I used a little baby group, and what I did was just kind of put out on to them “Hey, if I did this event would you guys come?” It’s this simple question, you know, and I mean, I could just– I got the feedback I got was just overwhelming and it was just powerful like, yes, yes, yes let’s do it, a 100%.

I mean, just to validate my idea immediately and really strongly, and then connecting with those super stars like JD to be a part of it, and figuring out a way to make it what to offer them to show up and be there was also huge stuff in terms of marketing it. And then once I built up the site, for the financial blogger conference, the first thing I did in there was put some kind of social proof, so I kind of put a Facebook like box somewhere, really front and center so people could see who was liking it, so that they could see the other bloggers who were digging it and into it as well as an email form.

And I kind of mentioned this earlier, but my email marketing became so easy for me because these people– I had something to offer. I knew I was going to eventually have something to offer them. And so holding up this email list and saying “Hey, join this to find out more information about this upcoming conference, you can help me build it, you can help me make it great, join this list”. And so that was one of the coolest things I did, and before I knew it, like a week or two later, you know, like a 100 people on that list, and I was really getting real feedback, and real engagement in terms of, you know, trying to build up something great, so…

Steve: So, this list, you just put it out and what was the incentive for signing up, just for more information about the conference?

Phil: Totally, yeah, not even– no incentive at all really just hey, if you want to hear more about this, you know, when we announce dates, when we you know announce speaker information, things like that. I mean, people sort of understand how a conference works, but inherently– but certainly, you know, engaging them is something I wanted to do, because again I wanted to be a community over there, I wanted to be something that when people came they thought, “Yes, I help build a little bit of this, I was kind of a part of this in a little way.” And so, that was pretty important to me as well as it ended up being something that helped the marketing and helped make the conference cool, and it helped give people a sense of ownership of it. And so, they would want to come back and be a part of the thing that they helped create.

Steve: So, how did you attract some of the bigger names, like this is a no name conference in the beginning, right, so how do you attract the big names like the J.D. Ross, the Luke Landes’s and those guys?

Phil: Well, I am blessed in that from the most part they just wanted to be involved, you know, I asked them how they wanted to be involved, and they wanted to speak at it, and so I gave them sort of a platform there, and I made as much of a superstars they wanted to be at the event, I tried to make them that. And so different people came in at different times and wanted to participate and that’s cool. I’m so thankful for that, I asked guys like Pat McClendon to be involved early on and just asked.

I just said I’m having this event, and I really dig what you are doing, and you know, some I knew for a while, so I was like you’ve been a buddy for a while, I want to put you on stage in this conference and make you the star of it. And that had enough of an appeal, and again, you know most of the stars that I pulled from– or people who were part of the community too, and they just wanted to meet the other people in the industry as well, so, it’s kind of a no brainer for them as well. And that’s the power of having an existing community to tap into. I can’t stress that enough, if you already got that, it’s easy, you know, and really running event is really easy, if you’ve got a group of people who already want to be together.

Steve: So, how did the economics work, so did you pay these speakers in the beginning for the first conference?

Phil: I did– I let them come to the conference for free, and then I surprised them with a small payment once they got there, because, you know, I had some left in the budget and I just wanted to at least give a little bit of the money to help out with a little bit the travel. It wasn’t much at all, but it was unexpected and I gave them a personal note along with it, and I think it was something they all appreciated. That’s when I realized I wanted to maybe continue doing that. And so you know, having those people all born the feature meant a lot to me.

And, so I was really thankful for what they contributed and I am every year for the speakers like yourself who come and really bring like an awesome talk and so, you certainly want to reward those people and make it valuable for them. You should have figured out what valuable is, is different for different people. I mean some people want a payment, some people want some kind of a different exposure. With my keynote speakers now, some want payment, some want may be help with some book they’re promoting, some may be want a booth at the event, some want like a meet and greet type of thing to kind of make– kind of raise their status a little bit, and it’s just different things to different people. I’ll try to figure out what that is and I’ll have a– you know, everyone who speaks in FinCon, who prepares to speak– prepares to speak something certainly gets a free ticket to come.

Steve: Right.

Phil: And so, but that’s kind of the starting point.

Steve: So, in terms of the economics, you kind of have this chicken and egg problem, in the very beginning, right? In a nut shell if you’re going to sell these tickets and yet do you have to put a whole bunch of money down to plan the thing, before you even collect money?

Phil: Well, luckily the first hotel didn’t require a big down payment, but backing up a little bit, yes that is scary, that’s the biggest fear I had was “Hey, I’m going to be spending a lot of money, and then something is going to blow up, and people don’t come, and I’ll lose all this money.” Well, to the most part, you know, you can structure your events to where you can reduce your risk. One of thing I did was– as I told you I kind of had a grand vision initially of what I wanted this event to be, and then what I did was, I decided I was going to have– I was going to plan for two versions of the conference.

So I had that big vision of what I wanted the conference to be, and then I scaled it back probably 50% and said, okay, just [Inaudible] [00:31:08] for these many sponsors, this many attendees, and this much spent and budget and all that, and then, if we hit those marks, say within the first couple of months of marketing this conference, then we will open up the doors for conference B the big vision, and we will go for that.

So, I sort of had build in my mind two versions of the conference and, not out of my mind but physically, you know on paper, I put it up there then hey, this is conference A and we are going to shoot for this and at some point if we meet these marks, sell out all these– the base level sponsorships, sell all the tickets, then hey, we are going to open up the doors and so make it a big conference. And so, any new event planner that’s something I would advise you to do is going to have a two step process where you have the safe thing you can create, but if you hit it really quick in your marketing then hey, go for the big thing.

Steve: But, don’t you have to have the venue down ahead of time, and that venue can only have a certain capacity, right?

Phil: Well, you know, I was probably seven, eight months out– and yes you are right, but most events can handle– if they can handle something like for me a big conference for me was 300 people, so that was my big vision. And so, a small conference would have been 100 people.

Steve: Okay.

Phil: So, any– most places can handle both of those capacities pretty well. So, but I guess to answer your question more directly, you know, you don’t have to have the event– for me I didn’t have to have the facility initially because what I did was that I asked people, hey, where do you want to have it, you know I was like, what weekend do you want to have this thing? I got that granule with the email list in the early days of planning.

I helped them actually pick the date– help used them to help me actually pick the date, and I think I even like offered a couple of hotel options, and said, hey, would you rather have it here or would you rather have it here. And that’s how I got their input on both those things to kind of attract me six figure and I knew I eventually needed to have it. So, sort of buy that, you know, buy that– after that getting a little bit of that feedback, you know, I had like 100 tickets sold. So, I kind of knew at that point, hey, I needed to go this corporate B option anyway. So, I just sort of evolved while I was planning that it just so happened that I could kind of experiment with that bigger thing.

Steve: So, when does the sponsorship money come in place? Does it come in the end, and you don’t have to pay the venue until the end after the event? Is this how it works or?

Phil: Some hotels are going to require some type of a deposit but…

Steve: Okay.

Phil: But in all the ones that I have worked with, none have. They just want the agreement signed and then you are bound by that agreement and typically in a conference, the agreement spells out a specific spend on food and beverage. And in that case, I got all the conference rooms for free as long as I spend 30,000 dollars on food and beverage.

Steve: Okay.

Phil: And so, that’s what hotels want you to do, they want you to come in and buy their food, because that’s something that they can really mark up and make a lot of money on, and same thing with their [Inaudible] [00:34:16]. That’s really high margin products and services they can offer and so, that’s what they want to nail you down on. They can give you the space for free because they value build up space is not – it’s not going off their to give it to you as long as you’re spending money while you’re there and guaranteeing rooms as well.

So, that’s one thing that each of the hotels that I have worked with in the past have done. They will ask me to guarantee a certain amount of food and beverage spend and a certain amount of rooms guaranteed as well. And so, I’ve heard since, that you don’t have to do that, like you can get away with one or the other, a certain amount of food or a certain amount of rooms, but I think most will at least require a certain amount of rooms that you guarantee that you are going to need for you to freely come and be there– come there and use their space.

Steve: Okay, so that’s interesting, so, you’ve chosen to have your events at hotels, which I like by the way, everyone’s crushing in the same place and it’s awesome. Other conferences I have been to haven’t– they have like just linen spread out avenues, so I guess going the hotel route is just convenient, because it is like a one stop shop for everything. Is this why you chose the hotel route?

Phil: You know, I debated that early on, and I agree there is kind of a cool factor for may be having like a theatre or like an alternative space or something, and that’s cool and I like that, but I really liked having it– since we are a community of people, like who want to be together a lot, you know, and so, having stuff in the lobby of the hotel, having stuff at the bar and the hotel, I mean, people just want to be around each other the whole time.

And so, it just made a lot of sense to like all be together in the same place, physically like staying in the same hotel. And so, yeah, that’s been important to me in doing that and, yes, hotels do make it easy, I mean, you have to pay them, you have to figure– they are more expensive I think, and it’s harder to control the cost because you are depending on them so much, but, you are– they certainly take– they do these every weekend, they run these events every weekend, and they explore that, I mean, they don’t skip a beat, and they really make me as a conference planner look like I know what I’m doing, you know, they take a lot of the headache away.

Steve: Okay.

Phil: The staff, and their planning and their facilities, I mean they just know how to do these events, and they just make it so easy for you.

Steve: Okay, yeah, so I just thought I’d add one of the things I really like about FinCon is that, since I walk in the lobby, I see all these people that I know and it takes, and usually a couple of hours just to get up to my room in the first place. And I like how everyone’s just crushing in the same hotel, you don’t really get that at other conferences where everyone is just kind of spread all over place. At one of the other conferences I went to, it was like a struggle for me to meet up with other people, and that’s what I really like about FinCon.

Phil: And we have the benefit of being a smaller group too which makes it easier, but as we grow that is becoming more of a challenge of having to look for hotels that can accommodate more people. But I love that aspect in FinCon, and yeah I’m glad you noticed that, and that’s something that’s been intentional, so.

Steve: Yeah, so, let’s go back to the launch, right. You’re trying to sell tickets, so do you– is there a strategy involved and just– yeah, you mentioned two plans, right, so do you just release these tickets kind of piece of meal, or how does it work?

Phil: You know, after some initial planning, doing some surveys, and getting on the– sort of the email list going, with getting people’s feedback, there became a point where I said all right this is going to be my day when I release tickets and answer to the list. I went in on Eventbrite.com, that’s a tool I use to build out the ticket options, and you know, I just came up with a number that for me sounded reasonable compared to other conferences, as well as sort of calculate it up to a number that based on, the number of sponsorships I was going to bring in as well would ensure that you know, I didn’t lose money on this event. So, yeah just Eventbrite.com is hugely helpful advertising with PayPal and they have– even have like a widget where you can add the Eventbrite.com tool to your website as well. So, it’s really seamless, they have a great tool and have a lot of control behind the things, behind the scenes, sort of wedges that can kind of help, you know, do the event a little better, but yeah.

Steve: So, yeah, one thing I kind of noticed was that, you started kind of releasing the tickets out in phases so to speak, like you have this kind of…

Phil: Yeah, yeah, yeah so, certainly with events yeah, I mean good point, and that was part of my plan initially with the two different conferences, was so that I can have confidence in meeting at least conference A, I needed people to buy tickets, buy certain times, so that I can make the decision of, hey let’s go to conference B. So, certainly I set a date for myself and said, okay, if tickets purchased before this time, we’ll call early bird tickets and then after that will be normal ticket pricing. So, if you buy before this point, you know, you will get a big discount. And so, I think it was like 30 or 25 bucks discount. It wasn’t much, but we are talking to financial bloggers here, they are not looking to save…

Steve: Yeah.

Phil: …25 bucks if they can so, that was huge in marketing the event, and that’s not something that’s put out there from an event marketing stand point to, you know, trick anyone, or to harm anyone. It’s not like negative marketing I’m trying to do there, it’s this– the realities of having an event and holding yourself up there and the far that you get down the pipe with all your marketing spend, all your commitments to the hotel, to speakers, things like that, the more confidence you need to have in that people are going to be there. And so, that’s certainly why we do the other word pricing, and reward people who are– know they are going to come back and faithful to you purchase the tickets early on and really help support what you are trying to build, right.

Steve: Yeah so, that’s so really smart, so just to summarize you let out these early bird tickets at a discount, and then those early tickets go on and that just kind of gives you the confidence that things are rolling, that you have the confidence to invest even more and then release that second round of tickets.

Phil: That’s right.

Steve: Okay.

Phil: And with this current FinCon we’re on now, we’ll hit that point at the end of June, so June 30th is when ticket prices go up, you know heavily. And so at that point I have confidence that I’ll know, I’ll be calm looking at the type of Con. That’s what you want to do with an event, as early as possible you want to build the stair down the event that you are going to have on the day– on day one of the conference, like if you can sort of vision that and see that a couple of months out two, three months out, then you are really doing great in terms of your event planning, and so having ticket pre-sales, trying to get your sponsorships knocked out really early, key speakers knocked out really early.

I mean those kind of things help to formulate a conference where two, three months out, you know, you see the vision for the conference, not just a vision but you see the conference that you have at that point. And you could sort of extract an idea out, pick up a few more sales here and there, but for the most part this is the conference that you are going to have, and then the last three months become so much easier because you just kind of plug in holes where they are, and really refining the conference and making it special.

Steve: Right, so after you’ve kind of reached that breakeven point so to speak, it’s all good from there. So, how do you get the word out about your first conference? You mentioned the email list…

Phil: Yeah.

Steve: …And what else to do.

Phil: So, I did the email list, I was a part of forums and some other communities online where I just tapped into that. I also gave people– I believe I gave people some type of button to say they were going to the conference, they could put on their site especially the speakers I think. So, I gave them something to highlight to their communities as well. User usually leverage the power of the folks who you are involved with. I mean there is so many things we do now, that we didn’t do that first year, like, you know, a lot of conferences will have webinars or podcasts or some type of content offering from the speakers who are going to be at the event, and then that leads to more exposure and more awareness of the event for new folks as well.

So, with– for instance with FinCon this year we are doing podcasts with all of our keynote speakers and those who are in the back they are on iTunes now, so I knew where to pick those up and learn about the conference. So, but also more than that those speakers have big audiences. So guys like Chris Tucker, Path Lenn [phonetic], Fernice Trobby [phonetic] who’s one of our keynote speakers this year, I mean they have big communities and when they share the content that they are offering up, it leads to more exposure as well. So I definitely earlier on especially leveraged the fact that, hey you know, some of these speakers have bigger audiences than me, and more influence in the personal parts of blogging communities than me, and so to try and leverage those relationships, was key, you know as well.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s great advice. There’s actually also a whole bunch of set up too. You mentioned the hotel staff takes care of a lot of it, but you’re by yourself right, so how did you manage all that stuff for the first FinCon?

Phil: Well, I just spend every waking hour on it Steve.

Steve: Okay, did you get help from others or was it just…?

Phil: You know, there were certain elements of the conference that I knew I wanted to work on for instance the scheduling and the speaking, who I wanted on the stage, things like that. I just really wanted to do that myself. And so, I took them on myself, but then there were things like, you know, building up the badges which was very, you know, technical from our ad perspective and logistical perspective. There were so many things like that, where I knew I could do it, but I was busy spending my will a little bit, so I started relying on a couple of freelancers that I had worked with on PTMoney.

So Jessica who was my VA on PTMoney– I started leveraging her to help with some of the event planning, as well as she likes carrying the menu, planning for the hotel, she chose some of that stuff, she also calls some of the outside vendors, some of the places we would go for like parties and stuff at night and sort of set those things up. She also did a little bit of like speaker management, where she sort of gathered their bios and their pics and built up some things like that, and then also hired a guy to do– but my friend Ryan, who still works for me– with me today freelance basis. Then he did all the badge design, he did some other total designs for me, sort of took care of the T-shirts, things like that.

So, yeah, I’ll leverage a couple of freelance people– people I’ve worked with PTMoney before, and people who I really trust in. And then in certain aspects of the conference itself, you know, I again I listen to what the community was trying to tell me. I think even once I made some initial selections on speakers I sort of did evaluating process to– for the attendees who are already signed up to say, hey, here are the people who I’ve submitted speaker proposals, what’s about on these, like you guys tell me which one of these you want to hear from, or which one you– you know, these topics you want to see at the event. So, I use a little bit of that to help crowd source kind of coming together with the event, but yeah, I mean just a lot of time and energy spent on myself worrying about every little aspect of it, you know.

Steve: Yes, I mean, I just– thinking about all the little things that I notice at the conference, you have swag bags, you have all these banners, and indicate design, you even have a magazine that goes out, it’s just crazy amount of work. So, I really appreciate all the things that have just come together with the conference, and I look forward– it’s like one of the one things I look forward to, you know, every single year is going to FinCon, So thank you for that.

Phil: Yeah, thank you.

Steve: So, I don’t want to take up too much more of your time, but so I’ll link up all the resources you mentioned in this podcast, but where can people find you?

Phil: Yeah, so hit me up at PTMoney.com or @ptmoney on twitter, and then starting with the conference, finconexpo.com. This is the website and like Steve and I mentioned early bird tickets are still on sale so get those before June 30th and then on twitter we are FinCon or @FinCon.

Steve: Okay, awesome, so, I will be there for sure, so if any of you guys want to come out and meet, I’d love to meet out with the people that that are listening. All right, thanks a lot PT, thanks for your time.

Phil: Thanks to you, pleasure being on.
Steve: Yeah, pleasure having you, thanks. I wasn’t joking in the podcast. FinCon is easily my favorite conference in the world. PT has created an incredible community of people that really care about each other and he’s really put in a ton of work into this conference. So this year, I’m going to be giving another talk at FinCon, so please come and support me. Last year I talked about how I made over 300k over the last two years with an email auto responder, and this year I will likely talk about e-commerce. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/episode22, and if you enjoyed listening to this podcast, please go to iTunes and leave me a review. When you write me a review, it not always makes me proud, but helps keep this podcast up in the ranks, so other people can use this information, find the show more easily, and get awesome business advice from my guests.

It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell you friends because the greatest compliment you can give me, is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as I did say it, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month, for more information go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/contest. And if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free six day mini course where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

021: Nemo Chu On How To Create A 7 Figure Ecommerce Business In Just A Year

Nemo Chu

I met Nemo Chu randomly at one of Noah Kagan’s entrepreneurship events and I’m happy that I did. Turns out that Nemo is a genius when it comes to analytics and he has a pretty cool strategy with which he uses to find products to sell online.

In just a single year, Nemo has managed to create a 7 figure ecommerce business which is pretty darn amazing. This episode is chock full of information so be sure you check it out.

Also, you can sign up for Nemo’s newsletter here.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why real estate didn’t work out for Nemo and how he found ecommerce
  • How to use Ebay to find out what is selling and where to look for inefficiencies in the market
  • Why he uses the American Express Plum Card
  • Why Nemo tries to sell stuff that weighs less than 13 oz
  • Tips on how to use Ebay and Amazon to do research

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

You’re listening to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where I have successful bootstrapped entrepreneurs take us back to the very beginning of their journey and delve deeply into the exact strategies they used early on to gain traction for their businesses. If you enjoy this podcast please leave me a review on iTunes and enter my podcast contest, where I am giving away free one on one business consultations every single month, and I thought I’d just share a testimonial for the last consult I did with Laura McLaren.

She said, ‘In talking with Steve one on one, I quickly learnt that he is experienced and extremely knowledgeable on starting online retail sites. Steve and I discussed a few different ideas with this analytical approach and market place knowledge combined, it was much more clear which idea would be the most logical to pursue. I came to our consultation with a laundry list of questions and he was able to fire back responses.

Steve is extremely experienced and strategic in what he does. Talking to him for just thirty minutes probably saved me weeks, maybe even months of pursuing my online store from the correct angle. For more information about this contest, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/contest and if you are interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free ‘six day mini course’ where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over a 100K in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Now onto the show.

Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today we are going to be talking to my brother from another mother, Nemo Chu. Now, we might have similar last names but we actually aren’t related but we both do ecommerce and we do it well. Now, Nemo used to be a director of marketing at KISSmetrics until he stumbled upon ecommerce and like myself, he worked on his ecommerce stores while working a full time job, except that Nemo managed to make over seven figures with his ecommerce endeavors in a single year. Now, today Nemo is semi-retired, spends his time volunteering for young life at a local high school, and what’s cool is that Nemo and I have somewhat different strategies when it comes to ecommerce. So, it’ll be very interesting today to hear how Nemo does it. So, welcome to the show Nemo. Great to have you.

Nemo: Hi, thank you so much. That’s a very nice intro.

Steve: So, for all these people who actually don’t know who you are and I actually scoured the net looking for information about you and the information is quite scarce so, can you give us a good brief intro on how you got into ecommerce and exactly what you sell.

Nemo: Sure, so you know, I got into ecommerce thanks to a book actually. I like to read, I read a lot and one of the people that I respect, he was my old boss. We built a company together, he introduced me to a book called “Rich Dad Poor Dad” and up until that point the term financial independence wasn’t really in my vocabulary. I mean, I understood about retirement, I get what that is but that’s what you know, people do in their 65 and have a nest of grey, at least that’s what I thought and from a conservative Chinese family, that was kind of the norm.

So, after reading that book my mind was completely open to this idea where you know, there’s a new goal of financial independence and that’s when I started kind of digging around and framing my life around that goal. To make a long story short…

Steve: So hold on, let’s back up, why ecommerce and not like real estate for example which is Rich Dad Poor Dad…

Nemo: Yea, that’s true, that’s true. So, I really delved into real estate for wild reading, and it’s like they make it sound easy, but then when you start reading it you realize that it’s not easy. At least for me and I’m not very smart and I’ll tell you straight on I’m not smart– actually t-scores are not that [laughs] high. It’s like a 1240 when we were doing 1600.

Steve: [laughs] That’s heresy for Asian parents.

Nemo: I know, I know. I still feel hurt about that. You don’t have to podcast that one.

Steve: I am revoking your Asian card right now.

Nemo: But the real story of the ecommerce is a friend showed me the business model and so he–Chris Thinken, I love that guy to death– he came to join the company which was eventually sold that’s the one that I say we built a company together. He was another wonderful person and he showed me how a person– he was in his like early or mid 30’s okay or early 30’s. Hope he didn’t hear me say mid 30’s [laughs] and he actually built the online stores while working a fulltime job, doing sales at I believe a call centre. That’s where it started.

Eventually he was making so much money that you know, he didn’t need to do that call centre job. He ended up still continuing the stores while joining two friends in building a marketing agency from scratch to– I think in five years they went from three people to 120 employees. They were Inc. 500 firm, and he did that as a co-founder which to me is amazing because I was never really a co-founder, I was just an early employee but he did that as a co-founder while doing the online stores. So as I rubbed shoulders with this guy, and worked for him it became clear to me that this is a business model where if you are smart about it you don’t have to spend a lot of time.

It’s not hard and if you stay focused, there is a healthy return, and it’s worth your time. And so that’s what really intrigued me about ecommerce plus you know my skill set, I used to build websites for people. People would pay me, I was like 16, 17 at the time and I would make these little websites. So I had technical ability to build and use the internet to my advantage and my early jobs growing up were all internet marketing related. So it was you know– that’s all different from real estate right? I don’t have a real estate background at all.

Steve: Okay, so you actually got me really curious now. So let’s talk about this awesome business model where you can sell on the side while working.

Nemo: Okay, sure.

Steve: So, first of all, what do you sell?

Nemo: I sell a lot of nutritional supplements and I also sell some consumer electronics, some beauty products and one line of children’s drum set which is fun for me since I play drums.

Steve: So that’s interesting. So I teach a class on this subject and in general, I try to steer students away from kind of common goods, so to speak, so beauty supplies and that sort of thing so it’s going to be quite interesting to hear how you manage to choose what you sell. So why don’t we just pick one of those products that you sell and just kind of walk me through how you decide to go about selling it.

Nemo: Yeah, sure. So, let me pick– what’s the product that’d be interesting? So since you mentioned beauty products, I’ll talk about a product that I used to sell.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: It was– it’s from Joan Rivers or is it Joan Rivers? I don’t know how to pronounce her name, but even as celebrity she makes a beauty product that I think you use on your hair, and it will hide the white roots if you dye your hair, forgot the exact name of that product but it’s just a compact with a brush and a mirror built into the compact. That’s it.

What– how I found it was actually using a tool called terapeak. And so Terapeak– T-e-r-a-p-e-a-k.com is a data company which mines the data on eBay, and they’re a part of eBay’s then they service the data in these pretty charts and graphs that are relevant for people like me who are looking to find products that sell. So you can basically look up categories inside eBay and see–Oh look! In the health and beauty category which is huge, these are some of the best sellers, this are their sell through rate, this is the amount of revenue in the last seven days that have sold etcetera, and from that you can start picking things that may interest you.

It’s kind of like working for low hanging fruit, like one product might sell one unit every seven days. That’s not nearly as interesting unless you know, there’s a massive profit margin as a product that sells maybe a hundred times in seven days and so Terapeak will help me know what’s hot and what’s not and trust me, I’m not an affiliate of Terapeak’s, I don’t make any money from saying this, I just find it to be a fun tool and I actually got to meet some of their guys at a conference and they are really nice.

So I found Joan Rivers through that– the product, and then what I did was, I figured out okay well, it it’s selling well on eBay, it’s got to sell well on the other ecommerce sites out there. There’s Amazon of course, you can also build your own store nowadays it’s not too difficult and it can rank in Google with paid ads if you need to, or if you want to do the organic ranking game you can take some time and slowly move your way up through the rankings if there is room, [inaudible] [00:09:29] is there and I discovered on Amazon there was– there was competition, there was someone already selling it but the competition was thin, and I know I can beat it and I’ll give you an example on how you can beat competition.

If someone is selling one unit of that product so it’s a one pack, what’s stopping me from selling a two pack? There are always people out there who buy in bulk right, especially in beauty products where you have your favorites and you buy them over and over again and you want to save some money. And so I can then list a two pack on Amazon and still make money that way, and so you kind of go around your competition instead of going head to head in which case you and the competitor will have your prices driven so low that nobody is making money, and that’s kind of pointless, right? So, that’s one very concrete example of how I approached my business.

Steve: Okay, so let’s back up a little bit, so how did you get these compacts also once you decided that you wanted to sell them?

Nemo: That’s funny, I bought them on eBay.

Steve: Oh…

Nemo: Yeah, I actually bought the product on eBay in bulk, and I sold that on Amazon and I made money on the difference and there was just a big enough difference to make it worth my while. To make it worth my while– to make it more worth my while– pardon my English I emailed the seller on eBay and asked for a bulk discount for larger quantities, and so there’s just a little bit negotiation and one trick I learnt with negotiation is you know, always ask after the– make the other person state the first price and then after they state the price always ask, you know what, can you do better than that price? And ask that three times– can you do better? I mean not like can you do better? Can you do better? Can– you can kind of rephrase it but you get the general idea and often times people will budge on their first price.

Steve: Yes, I’m giving you back your Asian card because these are standard Asian negotiation tactics. Every time I go to china I use these, yes.

Nemo: Thank you– thank you for that.

Steve: Yes, okay–so, when you were look at these products on eBay then, so what is an acceptable margin for you?

Nemo: 20%, 10 or 20%. It really depends on say the virtual profit per unit. I’ll take 10% if I make like a 100 dollars of profit for every unit sold; a really large, large ticket item.

Steve: So, let’s take these Joan Rivers things, how much do they sell for?

Nemo: I think at the time– I think– I think they sold for like 24.99 or 50 bucks for a two pack.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: And you were buying them for 25% less or?

Nemo: You know what? I can get my notes out.

Steve: It doesn’t have to be exact, I’ll just borrow a pack, it’s fine.

Nemo: It’s something like that. I keep a lot of notes on these products. My notes are so messy on that. That was a long time ago.

Steve: So just taking an idea there, how many did you buy in bulk?

Nemo: I bought like over a hundred something like that.

Steve: Over a hundred, okay so not too many so we’re talking [inaudible] [00:12:24].

Nemo: I was testing out the market because I knew that– this is how I typically approach things right, the first time around I just, I’m just trying to figure out if there’s traction. If people are actually buying, and then I want to know the velocity of sales. I’m I selling one unit per day, 10 units per day or more? And then once I know that I’m better able to make a decision on, okay–how much do I want to commit to this product line? How much risk do I want to take and usually I’ll buy about a maximum of one month’s worth of inventory. I actually used to buy in half months so I’ll buy half month’s inventory. I make two buys, one at the beginning of the month, one halfway through the month and that’s just to avoid cash crunches and things like that, and also because my financing is purely offered by American Express Plum Card which is a great card for anyone getting into ecommerce. Check it out; I’m not paid to endorse them.

Steve: Yes so, just a real quick aside; so the Plum Card allows you to defer your payment for 60 days as opposed to the regular 30 right?

Nemo: I believe so, yes. You get to pick either the deferment option or you can pick the– I think its 1% or 1.5% cash pack.

Steve: Okay, so in a way what you’re doing is that you are buying off of credit and then you’re selling off the goods for a profit before you even have to pay the bill off the credit card bill.

Nemo: That’s right, that’s right. And the benefit– one huge benefit for that card is the no limit nature of it. I mean, they don’t say it’s no limit, they say it’s like no preset spending limit or something like that and they will cut you if you spend an inordinately large amount of money, but you can basically work your way up so that you can be spending tens of thousands of dollars on your card and for those of us who’ve gone into credit cards and have tried to get a large credit line on credit cards, it’s really tough to get something that’s north of 30,000-40,000 unless you have a very extensive credit history. You know, I’m 26 years old so my credit history is not tremendous.

Steve: Right.

Nemo: So, yeah.

Steve: Okay, so you mentioned that you like to buy half month’s worth of inventory. How do you even know what a half month’s worth of inventory is?

Nemo: That’s when I have to rely on my test. So with the Joan Rivers product I bought a bunch on eBay. That’s the easiest way to get some product and I actually bought only a handful at first. I bought like three of four just to sell and see if it sold and they sold out like, right away, in one day. So that gives me an idea of the velocity and I go okay, well if I am a conservative with my estimate then let’s say three to four per day for the next, you know, 15 days, how many units is that? Do I want to commit to that, and so I go for it.

Steve: So, are you still selling this on Amazon right?

Nemo: Yeah, for that product I sold it on Amazon.

Steve: So, those are– are you using the fulfillment program by Amazon or–?

Nemo: It depends– I use the fulfillment program if it helps me get an edge on my competitors or win the buy box– how are you– is your audience familiar with the buy box?

Steve: No, you should talk about that a little bit.

Nemo: So in Amazon if you look at any product, and you look on the top right where there is the buy button; you will see a little box. I think it’s usually shaded in blue and that’s the buy box, okay, and so the seller that wins the buy box wins like 99.9% of sales pretty much. And so the game for most Amazon sellers is winning that buy box for that product page. Keep in mind that there are multiple product pages sometimes for the same product.

Sometimes all products are consolidated into one product page working to the winds of Amazon, but that won’t matter if you want to jump into this and so to win the buy box, it’s not just about having the lowest price, there is also seller history and at the end of the day it’s a secret algorithm of course that drives Amazon’s decisions on who wins the buy box and no one can game it. I’ve learnt that– and they make it very clear, if you use Amazon’s fulfillment program, you are more likely to win the buy box.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: And so when there is tense competition I will pick– I will consider using fulfillment by Amazon to win the buy box.

Steve: Okay, so of course there is a bunch of fees that are incurred in selling on Amazon, so are you looking for like an even higher profit margin when you buy on eBay accounting for all these Amazon fees or? I’m just trying to get an idea of what your margin threshold is when you are deciding something to sell.

Nemo: Yeah, so it’s always around 10, 20%, often times my best selling products are north of that so we’re talking about 30, 40, 50% even, but earlier on when I start, I’m happy with the 10, 20% and then over time I can grow my margin by negotiating directly with the manufacturer for large quantities, like at first I bought Joan Rivers at eBay seller, that was a northern manufacturer so if it sold a lot I can approach the manufacturer and go “Hey, I’m interested in buying X hundred X thousand units, can we talk about that”? And depending on whether or not they have the wholesale program, they might talk with you or they might not.

Steve: I see, so can you walk me through product where you actually did do that? Did you do that with the Joan Rivers product or?

Nemo: I tried to and I learnt that the Joan Rivers folks did not have a wholesale program and they seemed to have an arrangement with QBC and QBC seemed to have an exclusive and they weren’t giving out products at wholesale prices. I’m sure that if I dug deeper at some point I could talk to someone who would get me some kind of wholesale deal. I just didn’t bother. It wasn’t the lowest hanging fruit for me. I have a lot of products that I’m working on.

Steve: Yeah, so let’s talk about that, so, how many do you have– how many products do you have [inaudible] [00:17:53] at any given time?

Nemo: I might have– oh cheese– several dozen in play.

Steve: Several dozen in play, okay and how long does it last before you feel like you can’t sell as many as you did initially?

Nemo: It might be too early to tell for that one because some have sold for like years and others will sell for half a year and then the competition becomes too crazy where it’s not worth my time any more. So it’s really tough to answer that question.

Steve: I guess what I’m trying to ask is you don’t really have set suppliers for these goods, right?

Nemo: Some of them like do like the ones I’ve sold for years, I work with the same person, the same people over and over again, it’s often times the manufacturer at that point.

Steve: Okay so, walk me through why someone on eBay won’t list on Amazon as well or vice versa.

Nemo: I don’t know, I don’t know why people on eBay don’t list on Amazon.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: It’s too bad I mean, I hope they continue not to because that gives me opportunities.

Steve: Right! Okay, okay, I think…

Nemo: Don’t spread the word too far [Laughs].

Steve: [laughs] I won’t post this interview don’t worry. Okay, so let’s– let’s go on a little bit more depth since it sounds like the secret source to your method is figuring out which product that you want to sell, right?

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: So let’s go over some guidelines here, so what are some guidelines? Walk me through any one of your products, it doesn’t matter which, it could be something that you haven’t sold in a while or what not but, walk me through the process.

Nemo: Guidelines– so I’ll probably pick nutritional supplements because it’s the closest thing to subscription, that isn’t subscription, because it’s consumer product that is, you know. People finish their supplements and usually a bottle is 30 days worth so then at the end of the 30 days they will buy again, and so there is repeat customers and us marketers know that it’s always easier to keep a customer than to acquire a brand new one. So I can always re-market to my same customers and get more sales if I want to, I can put in the work to actually do subscription. Supplements will often– in the industry anyway they often sell something called auto delivery. It’s kind of like you sign up, you pay a monthly fee and every month a new bottle arrives at your doorstep.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: If I were to put in the work that could be an option. Another thing about supplements that are great or just anything that I try to sell– I try to sell small items that weigh less than 13 ounces. Now why 13 ounces? First class mail baby.

Steve: That’s right.

Nemo: That’s the threshold. Now you can actually move that up to 15 ounces if you have high volume and you talk to US parcel, you negotiate something. So that’s the little benefits as you sell more and more over time, but for most beginners, 13 ounces. Keep it small. Also the size of it, make sure it fits in a nice little packing envelope and that way you can buy the same size envelope for everything.

You know, I have– I’ve been using the same size envelopes for a very, very long time. This padded mail that’s from Jiffy. They’re called jiffy mail number four. That’s the one! So those are all conveniences that save me money downstream because I don’t have to train my employee on you know, “Oh! This time use this one, then use that one”. That just makes things more difficult for people, right.

I want to have a business that runs smoothly and the people who happen to help me out can pick everything up really quickly. That saves me time right, which saves me money. Those are kind of the main things that I look for up front. Of course you mentioned the margin, there must be margin, that’s going to be key and I also sometimes will look for products that happen to be backed by advertising.

I don’t watch a lot of TV or listen to a lot of radio but I know I should because I know some of my products are marketed through those channels and what happens is, these companies will talk about their product on TV, they might use infomercials or just use straight up 30 seconds commercials. And then people will call in to buy the product but some people won’t want to call in, instead they’ll kind of add it to their shopping list and the next time they are on Amazon they’ll buy it there, which benefits me. So, having that advertiser– having the manufacturer advertise the product for you, that takes a lot of work off, off of me.

In fact, I’ve reached a point where I don’t even bother advertising my own products. It’s a requirement of mine to only sell products that are being advertised already, that are being searched for already, because I don’t want to spend the time to do all that. That takes a lot of effort and I’ve done it before. So…

Steve: I see, okay– so, and then the secret to getting the buy box on Amazon, you get a little bit creative with the packaging.

Nemo: That’s one way, that’s right.

Steve: Okay. Are there other ways that you care to share?

Nemo: There’s another way, for example sometimes if you go and look at a product, you go to the product page and maybe it’s a bottle of– I don’t know, like some bottle of pills, like vitamins or whatever. You’ll see that the page defaults to a one pack and it’s on the same product detail page. And then under– it’s going to be like underneath the price, you’ll see these little square boxes that will say two bottles, three bottles, four bottles and you can click on those little boxes, you stay on the same page; which is important and then the price changes in the buy box.

That’s actually a little bit different than creating another product page which features only the two pack. It’s like merging the two pages together if that makes any sense and it’s an important detail actually. When that happens you know there’s an opportunity because some people– some products only sell one version a price so one pack and you actually inject that additional little box that’s a two pack onto the same page which is already trafficked and searched for by a lot of people and then if you inject yourself in there, you’re the only seller and you can make money that way too. To do that you often have to contact Amazon’s customer support.

Steve: Okay, so let me– you said a lot there, so let me just back up here, so, you look for an already trafficked page for a product and then you try to offer something unique to create this little box on that page that will steer the person away to your product page.

Nemo: That’s, that’s basically right except that the last part where I said steers people away to my product page, that’s not true, it’s– my product page is that product page.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: It’s just like another face to it, which dynamically appears when people click on that little box.

Steve: But then you get the buy box at that point.

Nemo: Exactly, but then now I win the buy box because I’m the only seller for that. It’s interesting; the Amazon world has all these little new answers where if you look at the pages a lot over time you will pick up little tips. Another one is, people have a new model out and then, I bumped into this not that long ago. There’s a product the consumer electronics product, and a new version of it came out, but the Amazon page was still selling the old version. So, what do I do? Every– all the traffic is going to that page. That page is the one that ranks well in Google already, so you want to take advantage of the traffic going through that page, but there’s a new version and you can’t sell the new version on the page featuring the old version.

You kind of camp but you take a risk because people might really want the old version so what do you do? Well, it turns out Amazon if you contact customer support will let you plant a little image with a price tag next to it and a title that says a new version of this product is available and it appears a bit further below the price and you can get that there which then points into a completely new product page if you talk to support. So that helps you take advantage of the traffic and it helps you own a product page just for yourself.

Steve: I see, and this is in addition to actually creating a brand new product page with this new product as well, right?

Nemo: Yes! That’s right.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: That’s right you have to create a new product page as well to do– to make that play work.

Steve: I see, so do you actually sell any products on your own site or is it primarily through Amazon?

Nemo: Yeah, I do. I do sell some of products on my own site– sites rather it’s plural and its plural because I don’t want to become the next WallMart.com or GNC.com that’s not my goal. I will often just create little mini sites that sell only one product.

Steve: Okay, so that’s like sales pages essentially.

Nemo: Yeah, kind of like sales pages. That’s right.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: Great, I’m glad your audience is familiar with that. So you have little sales pages or little micro sites and it really depends on whether or not that play might actually work and to know if it actually works you just kind of study the Google search results page for the product that you want to sell so if the product is back to Joan Rivers right, if people type in Joan Rivers hair– I forgot the exact model, but like call it hair 3000, for crying out loud okay, Joan Rivers Hair 3000.

You search that yourself in Google and look at the results page and you might see oh! Look, Amazon takes an ad out for that page already and I know right away oh! That means a lot of people actually buy from Amazon. It’s hard to compete with Amazon, right, but if Amazon hasn’t taken out an ad and Amazon is not appearing organically then I go, oh wait! Okay, so I can maybe buy an ad and beat out the other person who’s bought the ad who’s like from you know, ArkMepillWarehouse.com [phonetic]. They’re not hard to beat right? So I could just beat them by making a better ad, not too difficult.
.

Steve: So what– so you mentioned buying ads, so which platforms do you use? And what have you tried?

Nemo: I use adwords and I use Bing, so the Bing ads. Over time I only do the Bing ads for products that are searched a lot because if a product is searched a lot on Google then there will be some searches in Bing and so it’s just easy and the cost is low for Bing.

Steve: Okay, have you tried Facebook or anything else?

Nemo: Yeah, I’ve done Facebook actually not for my own products but in the past when I was a marketer at a software company, at two different software companies. We used Facebook quite a bit and back in the day when I had my own t-shirt business, I did Facebook ads as well, yeah. It’s just– I know that Facebook ads can work very well for the nutritional supplement space, I had the benefit of being at a marketing analytics company and so our clients, some of them were nutritional supplements companies. I could see kind of– I heard from talking with them you kind of know how it’s working and so I know that it can work. I just know that to make it work, you might have to use like videos, you might have to use some long copy, it’s just a lot of work.

Steve: Right, okay.

Nemo: Again, back to the nature of what I do, every minute counts and so I don’t want to spend too much time on those things. I just want to get the lower hanging fruit.

Steve: Okay, so it sounds like since you’re shipping stuff yourself you kind of have to hold some inventory right?

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: So have you ever had any products that just didn’t sell and resulted in a bunch of stuff lying around in your garage or whatever?

Nemo: It has happened where I’ll buy like a hundred units of something and it sells for a little while then some competitor creeps up, and decides to try to cut me out, and then things get difficult, and then I just focus on something else because its lower hanging fruit and I’m making more money there and I still have 70 bottles of whatever sitting. To me It’s kind of its crappy when that happens, right?

At the end of the day though I recognize that overall revenue growth and overall profit growth is more important than that one product line and so I just focus on where the low hanging fruit is. I know that if I need to blow out that inventory I can either sell it at a slight loss and just kind of recoup my cash, at least what’s left of it, or I can really work hard to check out some other channels to sell it. Maybe it’s, maybe I’m squeezed out of Amazon, well, what if eBay still has an opportunity, maybe I’ll push that product in eBay but…

Steve: I see.

Nemo: It’s just– It’s all effort.

Steve: So all of the products that you sell, you actually don’t use or sometimes you haven’t even really played around with them. Is that– is that accurate?

Nemo: That’s very accurate outside of like one of the consumer electronics products which is a portable battery pack for your laptop. Other than that I don’t really use any of them.

Steve: So everything is purely data driven– all of your decisions?

Nemo: That’s right, as data driven as possible because data doesn’t have emotions, data will get me high or low, data is very objective and it can help quite a bit when used appropriately.

Steve: It also sounds to me that your interest also is not in building a brand for your shop. These are all just straight arbitrage plays you know, from either the manufacturer or eBay and selling at Amazon, and that sort of thing.

Nemo: Yeah that’s– it’s really the easiest play possible and it’s often arbitrage. I know from experience having helped build a couple of different software brands, I just know how much work it takes to build a brand and how much capital it takes to build a brand. Now, of course there are niche brands and [inaudible][00:31:22] it’s, it’s just one of those things where I choose not to get too involved lest I be sucked into it and waste a bunch of time.

Steve: Okay, so I know after hearing this podcast interview, I know a lot of people are going to want to actually try what you are doing. So if you could just– for– let’s say I’m brand new to this, what advice would you give to someone who actually wants to try to do what you do online, and what tools and what software and what not would you recommend to help them out? So, okay, so earlier on you mentioned Terapeak right? Is that still a piece software that you– would you recommend people look on eBay first or use it?

Nemo: I recommend– so if you don’t want to pay for Terapeak, one thing you can do is when you are on eBay if you want to know if a product is actually selling, there’s a little box on the left side part, this is completed listings. They added a new one called sold listings. I like to look at completed listings because they will show me which listings sold or didn’t sell, and that gives you an idea of how successful that product is on eBay, right? It gives you the dates, when they sold, if they sold and the dates if they didn’t sell and so very quickly you can see from like literally red and green because they color code it, how much traction there can be on eBay.

Now, Terapeak you know, you can obviously go in and use a seven day free trial and play around with that too. That gives you that stuff and more. So that’s definitely an opportunity. I know that the Google keyword planner is a tool I use quite a bit.

Often times marketers run will into the question of, “Hey look! Samsung”, all right? I’m just staring at the Samsung TV right now. Okay, Samsung! That’s a brand. I wonder how many people search for Samsung and so you go to Google Keyword planner, you type Samsung into there, you might even use some little brackets or things to get the exact match, I’m getting very specific right now but then you click the button and the Google keyword planner will spit out the number of average monthly searches for Samsung. Like globally and I think even within the US. Very quickly you can determine whether or not Samsung is searched for by a lot of people or not a lot of people, and it helps you determine whether or not it’s low hanging fruit for you. Now…

Steve: So, what are some of your guidelines in that respect in terms of number of searches before you go on?

Nemo: Yeah, so for my business model, I know that it’s not really worth my time if there are fewer than 380 monthly searches. So I draw a line there, at 380 monthly searches.

Steve: That’s really low actually.

Nemo: Yeah, that is really low. However, I’ve learnt that from the channels that I sell on, it can still be worth my time. Some of my best sellers though are at like 9700 average monthly searches–

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: 7,000 monthly searches, so you can kind of quickly know what’s low hang or not and focus your efforts accordingly.

Steve: Okay, okay so go on, so okay, you use the keyword planner, Terapeak, eBay if they want and then, how do you validate the product?

Nemo: So let’s say I’m making my play on Amazon, right? And there are a lot of products there. If I look on Amazon, and I don’t see the product I want to sell, that can just be a massive opportunity where people are actively looking for this product on Google, which also means they are looking for them Amazon, because Amazon captures I think there is some data like 30% of shopping traffic, I don’t know how you quantify that to be honest, but you know, I think it makes sense.

So if it’s searched for in Google, it’s searched for on Amazon. Unfortunately, those on Amazon are seeing nothing, so I should just list something on Amazon and it will sell and that’s often the case. Now, if there’re already is someone selling that product, that’s helpful for me because I can look at the product page, scroll down and look for the Amazon seller ranking. I think that’s what it is, Amazon seller ranking. Next to it there will be a number and if it is over say– if it’s higher than say 12,000 for nutritional supplements because it’s category specific okay, keep that in mind.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: For nutritional supplements I know that if it’s more than– if it’s higher than 12,000 so, between one to 12,000 it’s worth my time. I used to have– I used to still work with products that were ranking like 40,000 but just because of number of products that I have and I’ve worked through, I have to pick and choose now.

Steve: So this ranking is just number of transactions or…?

Nemo: Basically I know that if it’s 12,000 searches, sorry– if it’s ranked around 12,000 and the competition is thin, that will roughly equate to maybe two or three sales per day for me.

Steve: Interesting.

Nemo: And if the margin is sad enough, that can be worth my time right?

Steve: That implies that the seller rating– the seller rating is determining the sales I suppose of the product itself? I didn’t– I must have missed something there.

Nemo: Yes, I’ll– I’ll just repeat. The Amazon best seller ranking will appear on every product page in Amazon– almost every, there’re some that don’t have it and I don’t know why.

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: If it appears, it’ll– it’ll be lower down the page, you have to scroll down to see it and you will– it’ll tell you– it’s like a relative ranking system, right? Something that’s has an Amazon best ranking of 1,000 sells at a much higher velocity than a different product selling at say 12,000 ranking right?

Steve: Okay, I think I understand now. So, that number is not just really a seller’s rating in terms of how many transactions they’ve done. It really is a rating that determines how fast that particular category of products moves. Is that– is that accurate?

Nemo: Yeah, oh! Not category but it’s that actual product that…

Steve: That actual product, okay got it.

Nemo: Yeah, and you just learn over time that if it’s at 12,000 that means it’s roughly three sales per day, if it’s at 1,000 then it’s X.

Steve: Okay, so one question I have in my mind at least is it sounds like you can kind of snatch the buy box on a daily basis like little minute tricks that you make and snatch the buy box from time to time so, is it a lot of management to make sure that you are always having the buy box?

Nemo: Every morning, I’ll check and in on OSX machine on a Mac computer, you can use your dash board and create what’s called the web clips. It’s a safari and dashboard kind of hybrid where you can move to your dashboard, inside your Mac computer and immediately, you can basically see a bunch of little browser windows highlighted onto wherever you want to be. For me, it’s my products, so it’s like a one glance there’re all my products selling on Amazon, who’s winning the buy box right now? I can see that.

That’s a little trick. If you really want to get into it you can use repricing software, there’s a lot–there’re a lot of them out there. I honestly tried them for a little bit and I realized that I can just eyeball, I don’t have to pay extra to buy repricing software.

And what repricing software does, is it’s kind of like a robot that keeps an eye on the page and if you lose the buy box, the robot will change the price for you automatically with pre-programmed instructions that you kind of put in ahead of time. You kind of set like a floor and– you don’t really set a ceiling, I mean, it’s– you can kind of let it sell for a little higher price if you want to, but you can kind of control that and then it will try to win the buy box for you as often as possible. It can get really complicated inside repricing software, like all these rules that you can set into it. I’m sure you know, there’re people out there who– who’ll get a kick out of that and it is a lot of fun.

Steve: That sounds dangerous, like I would just lower my price for like 10 seconds to see what everyone’s low threshold is and then just kind of raise it back up. I don’t know.

Nemo: That’s clever, see that– that can help you probe and see if your competitors are using repricing software, right, great way to do it.

Steve: And get an idea what their margins are actually.

Nemo: Yeah, and what their floor is, and if their floor is so low that you can’t make any money, don’t spend thousands of dollars buying a half month’s worth of inventory right, at least if you’re going to stick with that play because it’s going to be a pain for you.

Steve: So here’s a question I have since I’ve noticed this on Amazon that there’s a lot of people selling products at like ridiculously low prices, why does that actually occur on Amazon?

Nemo: So, some people especially the book section, will actually sell books for very, very low price and they might even lose money because they’re boosting their ranking all right? As a seller, you have a transaction history and you have ratings; like five star, four star, you know, one star, also you have the number of transactions or the number of ratings that you’ve collected. All of those things factor into– all those things factor into your account’s ability to win the buy box, right?

Steve: I see, so it’s not price, it’s just some more complicated formula that’s a combination of your rating plus price plus…

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: Whatever makes them more money most likely right?

Nemo: Probably, it’s a secret you know, but there’re some things that kind of make sense right? It’s kind of like common sense says that if someone has only sold one thing on Amazon ever and lists a product for the same price as someone else who’s sold products for years and you know, I’ve sold tens of thousands of products, guess who’s going to probably win the buy box right? Who– who’s– Amazon is probably going to give it to the person who has a longer track record and who’s delighted more customers.

Steve: So, what do you recommend starting out? Do you recommend just building up this rating initially?

Nemo: Unless you have a lot of money, right, because that takes every– if you want to build up rating fast, one of the quick ways is to lose money on every sale. I mean it’s not– if you’re smart about it you might not do it that way, you can find something that is profitable, but that’s the quick way and if you have a lot of money, sure go for it.

If you don’t have a lot of money, I’d just say, you find a niche, kind of like what I said, maybe something is searched for in Google, some product– some particular product model or whatever and then look on it on Amazon. If it isn’t sold on Amazon, guess what? Chances are people are actually searching for that product on Amazon, they’re just finding nothing. If you list that, then they’ll find you and they’ll buy from you.

Steve: It seems like there should be a tool that will help you do this. Is there– are there any tools that you use that just do the direct correlation for you between Google and Amazon?

Nemo: Not that I’m aware of, Terapeak is getting close, they’re building in some things, some Amazon features now because they were– they started out on– in eBay. They just mine eBay data, and it’s great for that and they’re kind of diving into Amazon a little bit. So if– then again I’m not– I’m not like an expert in the tools out there for this since I have a very specific strategy and a very specific play, but for those who might want a short cut, Terapeak could be a good start.

Steve: Okay, and so it sound like with your business model that you literally can just start making right away, right? You’re just buying something and you’re just listing it. There’s no real set– you don’t have to start a website or anything, right?

Nemo: Usually not, you don’t have to raise money either, you don’t have to go from– to friends and family you know, collect the whole bunch of money before you get started, it’s pretty straight forward.

Steve: And you just really need your plum card and then you just buy a certain inventory and then okay.

Nemo: Yeah or your existing credit card, right?

Steve: Okay.

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, okay that’s a pretty unique business model, I’m just curious how things are going to play out as more and more people start doing this, and kind of start squeezing the margins but I guess you can always find some low hanging fruit out there.

Nemo: That’s right, I think– I think when that happens, when there’s more and more people because it’s not a matter of if it’s a matter of when, I just recognize that my edge will be my ability to find products quickly. The benefit of kind of this society that we’re living is– and the entrepreneurs out there is, there are always new products coming out. So, that’s fine for me because I’ll always find another hot product, another new product that’s hot or whatever and then I’ll be the first to list that, or the second to list that or find an opportunity somewhere. So I’m not too concerned.

Steve: Okay, so in any given month, how much time do you actually spend looking for new products as opposed to managing your existing ones?

Nemo: I kind of go with sparks when I feel like it, I try to be disciplined though so let’s say in the last month I probably spent two full days, invested two full eight hour work days, working through my process for finding new products and testing them out.

Steve: Okay then as products kind of stop selling you just find new ones to replace them and that’s just kind of how the cycle goes.

Nemo: Yeah, usually I mean, I try to put up a fight at first because you can still get pretty far just by defending your position, and you know, that’s where the marketing experience that I have comes in really, really handy. So I defend and I defend and if there– I just get squeezed out, then, all right that’s fine. I have other products.

Steve: Okay, okay. That’s pretty unique. So in a way you’re kind of diversified with just all the breadth of products that you sell.

Nemo: Yeah, I’ve probably rotated through, I mean right now like I said I have dozens of products in play, I’d say less than 100 in play but I’ve rotated through maybe 300 some products.

Steve: Wow! Okay.

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: And how long have you been doing this?

Nemo: Think I’ve been really focused on this for like a year and a half now.

Steve: Okay, okay so not even that long.

Nemo: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Cool, Nemo we’re coming up on 45 minutes, I don’t want to take up too much of your time. Can you recommend– you already mentioned Rich Dad poor Dad, are there any other books that you recommend to just kind of instill that entrepreneurship spirit in some of my listeners?

Nemo: I’ll be honest, I don’t read too many entrepreneurship books, I tend to read books that are on the fundamentals of marketing, so the signs of marketing or the nut and bolts of marketing. So I can recommend a free book out there called ‘Scientific Advertising’ by Claude Hopkins, you can Google that. It’s an old book and I think it hit the public domain.

There’s another book which is just fun, it’s the Biography– I think autobiography of one the world’s best direct marketers, left by the name of the guy is Lester Wunderman, and the name of the book is called ‘Being Direct’. It’s a story of this person who basically invented the ‘1-800 number’, he invented the ‘Columbia Record Club’. He’s the reason why American Express actually has cards– credit cards rather than traveler’s cheques. So, wonderful marketer, great stories, that also helps you understand what it takes as a marketer to grow some really fast growth businesses.

Another book that I like which is based on the signs of persuasion and marketing is ‘Influence’ by Robert Cialdini.

Steve: That’s a good one.

Nemo: Yeah, that’s a fun one, and then for those who value time management and– yeah who value time management and personal productivity, I recommend anything by Brian Tracy. I actually– you can buy the books from and by Brian Tracy, just kind of search I think time and Brian Tracy. I know it’s not super specific for you, I can probably just email you something later.

Steve: Yeah, I’ll put those in the show notes yeah.

Nemo: Yeah, I’ll find the one that I really like because often times I just YouTube these titles and I’ll listen to the audio book because many of them are free on YouTube.

Steve: Okay, and lastly Nemo, where can people find you online?

Nemo: They can usually find me on LinkedIn, Nemo Chu, or if you want like my little about.me website just go to about.me/nemochu

Steve: Awesome, well thanks a lot for your time Nemo, I know personally I learnt a lot, and I’m sure the listeners have as well.

Nemo: No problem Steve, thanks for having me.

Steve: All right man thanks a lot.

Nemo: Yeah, good luck everyone.

Steve: All right, take care.

I don’t know about you but I learnt a ton from Nemo today, and what’s cool is that Nemo’s strategy is very different from my own. By leveraging his background in analytics, he is able to quickly find and test profitable products to sell online. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/episode21. And also, if you enjoyed listening to this podcast please go to iTunes and leave me a review.

When you write me a review, it not only makes me feel proud but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get awesome business advice from my guests. It’s also the best way to support the show and please tell your friends because the greatest complement you can give me is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And as an added incentive, I’m also giving away free business consultations to one lucky winner every single month.

For more information, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/contest, and if you’re interested in starting your own online business, be sure to sign up for my free ‘six day mini course’ where I show you how my wife and I managed to make over 100k in profit in our first year of business. Go to www.mywifequitherjob.com for more information. Thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to The My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!